QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2004

Registration No. 333          



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Standard Parking Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  7521
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  16-1171179
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600
Chicago, Illinois 60611
(312) 274-2000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)


Robert N. Sacks, Esq.
Executive Vice President—General Counsel and Secretary
Standard Parking Corporation
900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600
Chicago, Illinois 60611
(312) 274-2000
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)




WITH COPIES TO:
Timothy B. Goodell, Esq.
Jonathan E. Kahn, Esq.
White & Case LLP
1155 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
(212) 819-8200
  Stewart Dolin, Esq.
J. Todd Arkebauer, Esq.
Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd.
30 South Wacker Drive, Suite 2900
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(312) 207-1000
  Christopher D. Lueking, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
Sears Tower, Suite 5800
233 South Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(312) 876-7700

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)


Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value   $70,000,000   $8,869.00

(1)
Includes shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Pursuant to Rule 457(o), certain information has been omitted from the table.

(3)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act of 1933.


         The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY     , 2004

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

GRAPHIC

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

Class A Common Stock


        This is the initial public offering of             shares of Class A common stock issued by Standard Parking Corporation and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per share of Class A common stock. The market price of the shares after this offering may be higher or lower than this offering price.


        We intend to apply to have our shares of Class A common stock approved for quotation on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "STAN."


         Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

 
  Per share
  Total
Offering price   $     $  
Discounts and commissions to underwriters   $     $  
Offering proceeds to Standard Parking, before expenses   $     $  

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        We have granted to the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

William Blair & Company

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2004


We provide parking facility management services at several premier locations including the following:

 
   
GRAPHIC   GRAPHIC

Chicago O'Hare International Airport

 

World Trade Center, Boston, MA

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

Westfield Shoppingtown Century City,
Los Angeles, CA

 

Nationwide Arena, Columbus, OH

[Additional Picture to be Inserted]

 

[Additional Picture to be Inserted]

         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

         Information contained in our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

         Standard Parking Corporation, our logo and other trademarks mentioned in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Summary   1
Risk Factors   10
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements   22
Use Of Proceeds   23
Dividend Policy   23
Capitalization   24
Dilution   26
Selected Consolidated Financial Data   27
Company History   29
Ownership Recapitalization   30
Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations   32
Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   49
Business   50
Management   64
Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions   73
Principal Stockholders   78
Description Of Capital Stock   80
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations   85
Shares Eligible For Future Sale   88
Underwriting   89
Legal Matters   91
Experts   91
Where You Can Find More Information   92
Index To Financial Statements   F-1

i



SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary carefully, together with the more detailed information in this prospectus regarding our company and the Class A common stock being sold in this offering, including the section titled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 and the historical and interim financial statements of Standard Parking and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. As used in this prospectus, all references to "Standard Parking," "the Company," "we," "us," "our" and the like refer to Standard Parking Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires. Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus assumes the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase     shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments and gives effect to the authorization of two classes of stock, the reclassification of our pre-existing common stock into Class B common stock and the issuance of     shares of Class A common stock pursuant to this offering. Calculations in this prospectus assume that the Class A common stock is being offered at $    per share. In addition, except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus assumes the retirement of all of our outstanding preferred stock, the conversion of options to purchase our Series D preferred stock into options to purchase our Class A common stock, the refinancing of our existing senior credit facility with our proposed new senior credit facility and the impact of our obligation to repurchase all shares of our pre-existing common stock held by minority stockholders.

Overview

        We are a leading national provider of parking facility management services. We provide on-site management services at multi-level and surface parking facilities for all major markets of the parking industry. We manage approximately 1,850 parking facilities, containing over one million parking spaces in over 275 cities across the United States and Canada. Our diversified client base includes some of the nation's largest private and public owners, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers, including properties such as the Arco Tower in Los Angeles, the Four Seasons Hotel in Chicago, the Harvard Medical School in Cambridge, the Nationwide Arena in Columbus and Westfield Shoppingtown Century City in Los Angeles. In addition, we manage 126 parking-related and shuttle bus operations serving 66 airports, including Chicago O'Hare International Airport, Cleveland Hopkins International Airport and Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport. We also provide a range of ancillary services to satisfy client needs such as municipal meter collection and valet parking.

        During our 75 years in business, we have focused on providing our clients with superior management services to attract parking customers. We believe that our management services, coupled with a leading position in our core markets, help to maximize profitability per parking facility for both us and our clients. We believe that we have created our leading position by providing:

1


        We do not own any parking facilities and, as a result, we assume few of the risks of real estate ownership. We operate our clients' parking properties through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility as well as amounts attributable to ancillary services, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. Typically, all of the underlying revenues and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our client rather than to us. Under lease arrangements, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of adjusted gross customer collections, or a combination thereof. We collect all revenues under lease arrangements and we are responsible for most operating expenses, but we are typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. As of September 30, 2003, we operated 84% of our locations under management contracts and 16% under leases.

        Our ability to grow our business during the last several years has been constrained due to our highly leveraged capital structure and limited liquidity. Lacking the capital to pursue our growth strategies, we have instead focused our efforts on growing our profit by improving the efficiency of operations and by not renewing or by terminating unprofitable contracts. Based on these efforts, for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2002, we improved average gross profit per location under management contracts and leases by 13.3% and 9.1%, respectively.

Industry Overview

        The International Parking Institute, a trade organization of parking professionals, estimates that as of December 2002 (the latest year for which numbers are available) there were approximately 40,000 parking facilities in the United States generating over $29.0 billion in gross customer collections. Industry participants, the vast majority of which are privately held companies, consist of relatively few nationwide companies and hundreds of small regional or local operators, including a substantial number of companies that provide parking as an ancillary service in connection with property management or ownership. The parking industry from time to time experiences consolidation as smaller operators find that they lack the financial resources, economies of scale and management techniques required to compete with larger providers. We expect this trend will continue. Substantial opportunities for growth exist for larger parking facility operators, driven by a number of industry trends, including the growth of large property managers, owners and developers with multiple locations, increased outsourcing initiatives by parking facility owners and industry consolidation.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe we have a number of strengths that will allow us to capitalize on these industry trends, including:

        Leadership in Core Markets.     We have a leading market presence in many major cities and airports. We consider our core urban markets to be those cities where we have a leading presence (as measured by number of locations), realize economies of scale, and have depth of management and a detailed knowledge of local markets. Because of the scale of our operations, we are able to spread administrative overhead costs across a large number of parking locations in a single market and generate higher average profitability per location in our core markets. We have also developed a particular expertise in providing parking and parking related services to the airport market. We consider our airports to be a core market as well. In our core markets we believe we compete more effectively for new business and better retain existing locations. We believe that we are one of the leading providers (as measured by number of locations) within all of our core markets.

2



        Diverse Client Base.     We have a diverse client base, which enables us to mitigate the risk of a downturn in particular locations or markets while providing us with the ability to take advantage of growth opportunities in any of the markets we serve. Our client base is diversified across geography, number of clients and types of clients.

        Consistent, High-Level Service Offering.     Our ability to provide a uniformly high level of parking and related services is valued by our clients, who recognize that the parking experience often makes both the first and last impressions on their properties' tenants and visitors. Our employees undergo a concentrated training program that focuses on the delivery of professional services to our clients and their customers on a consistently high level. Our ability to consistently deliver these and related services improves our ability to win contracts at premier locations, retain existing locations and, therefore, improve our profitability.

        Strong Client Base and High Contract Retention.     Our client base consists of the leading names in a variety of markets including: Brookfield Properties Corporation, CB Richard Ellis, Crescent Real Estate Equities Company, Equity Office Properties, Grubb & Ellis, Jones Lang LaSalle, the City of Miami Beach and the City of New Orleans. Our client base also includes many of the major airports in North America, such as Chicago O'Hare International Airport, Cleveland Hopkins International Airport and Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport. Our track record in retaining locations has averaged 89% during the three-year period ended September 30, 2003, which statistic also reflects the impact of our decision not to renew, or to terminate, unprofitable contracts.

        Focus on Low Risk Contracts.     Management contracts typically generate a fixed base management fee that is not dependent upon the operating performance of the location, and as a result, limits our exposure to adverse economic conditions, such as the events of September 11, 2001. Given this dynamic, we have made a strategic decision to focus on securing business primarily through management contracts and not through ownership of parking facilities. When we enter into leases, we seek to negotiate low minimum rental commitments, and often structure a variable component into the contract to mitigate lower revenues from economic downturns. In addition to adding new management contracts and leases, we intend to continue to strengthen our contract portfolio through the elimination of underperforming locations, which will further enhance our profitability.

        Experienced Executive Management Team.     Our executive management team of eight individuals has an average of 20 years experience in the parking industry, including an average of 16 years with us or our acquired companies.

3



Growth Opportunities

        While our business has been constrained in recent years by our highly leveraged capital structure, we believe we will be well positioned to pursue the following growth strategies after our initial public offering:

        Grow Contract Portfolio Within Our Core Markets.     Our strategy is to increase our presence and profitability in our core markets by continuing to provide sophisticated parking services and by capitalizing on our economies of scale and operating efficiency. We plan to continue to maximize our premium service, local market knowledge and management infrastructure to retain existing locations and compete aggressively for new business in these core markets. We regularly review potential acquisition opportunities to increase our position in our core markets.

        Enhance Client Relationships Through Additional Services.     We believe we can deepen our relationships with existing clients and attract new clients by continuing to offer additional services that complement our parking expertise, such as shuttle bus, taxi-dispatch, municipal meter collection and valet-parking services. By offering these services to our clients, we increase our revenues and gross profit per location, and strengthen our client relationships, which should enhance our ability to win new contracts and increase our retention rate.

        Develop New Market Opportunities.     We believe that a significant opportunity exists for us to expand our presence in markets such as university campus parking and hospital parking. In addition to expanded growth opportunities in the hospital and university markets, we see significant potential within the municipal on-street market, including enforcement services. We currently provide exclusive meter collection and management services for the City of Miami Beach, Florida.

        Develop New Core Markets.     We believe that numerous opportunities for growth are available by developing new core markets either through new contracts, acquisitions, alliances or partnerships. Our clients generally have a presence in a variety of urban markets where they seek to outsource the management of their parking facilities to a national parking service provider that can assist them in maximizing parking-related profit.

Ownership Recapitalization

        In connection with this offering, we and AP Holdings, Inc., our current parent company, plan to recapitalize our ownership structure. As a result of these transactions,

        Additionally, as discussed in "Use of Proceeds", we will repurchase, as required by our stockholders' agreement, all of the common stock owned by our minority stockholders.

4



Risk Factors

        An investment in our Class A common stock involves significant degrees of risk. We urge you to carefully consider all of the information described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10.


        The address of our principal executive offices is 900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600, Chicago, Illinois 60611, and our telephone number is (312) 274-2000. Our website address is www.standardparking.com . You should not construe the information on our website to be a part of this prospectus.

5




This Offering

Class A common stock offered by us                shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering:

 

 

 

 
 
Class A common stock:

 

             shares (1)
 
Class B common stock:

 

             shares (2)
 
Total common stock

 

             shares

Use of proceeds

 

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering (of approximately $                   million) as well as availability (of approximately $                   million) under our proposed $                   million new senior credit facility as follows:

 

 


 

$60.9 million to redeem all of our 14% senior subordinated second lien notes due on December 15, 2006, or 14% notes, at 104% of face value, including accrued interest; and

 

 


 

$                   million to repurchase shares of our common stock from our minority stockholders as required by our stockholders' agreement, as discussed in "Ownership Recapitalization."

Voting rights:

 

 

 

 
 
Class A common stock

 

One vote per share.
 
Class B common stock

 

Ten votes per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Class B common stock voting separately as a class.

Directors:

 

 

 

 
 
Class A common stock

 

Elects two directors.
 
Class B common stock

 

Elects five directors.

Proposed NASDAQ National Market symbol

 

"STAN"

(1)
Excluding            authorized options of which             options are issued and outstanding at a weighted average price of            .

(2)
Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof or upon certain transfers, unless such transfer is approved by a majority of the independent directors; made to an affiliate of the transferor; made to another holder of Class B common stock; or made in a bona fide pledge. For additional information, please see "Description of Capital Stock."

6



Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited balance sheet data as of September 30, 2003 and the following summary unaudited consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and 2003 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. These financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2003.

        The following financial information should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical and interim financial statements of Standard Parking and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Performance Metrics and Business Trends

        In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management's primary focus is on our gross profit, total general and administrative expense and general and administrative expense as a percentage of our gross profit. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we are required to account for them differs. Revenue from leases includes all gross customer collections derived from our leased locations (net of parking tax), whereas revenue from management contracts only includes our contractually agreed upon management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management contracts, therefore, are not included in our revenue. Accordingly, while our revenue can fluctuate simply based on the proportion of leases to management contracts, our gross profit will not fluctuate merely because of the structure of our operating agreements. For example, as of September 30, 2003, 84% of our locations were managed under management contracts and 77% of our gross profit for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 was derived from management contracts. Only 35% of total revenue (excluding reimbursement of management contract expenses), however, was from management contracts because under those contracts the revenue collected from parking customers belongs to our clients. Therefore, gross profit and total general and administrative expense, rather than revenue, are management's primary focus.

        Our ability to grow gross profit and add new locations during the last several years has been constrained due to our highly leveraged capital structure and limited liquidity. As a result, we have focused on controlling capital spending and general and administrative expense, and on reducing our total debt. In addition, we have concentrated on growing our profit by improving the efficiency of our operations and by either not renewing or by terminating unprofitable contracts. Based on these efforts, for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2002, we improved average gross profit per location under management contracts and leases by 13.3% and 9.1%, respectively.

7


 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Nine Months Ended September 30,
  As Adjusted (1)
 
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2002
  2003
  December 31, 2002
  September 30, 2003
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
($ in thousands, except per share and operating data)                                      
Statement Of Operations Data:                                            
Parking services revenue                                            
  Lease contracts   $ 181,828   $ 156,411   $ 142,376   $ 108,215   $ 103,554              
  Management contracts     70,654     87,403     78,029     58,729     55,589              
  Reimbursement of management contract expense     308,591     317,973     326,146     277,391     245,295              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue (2)     561,073     561,787     546,551     444,335     404,438              

Cost of parking services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Lease contracts     159,702     142,555     128,871     98,219     93,522              
  Management contracts     32,643     44,272     35,201     28,157     21,293              
  Reimbursement of management contract expense     308,591     317,973     326,146     277,391     245,295              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total cost of parking services (2)     500,936     504,800     490,218     403,767     360,110              

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Lease contracts     22,126     13,856     13,505     9,996     10,032              
  Management contracts     38,011     43,131     42,828     30,572     34,296              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross profit     60,137     56,987     56,333     40,568     44,328              

General and administrative expenses

 

 

36,121

 

 

29,979

 

 

30,133

 

 

22,547

 

 

24,365

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

(3)
Depreciation and amortization     12,635     15,501     7,554     5,434     5,555              
Special charges     4,636     15,869     2,897     1,754     548              
Management fee-parent company (4)             3,000     2,250     2,250          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     6,745     (4,362 )   12,749     8,583     11,610              

Interest expense, net

 

 

17,382

 

 

17,599

 

 

15,965

 

 

12,019

 

 

12,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gain on extinguishment of debt                     1,757          
Bad debt provision related to related-party non-operating receivables         12,878                      
Minority interest expense     341     209     180     124     266              
Income tax expense     503     406     428     353     483              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income   $ (11,481 ) $ (35,454 ) $ (3,824 ) $ (3,913 ) $ 524   $     $    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net (loss) income per share—basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net (loss) income per share—diluted                                            

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gross customer collections   $ 1,545,690   $ 1,505,645   $ 1,380,536   $ 1,062,953   $ 958,399              
Capital expenditures   $ 4,684   $ 1,537   $ 1,843   $ 1,122   $ 591              
Number of managed locations     1,559     1,616     1,595     1,586     1,576              
Number of leased locations     364     328     294     309     292              
Number of total locations     1,923     1,944     1,889     1,895     1,868              
Number of parking spaces     1,033,587     1,026,608     1,028,047     1,010,740     1,023,926              

 


 

As of September 30, 2003

 
  Actual
  As Adjusted
($ in thousands)          
Balance Sheet Data:          
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,510    
Working capital deficiency     (4,714 )  
Total assets     191,348    
Total debt     164,586    
Stockholders' deficit     (159,205 )  

8



(1)
The as adjusted data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 give effect to the following as if each had occurred on the first day of the period specified: (1) this offering; (2) the redemption of our 14% notes at 104% of principal amount, including accrued interest; (3) the repayment of our senior credit facility and the entering into of our proposed new credit facility; (4) the repurchase, as required by our stockholders' agreement, of all shares of common stock held by our minority stockholders; (5) the retirement of all outstanding shares of our Series C preferred stock and our Series D preferred stock; (6) the conversion of all options to purchase shares of our Series D preferred stock into options to purchase our Class A common stock; (7) the authorization of two classes of common stock and the reclassification of each share of our pre-existing common stock into     shares of Class B common stock; and (8) the conversion of an existing management contract into a long-term lease.

(2)
Restated to include reimbursable management contract expenses in accordance with a new accounting standard (EITF 01-14) adopted during the second quarter ended June 30, 2002.

(3)
We have entered into employment and other contracts that will result in additional general and administrative expenses, which have been added to the "As Adjusted" numbers in the amount of $     million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and $     million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. Additionally, as a result of having publicly held equity, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase by approximately $     million annually to cover increased directors and officers liability insurance, increased professional fees, NASDAQ listing fees, increased regulatory compliance costs, and fees for our independent directors.

(4)
The management fee terminates in conjunction with the completion of this offering.

9



RISK FACTORS

         You should carefully consider the risks described below in connection with reviewing this prospectus. If any of the events referred to below actually occur, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could suffer. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer to the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.

        We have a significant amount of indebtedness. On September 30, 2003, on a pro forma basis giving effect to this offering and our proposed new senior credit facility and the use of proceeds therefrom, we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $    million, of which $49.7 million consisted of the 9 1 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2008 (including $0.8 million of carrying value in excess of principal), and the balance consisted of other debt, including our proposed new senior credit facility.

        Our indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:


        We cannot assure you that cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowings under the senior credit facility and any future credit facility (including our proposed new senior credit facility), will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We will need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our proposed new senior credit facility and the 9 1 / 4 % notes, on or before their respective maturities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our proposed new senior credit facility and the 9 1 / 4 % notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of the debt. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness were accelerated.

10


We have sustained substantial net losses attributable to common stockholders and may not achieve profitability in the future.

        We have sustained substantial net losses attributable to common stockholders. We have a common stockholders' deficit of $159.2 million as of September 30, 2003. As of September 30, 2003, on a pro forma basis giving effect to this offering and our proposed new senior credit facility and the use of proceeds therefrom, which includes the redemption of our 14% notes, the repurchase, as required by the terms of our stockholders' agreement, of all shares of common stock from minority stockholders and the conversion of a management contract to a long-term lease, we would have had stockholders' equity of approximately $             million. Continued lack of profitability would harm our financial condition and adversely impact our business.

Our history of net losses may inhibit our ability to access the capital markets; however, if we are able to access the capital markets, our stockholders may experience significant dilution.

        We may seek to raise additional capital to further reduce our debt and to fund our operations or growth strategies, including acquisitions, through public or private equity or debt financing. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available, if needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. If additional capital is needed and not available, we may need to change our business strategy to slow our rate of expansion or reduce our operations. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution.

Our working capital and liquidity may be affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective accounts.

        We frequently contract with clients to hold parking revenues in our account and remit the revenues, minus the operating expenses and our fee, to our clients at the end of the month. Some clients, however, require us to deposit parking revenues in their accounts on a daily basis. This type of arrangement requires us to pay costs as they are incurred and receive reimbursement and the management fee after the end of the month. There can be no assurance that a significant number of clients will not switch to the practice of requiring us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective accounts, which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

Our business would suffer if the use of parking facilities we operate decreased.

        We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from the operation and management of parking facilities. Our business would suffer if the use of parking facilities in urban areas or at or near airports decreased. Further, our success depends on our ability to adapt and improve our products in response to evolving client needs and industry trends. If demand for parking is low due to decreased car and airplane travel resulting from increased gasoline prices, inclement weather, increased regulation, general economic slowdown or other factors, our business, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to achieve sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness, may be materially adversely affected.

The operation of our business is dependent upon key personnel.

        Our success is, and will continue to be, substantially dependent upon the continued services of our executive management team. The loss of the services of one or more of the members of our executive management team could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Although we have entered into employment agreements with, and historically have been successful in retaining the services of, our executive management, there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain them in the future. In addition, our continued growth depends upon our ability to attract and retain skilled operating managers and employees.

11



We have significant financial obligations under our lease at Bradley International Airport.

        We are the lessee under a 25-year lease with the State of Connecticut that expires on April 6, 2025, under which we lease the surface parking and 3,500 new garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport located in the Hartford, Connecticut metropolitan area. The parking garage was financed on April 6, 2000 through the issuance of $47.7 million of State of Connecticut special facility revenue bonds. The Bradley lease provides that we deposit with a trustee for the bondholders all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking, and from these gross revenues, the trustee pays debt service on the special facility revenue bonds, operating and capital maintenance expenses of the surface and garage parking facilities and specific annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State. Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increases from approximately $3.6 million in lease year 2002 to approximately $4.5 million in lease year 2025. Our annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately $8.3 million in lease year 2002 to approximately $13.2 million in lease year 2024.

        To the extent that monthly gross receipts are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required payments we are obligated, pursuant to our guaranty agreements, to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee within three business days of notice. We are responsible for these deficiency payments regardless of the amount of utilization for the Bradley parking facilities. We made payments of $1.2 million in 2002, net of repayments of $0.4 million and $2.5 million in the first nine months of 2003, to cover these deficiency payments. Although the State of Connecticut has an obligation to raise parking rates to offset a decline in usage, there is no guarantee that the State of Connecticut will raise rates enough to offset a decline in usage or that any change in rates will result in revenues sufficient to cover the trustee's payments without resort to our guaranty. As of September 30, 2003, the discounted net receivable for this contract in the amount of $6.0 million, which includes deficiency payments of $3.7 million, is included in long-term receivables. Although we expect to recover all amounts owed to us, we expect we will have to make material additional deficiency payments in the near term.

Our business would be harmed if fewer clients purchase insurance through us.

        Many of our clients have historically chosen to purchase liability insurance for the locations we manage through us. Clients do, however, have the option of purchasing such insurance independently, as long as we are named as an additional insured pursuant to an additional insured endorsement. We purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to parking facility owners on a stand-alone basis. Pursuant to our management contracts, we charge our clients for insurance at rates we believe are competitive. A material reduction in the amount of insurance purchased through us could have a material adverse effect on our operating income.

Additional funds would need to be reserved for future insurance losses if such losses are worse than expected.

        We provide liability and worker's compensation insurance coverage consistent with our obligations to our clients under our various management contracts and leases. We are obligated to reimburse our insurance carrier for each loss incurred in the current policy year up to the amount of a deductible specified in our insurance policies. The deductible for our various liability and workers' compensation policies is $250,000. We also purchase group health insurance for eligible full-time employees and family members and self-insure for up to $125,000 per year per covered individual in eligible incurred medical expenses. Our financial statements reflect our funding of all such obligations based upon guidance and evaluation we have received from third party insurance professionals. There can be no assurance, however, that the ultimate amount of our obligations will not exceed the amount presently funded or accrued, in which case we would need to set aside additional funds to reserve for any such excess. Our obligations could increase if we receive a greater number of insurance claims or the cost of

12



claims generally increases. A material increase in insurance costs due to a change in the number of claims, claims costs or premiums paid by us could have a material adverse effect on our operating income.

We could face considerable business and financial risk in implementing our growth strategy.

        We face substantial risks in growing our business, either organically or through acquisitions. Risks include:

        Our growth will be directly affected by the results of operations of added parking facilities, which will depend, in turn, upon the competitive environment for acquisitions and new contracts and our ability to obtain suitable financing, contract terms and government licenses and approvals.

Our ability to expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.

        The rate of our expansion will depend in part upon the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend in large part upon cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain equity or debt capital on acceptable terms or at all. Our proposed new senior credit facility is expected to contain and the indenture governing our 9 1 / 4 % notes contains provisions that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and make substantial asset sales which might otherwise be used to finance our expansion. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness. Our obligations under the proposed new senior credit facility are expected to be secured by substantially all of our personal property, which may further limit our access to certain capital markets or lending sources. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to finance our current growth strategy.

The failure to successfully integrate possible future acquisitions or new contracts could have a negative impact on our business and the market price of our common stock.

        We plan to pursue acquisitions on a selective basis in the future. Successful integration and management of additional facilities will depend on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that suitable acquisitions or new contract candidates will be identified, that such acquisitions or new contracts will be consummated or that the acquired operations or new contracts can be integrated successfully. In addition, because of the price paid by us or because of the performance of acquired locations in operations after such acquisitions, there can be no assurance that the results of the acquired locations in operations will not be dilutive to our per share earnings. Any acquisition contemplated or completed by us may result in adverse short-term effects on our reported operating results, divert management's attention, introduce difficulties in retaining, hiring

13



and training key personnel, and introduce risks associated with unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, cause the incurrence of additional debt, cause the issuance of additional equity, contingent liabilities and amortization of expenses related to intangible assets, some or all of which could reduce our profitability and harm our business.

Our management contracts and leases expose us to certain risks.

        As of September 30, 2003, we operated approximately 84% of our parking facilities pursuant to management contracts. Under these contracts, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility as well as amounts attributable to ancillary services, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. However, some management contracts, which are referred to as "reverse" management contracts, usually provide for larger management fees and require the facility manager to pay certain of these parking facility costs, which exposes us to greater risk. Many of these contracts are for a one-year term and may be canceled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real estate for other uses. Many of these contracts are cancelable on as little as 30 days' notice without cause. Our ability to continue operating in these facilities is based on the client's satisfaction with our performance.

        As of September 30, 2003, we operated approximately 16% of our parking facilities pursuant to leases. Although there is generally more potential for income from leased facilities than from management contracts, they also generally carry more risk. Under some of these lease contracts, we are obligated to pay to the owner of the facility a fixed base rent, often regardless of the actual utilization of the facility. Some of these leases can be for periods exceeding ten years. Maintenance and operating expenses for leased facilities are borne by us and are not passed through to the owner, unlike management contracts. A decline in facility utilization could result in lease payments exceeding the revenues received for operating the parking facility. Many of these leases may be canceled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real estate for other uses. Some are cancelable on as little as 30 days' notice without cause.

        The loss or renewal on less favorable terms of a substantial number of management contracts or leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because certain management contracts and leases are with state, local and quasi-governmental entities, changes to certain governmental entities' approaches to contracting regarding parking facilities could affect such contracts. A material reduction in the operating income associated with ancillary services we provide under management contracts and leases, including increases in costs or claims associated with, or a reduction in the number of clients purchasing, insurance we provide, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To the extent that management contracts and leases are cancelable without cause, most of these contracts would also be cancelable in the event of bankruptcy, despite the automatic stay provisions under bankruptcy law.

Our business may be harmed as a result of terrorist attacks.

        Any terrorist attacks, particularly in the United States or Canada, may negatively impact our business and results of operations. Attacks have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased government regulation of airlines and airport facilities, including imposition of minimum distances between parking facilities and terminals, resulting in the elimination of currently managed parking facilities, and increased security checks of employees and passengers at airport facilities. These types of regulations could impose costs that we may not be able to pass on to clients and reduce revenues. To the extent that these attacks deter people either from flying or congregating in public areas, demand for parking at airports and at urban centers may decline. This decline may result in fewer owners of these facilities hiring us to manage their parking facilities and lower incentive payments under those contracts where we receive an incentive fee based on facility utilization or other factors. If these attacks

14



cause or exacerbate a slowdown in the general economy, a similar effect may occur. An overall economic slowdown could reduce traffic at parking facilities we operate. Additional terrorist attacks, an escalation of hostilities abroad or war could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a very competitive business environment.

        Competition in the field of parking facility management is intense. The market is fragmented and is served by a variety of entities ranging from single lot operators to large regional and national multi-facility operators, as well as municipal and other governmental entities that choose not to outsource their parking operations. Competitors with greater resources may be able to adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements, or devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. Competitors with greater financial resources may also be able to win contracts that require larger investments in working capital or capital expenditures on the parking facility. Many of our competitors also have long-standing relationships with our clients. Providers of parking facility management services have traditionally competed on the basis of cost and service. As we have worked to establish ourselves as one of the principal members of the industry, we compete predominately on the basis of high levels of service and strong relationships. We may not be able to, or may choose not to, compete with certain competitors on the basis of price. As a result, a greater proportion of our clients may switch to other service providers or self-manage during an economic downturn.

Increased government regulation of airports and reduced air travel may affect our performance.

        We derive a significant percentage of our gross profit from parking facilities and parking related services in and around airports. For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, approximately 20% of gross profit was derived from those operations. The Federal Aviation Administration generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during periods of heightened security. While the prohibition is not currently in effect, there can be no assurance that this governmental prohibition will not again be reinstated. The existing regulations governing parking within 300 feet of airport terminals or future regulations may prevent us from using certain parking spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces and air travelers may reduce our revenues and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

The sureties for our performance bond program will require additional collateral to issue or renew performance bonds in support of certain contracts.

        Under substantially all of our contracts with municipalities, government entities and airports, we are required to provide a performance bond to support our obligations under the contract. Due to our current financial condition and the financial state of the surety bond industry, the sureties for our performance bond program require us to collateralize our performance bonds with letters of credit. Our need to collateralize surety bonds reduces the availability of funds under our senior credit facility and limits funds available for debt service, investments in our growth strategies, working capital and capital expenditure requirements. If we are unable to provide sufficient collateral in the future, our sureties may not issue performance bonds to support our obligations under certain contracts. As of September 30, 2003, we had approximately $4.8 million of letters of credit outstanding as collateral with respect to our surety's issuance of performance bonds.

        As is customary in the industry, a surety provider can refuse to provide a bond principal with new or renewal surety bonds. If any existing or future surety provider refuses to provide us with surety bonds, there can be no assurance that we would be able to find alternate providers on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to provide surety bonds could also result in the loss of existing contracts. Failure to find a provider of surety bonds, and our resulting inability to bid for new contracts or renew existing contracts, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

15



We believe that our client base is becoming more concentrated.

        Due to the fact that national property owners, managers and developers and other property management companies tend to own or manage multiple properties, our ability to provide parking services for a large number of properties becomes dependent on our relationships with these entities. As this happens, such clients become more significant to our business. The loss of one of these clients or the sale of properties they own to clients of our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Additionally, large clients with extensive portfolios have greater negotiating power when negotiating contracts, which could adversely affect our profit margins.

We must comply with regulations that may impose significant costs on us.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. These laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for such costs. Although we are currently not aware of any material environmental claims pending or threatened by any party against us or any of our operated parking facilities, no assurances can be given that a material environmental claim will not be asserted against us or against the parking facilities we operate. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or of remediating a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of parking facilities, both directly and indirectly, including air quality laws, licensing laws and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. A determination that we or the facility owner is not in compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of fines or damage awards against us. In addition, several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car pooling and the use of mass transit. For example, a Los Angeles, California law prohibits employers from reimbursing employee parking expenses. Laws and regulations that reduce the number of cars and vehicles being driven could adversely impact our business.

        We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of ourselves and our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes and filing of tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

Prior transactions may, and this offering will, limit our ability to utilize our remaining net operating losses and may accelerate future payment of taxes.

        We have substantial net operating losses, or NOLs, for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. Depending on the value of any equity interests issued or transferred within any three-year period to unaffiliated parties in relation to the total value of our equity interests, an ownership change may be deemed to occur for purposes of a U.S. federal income tax code Section 382 that may limit our ability to utilize our remaining NOLs in future taxable years to reduce our taxable income.

        In 2002, we and AP Holdings, Inc., completed a debt and equity restructuring which, depending on the resolution of various issues, may have resulted in an ownership change for Section 382 purposes that would limit our ability to utilize our remaining NOLs for future taxable years.

        We expect that the offering plus other related transactions will result in an ownership change for Section 382 purposes, thereby limiting our future usage of the NOLs.

16



We may be unable to renew our insurance coverage.

        Our liability and worker's compensation insurance coverage expires on an annual basis. Failure to renew the existing coverage or to procure new coverage would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations by preventing us from accepting new contracts and by placing us in default under a majority of our existing contracts. There can be no assurance that our insurance carriers will in fact be willing to renew our coverage at any rate at the expiration date.

        During the past several years we have solicited insurance quotes from alternate insurance carriers, but there can be no assurance, given the current state of the insurance industry and our current financial condition, that any alternate insurance carriers will offer to provide similar coverage to us or, if they will, that their quoted premiums will not exceed those received from our current carrier. A material increase in the cost of insurance premiums could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Many of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

        Approximately 25% of our employees are represented by labor unions. Approximately 23% of our collective bargaining contracts, representing 8% of our employees, are up for renewal in 2004. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew existing labor union contracts on acceptable terms. Employees could exercise their rights under the labor union contract, which could include a strike or walk-out. In such cases, there are no assurances that we would be able to staff sufficient employees for our short-term needs. Any such labor strike or our inability to negotiate a satisfactory contract upon expiration of the current agreements could have a negative effect on our business and financial results.

        We make contributions to multiemployer benefit plans on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be responsible for paying unfunded liabilities incurred by such benefit plans, which amount could be material.

Economic and demographic trends could materially adversely affect our business.

        Our business operations are located in North America and tend to be concentrated in large urban areas. To the extent that economic or demographic factors result in: the movement of white-collar jobs from urban centers to suburbs or even out of North America; increased office vacancies in urban areas or movement toward home office alternatives; or lower consumer spending or employment levels, our business could be materially adversely affected.

17



Risks Related to this Offering and Our Capital Structure

The price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate substantially.

        The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

        In addition, the stock market in general, and The NASDAQ National Market in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of quoted companies. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management's attention and resources.

We cannot assure you that an active market will develop for our Class A common stock or what the market price for our Class A common stock will be in the future and, in the event that an active trading market does not develop, you may be unable to resell your shares.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Although we have applied to have our Class A common stock quoted on The NASDAQ National Market, there can be no assurance that such application will be approved or, if approved, that an active trading market will develop or continue after this offering or that the market price of our Class A common stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price of our

18



Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market price for shares of our Class A common stock after this offering. Prices for the shares of our Class A common stock after this offering will be determined in the market and may be influenced by many factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market for our Class A common stock, investor perception of us and our business, the parking management industry as a whole and general economic and market conditions. In the event an active trading market does not develop for our Class A common stock, you may be unable to resell your shares at a price acceptable to you or at all.

Future sales of our Class A or Class B common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could depress our stock price.

        Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A or Class B common stock in the public market, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline. This could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities. Upon completion of this offering, we will have    shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. In addition, we will have options to purchase a total of    shares outstanding under our long-term incentive plan, of which    will be vested. We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement to register all the shares of common stock issuable under our plan. Our current Class A stockholders and holders of options to acquire our common stock, on a fully-diluted basis assuming exercise of all outstanding options are expected to own    % of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, or    % of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full. Following the expiration of a 180-day "lock-up" period, to which over    % of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock, 100% of our Class B common stock and shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options are subject, the holders of those shares will generally be entitled to freely transfer those shares, subject to the limitations of Rule 144. Please see "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." Moreover, William Blair & Company may, at its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release those holders from the sale restrictions on their shares. In addition to the adverse effect a price decline could have on holders of our Class A common stock, such a decline could impede our ability to raise capital or to make acquisitions through the issuance of additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities.

As a new investor, you will immediately experience substantial dilution in book value as a result of this offering.

        The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock is expected to be substantially higher than the book value per share of Class A common stock immediately after the offering. Assuming an offering price of $    , you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $    in the net tangible book value per share of the Class A common stock from the price you paid. Following this offering, the Class A common stockholders will have contributed            % of the book value of our capital stock but will own only            % of our capital stock. There are outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of    of our shares of Class A common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $    per share,    of which will be vested and exercisable upon completion of this offering. You will realize further dilution as a result of the exercise of these options.

Our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that may prevent or delay a change of control that may otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

        Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as well as provisions of the General Delaware Corporation Law, may make it more difficult or expensive or otherwise discourage a tender offer or a change in control or takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a transaction

19



would be beneficial to our stockholders. The existence of these provisions may have a negative impact on the price of our Class A common stock by discouraging third-party investors from purchasing our Class A common stock. In particular, we intend to amend our certificate of incorporation and by-laws prior to the offering to include provisions that would:

        In addition, after the holders of our Class B common stock cease to own 15% of the outstanding common stock, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides certain restrictions on business combinations between us and any party acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting stock other than in a transaction approved by our board of directors and, in certain cases, by our stockholders. For additional information, please see "Description of Capital Stock."

We may incur increased costs as a result of recently enacted and proposed changes in laws and regulations.

        Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules proposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission and by The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc., could result in increased costs to us as we evaluate the implications of any new rules and respond to their requirements. The new rules could make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.


Risks Related to Our Dual Class Common Stock

Our parent company, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], will control our major corporate decisions, and its interests may conflict with yours.

        After this offering, our new parent company, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], will own 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock, which will represent    % of the combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock or    % of the combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In addition, some of the members of our board of directors (currently a majority) also serve as directors of [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] As a result, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will have control over us, the election and removal of five of the seven directors on our board of directors, the nomination of the two Class A directors and our

20



management and policies. [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will also have control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the amendment of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of fundamental corporate transactions, including merger, takeover or any other transaction resulting in a change of control. Such a transaction potentially could be beneficial to our business or to our stockholders. This may in turn reduce the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock.

        This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our Class A common stock by, among other things:

        Unless an active market develops for our Class A common stock, it may be difficult for us to raise capital by selling additional shares of Class A common stock. This could harm our ability to raise additional capital, which we may need to fund our business, and to acquire other companies by using our Class A common stock as consideration.

The limited voting rights of our Class A common stock could impact its attractiveness to investors and its liquidity and, as a result, its market value.

        The holders of our Class A and Class B common stock generally have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. We will be selling our Class A common stock in this offering. The difference in the voting rights of the Class A and Class B common stock could diminish the value of the Class A common stock to the extent that investors or any potential future purchasers of our Class A common stock ascribe value to the superior voting rights of the Class B common stock.

21



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These statements relate to analyses and other information that are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to our future prospects, developments and business and growth strategies. The statements contained in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact may include forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties.

        We have used the words "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "predict," "project," "will" and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions in this prospectus to identify forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements are made based on our management's expectations and beliefs concerning future events affecting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. These uncertainties and factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those matters expressed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. The following factors are among those that may cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements:

        All of our forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors. We undertake no obligation to update our forward-looking statements or risk factors to reflect new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws and regulations.

22



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale by us of shares of our Class A common stock, based upon an assumed offering price of $    per share, will be approximately $            million after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. We also intend to enter into an $    million new senior credit facility (with approximately $            million of availability) which will mature on March 31, 2008.

        We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering and a portion of our new senior credit facility as follows:

        Our existing $65 million senior credit facility was amended and restated in August 2003 to provide us with more liquidity and operating flexibility. The term loan matures on July 31, 2006 and bears interest equal to the rate publicly announced from time to time by LaSalle Bank as its "prime rate," but not less than 4.25% per annum, plus 6.75%. The revolving credit facility matures on June 30, 2006 and bears interest, at our option, at either LIBOR plus 4.50% or an adjusted base rate plus 2.25%.

        The amount and timing of the use of proceeds may vary depending upon a number of factors, including but not limited to, the timing of the redemption of the 14% notes. Until we use the proceeds of this offering for the above purposes, we intend to reduce borrowings under our proposed new senior credit facility or invest the funds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. For additional information regarding our sources and uses of capital, please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."


DIVIDEND POLICY

        Our board of directors sets our dividend policy. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, but we may determine in the future to declare or pay cash dividends on our Class A and Class B common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

        We did not pay a cash dividend in respect of our common stock in 2000, 2001, 2002 or 2003. By the terms of our senior credit facility, we are restricted from paying cash dividends on our capital stock while such facility is in effect. We accrued dividends in respect of our Series C redeemable preferred stock in additional shares of Series C redeemable preferred stock aggregating $5.7 million, $6.4 million and $6.3 million for the years 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $4.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. We accrued dividends in respect of our Series D preferred stock aggregating $7.2 million for the year 2002 and $6.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. In connection with this offering, we intend to retire our Series C preferred stock and our Series D preferred stock and convert options to purchase our Series D preferred stock into options to purchase our Class A common stock.

        The indenture governing our 9 1 / 4 % notes also limits our ability to pay cash dividends. Unless we meet certain financial ratios, we may not pay dividends in respect of our capital stock, except for those payable in additional shares of stock.

        Our proposed new senior credit facility is expected to restrict our ability to pay dividends on our common stock without our lenders' consent.

23



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2003. The "Actual" column gives our capitalization on an actual basis without giving effect to this offering or any other transactions. The "As Adjusted" column gives pro forma effect to:


        You should read the following capitalization data in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and the other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2003
 
 
  Actual
  As Adjusted
 
($ in thousands)              
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,510   $ 7,510  
   
 
 
Long-term debt (including current portion):              
  Senior credit facility (1)   $ 39,400   $    
  Proposed new senior credit facility (2)            
  Senior subordinated notes:              
    14% second lien notes due 2006, at face value     56,891      
    9 1 / 4 % notes due 2008, at face value     48,877     48,877  
    Excess of carrying value over principal (3)     10,820     841  
   
 
 
      Sub-total     116,588     49,718  
  Other debt     8,598     8,598  
   
 
 
Total long-term debt     164,586        
Convertible redeemable preferred stock, Series D     53,953      
Redeemable preferred stock, Series C     58,772      
Common stock subject to put/call rights (4)     10,407      
Common stockholders' equity (deficit):              
  Common stock and additional paid-in capital     15,223        
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (309 )   (309 )
  Accumulated deficit (5)     (174,119 )      
   
 
 
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (159,205 )      
   
 
 
Total capitalization   $ 128,513   $    
   
 
 

24



(1)
At September 30, 2003, we had $16.8 million of letters of credit outstanding under our senior credit facility, borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $39.4 million and we had $8.8 million available under the senior credit facility.

(2)
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a proposed new senior credit facility which is expected to provide for borrowings of up to $     million, $             million of which would have been undrawn had the closing of this offering occurred on September 30, 2003 and $     million would have been available under the new senior credit facility.

(3)
In accordance with accounting rules for troubled debt restructurings (FASB Statement No. 15), the $10,820 reduction in principal arising from the refinancing ($9,979 related to the 14% notes and $841 related to the 9 1 / 4 % notes) remains as "debt", but will be amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the combined term of the 14% notes and the remaining 9 1 / 4 % notes using the effective interest method. This amount will not require a cash payment.

(4)
Pursuant to an agreement between us and our stockholders (as discussed in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Company Stockholders Agreement"), we received notices in September and October of 2001 from holders of an aggregate of five shares of our common stock requiring us to purchase such shares for an aggregate price of $8.2 million. Our obligation to repurchase these shares accretes at 11.75% per year. In accordance with the terms of the stockholders' agreement, we have not made any payment for these shares since such payment has been prohibited under the terms of our debt instruments. We intend to repurchase these shares for $             million with the net proceeds of this offering.

(5)
The as adjusted accumulated deficit includes the effect of a non-cash stock option compensation expense of $     million and the write-off of debt issuance costs of $2.9 million in connection with the repayment of our senior credit facility. We will also have a use of cash of $2.3 million, of which $1.1 million has been accrued through September 30, 2003, to pay the optional redemption premium on our 14% notes. This will result in a $1.2 million charge. Additionally, we will record a gain of $10.0 million related to the write-off of the carrying value in excess of principal attributable to the 14% notes.

25



DILUTION

        If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock upon the completion of this offering.

        Calculations relating to the shares of Class A common stock in the following discussion and tables assume the following have occurred as of September 30, 2003:

        As of September 30, 2003, our net deficit in tangible book value was approximately $266.6 million, or approximately $    per share. Net deficit in tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets less intangible assets and less our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.

        After giving effect to the sale of Class A common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share and our estimated receipt of the net proceeds from the sale and the events described above, our net tangible book value will increase to $    per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $    per share to existing stockholders and results in immediate dilution of $    per share of common stock to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution.

Assumed initial public offering price per share   $  
 
Net negative tangible book value per share before offering

 

 

 
 
Decrease in net negative tangible book value per share attributable to this offering and ownership recapitalization

 

 

 
   

Net negative tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

 

 

 
   

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors

 

$

 
   

        The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2003, the difference between the existing stockholders and the new investors with respect to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in this offering, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share paid before deducting underwriting discounts and our estimated offering expenses. The calculations with respect to shares of Class A common stock purchased by new investors in this offering reflect the initial public offering price of $    per share.

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  %
  Amount
  %
Existing stockholders         % $       % $  
New investors                        
   
 
 
 
     
Total         % $       %    
   
 
 
 
     

26



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and for the three years ended December 31, 2002 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table also presents historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and for the two years ended December 31, 1999 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The table also presents unaudited historical consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2003 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and 2003 derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus. The historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
 
  1998
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2002
  2003
 
($ in thousands)

   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Statement Of Operations Data:                                            
Parking services revenue                                            
  Lease contracts   $ 162,568   $ 196,441   $ 181,828   $ 156,411   $ 142,376   $ 108,215   $ 103,554  
  Management contracts     32,949     51,458     70,654     87,403     78,029     58,729     55,589  
  Reimbursement of management contract expense     (2)   269,427     308,591     317,973     326,146     277,391     245,295  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue (1)     195,517     517,326     561,073     561,787     546,551     444,335     404,438  

Cost of parking services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Lease contracts     144,086     172,217     159,702     142,555     128,871     98,219     93,522  
  Management contracts     11,144     20,877     32,643     44,272     35,201     28,157     21,293  
  Reimbursed management contract expense     (2)   269,427     308,591     317,973     326,146     277,391     245,295  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total cost of parking services (1)     155,230     462,521     500,936     504,800     490,218     403,767     360,110  

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Lease contracts     18,482     24,224     22,126     13,856     13,505     9,996     10,032  
  Management contracts     21,805     30,581     38,011     43,131     42,828     30,572     34,296  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross profit     40,287     54,805     60,137     56,987     56,333     40,568     44,328  

General and administrative expenses

 

 

23,506

 

 

32,453

 

 

36,121

 

 

29,979

 

 

30,133

 

 

22,547

 

 

24,365

 
Depreciation and amortization     7,435     9,343     12,635     15,501     7,554     5,434     5,555  
Special charges     18,050     5,577     4,636     15,869     2,897     1,754     548  
Management fee-parent company                     3,000     2,250     2,250  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     (8,704 )   7,432     6,745     (4,362 )   12,749     8,583     11,610  

Interest expense, net

 

 

13,754

 

 

15,684

 

 

17,382

 

 

17,599

 

 

15,965

 

 

12,019

 

 

12,094

 
Gain on extinguishment of debt                             1,757  

Bad debt provision related to related-party
non-operating receivables

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

12,878

 

 


 

 


 

 


 
Minority interest expense     487     468     341     209     180     124     266  
Income tax expense     430     752     503     406     428     353     483  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income   $ (23,375 ) $ (9,472 ) $ (11,481 ) $ (35,454 ) $ (3,824 ) $ (3,913 ) $ 524  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

27


Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 19,183   $ 5,215   $ 3,539   $ 7,602   $ 6,153   $ 6,180   $ 7,510  
Working capital deficiency     (9,119 )   (12,180 )   (11,941 )   (20,156 )   (9,143 )   (6,451 )   (4,714 )
Total assets     216,769     213,270     208,341     192,234     190,950     191,936     191,348  
Total debt     149,431     167,469     174,996     175,257     166,173     163,913     164,586  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock, series D                     47,224     45,191     53,953  
Redeemable preferred stock, series C     44,174     49,280     54,976     61,330     56,347     54,826     58,772  
Common stock subject to put/call rights     4,589     4,589     6,304     8,500     9,470     9,228     10,407  
Common stockholders' deficit     (54,908 )   (79,611 )   (100,731 )   (133,185 )   (147,560 )   (144,003 )   (159,205 )

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gross customer collections   $ 1,026,085   $ 1,369,319   $ 1,545,690   $ 1,505,645   $ 1,380,536   $ 1,062,953   $ 958,399  
Capital expenditures   $ 7,691   $ 10,261   $ 4,684   $ 1,537   $ 1,843   $ 1,122   $ 591  
Number of managed locations     1,165     1,422     1,559     1,616     1,595     1,586     1,576  
Number of leased locations     439     404     364     328     294     309     292  
Number of total locations     1,604     1,826     1,923     1,944     1,889     1,895     1,868  
Number of parking spaces     794,000     1,012,000     1,033,587     1,026,608     1,028,047     1,010,740     1,023,926  

(1)
Restated to include reimbursable management contract expenses in accordance with a new accounting standard (EITF 01-14) adopted during the second quarter ended June 30, 2002.

(2)
Not available.

28



COMPANY HISTORY

        APCOA, Inc. evolved from the consolidation of various parking companies, several of which had special competence in the airport parking market. One of these companies first introduced the concept of paid airport parking in the United States at Cleveland-Hopkins International Airport in 1951. Standard Parking, L.P., which traces its business roots back to 1929 in Chicago, was operated as a family owned and controlled business until the time of its combination with APCOA in 1998. The business operated under the corporate name of Standard Parking Corporation from 1981 until 1995, when it was reconstituted as a limited partnership named Standard Parking, L.P. To avoid confusion, throughout this document we refer to Standard Parking, L.P. and the prior Standard Parking Corporation simply as the Standard Companies.

        APCOA, Inc. and the Standard Companies merged in March 1998 and the resulting company was called APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. We refer to the merger as the "combination" throughout this prospectus. In April 2003 we changed our name to "Standard Parking Corporation."

        In 1998 and 1999, we made the following seven acquisitions for an aggregate of approximately $25.1 million, including earn-outs.

29



OWNERSHIP RECAPITALIZATION

        In connection with this offering, we intend to simplify and recapitalize our ownership structure. Below is a summary of some of the historical events and ongoing transactions that have affected our capital structure.

        Our Minority Stockholders.     Prior to this offering, AP Holdings, Inc. owned 84% of our outstanding common stock, with the remainder held by the Carol R. Warshauer GST Exempt Trust, Waverly Partners, L.P. and SP Associates. Myron C. Warshauer, our former chief executive officer and director, and our current vice chairman emeritus, is trustee of the Carol R. Warshauer GST Exempt Trust and general partner of Waverly Partners, L.P. Mr. Warshauer disclaims beneficial ownership of the assets of the trust and of Waverly Partners, L.P. Each of these minority shareholders exercised their put rights in September and October 2001, pursuant to a 1998 stockholders' agreement, to require us to repurchase their shares. Due to the terms of our debt agreements, we were restricted from purchasing their interests, but intend to fulfill our obligation to repurchase the shares with the proceeds of this offering and our proposed new credit facility. The aggregate purchase price, including accrued interest, that we will have to pay to the minority shareholders is expected to be $             million.

        Our New Parent Company.     In connection with this offering, AP Holdings, Inc. will transfer all of its ownership interest in us to a newly formed holding company, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.]. [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] and AP Holdings, Inc. are both directly or indirectly 100% owned subsidiaries of the JVH Descendents' 2001 Trust. As a result of the repurchase of the minority stockholder interests (discussed above) and the retirement of the Series C and Series D preferred shares (discussed below), [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will own 100% of our outstanding common stock, before giving effect to the offering.

        Reclassification and Stock Split.     Prior to this offering, we intend to authorize two classes of common stock and reclassify our pre-existing common stock into Class B common stock, at the rate of    shares of our Class B common stock for each share of common stock outstanding. The Class A common stock will be the class of our common stock sold in this offering.

        Our Series C Preferred Stock.     In 1998, we issued $40.7 million of Series C preferred stock to AP Holdings, Inc. [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will purchase all of our outstanding Series C preferred stock immediately prior to this offering. [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will then contribute the Series C preferred stock to us as a capital contribution. We will then retire the shares of Series C preferred stock. As a result, we will not have any outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock at the time of the offering.

        Our Series D Preferred Stock.     In 2001, we issued $40.0 million of Series D preferred stock. In addition, certain of our and our affiliates' employees have options to purchase 503.86 shares of Series D preferred stock. [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will purchase all of our outstanding Series D preferred stock immediately prior to this offering. [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will then contribute the Series D preferred stock to us as a capital contribution. We will then retire the shares of Series D preferred stock. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the previously issued options, the options to purchase Series D preferred stock will be converted into options to purchase an aggregate of    shares of our Class A common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share of Class A common stock. As a result, we will not have any outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock at the time of the offering.

        Our Senior Credit Facility.     We have a $65.0 million senior credit facility consisting of a $33.0 million revolving credit facility expiring on June 30, 2006 and a $32.0 million term loan maturing on July 31, 2006. We have received proposals for a new senior credit facility that we are currently considering. We plan to enter into the proposed new credit facility simultaneously with the closing of

30



the offering. We intend to use $    million under the new senior credit facility to repay borrowings under our existing senior credit facility and redeem our outstanding 14% notes.

        For additional information on the reclassification and stock split, please see "Description of Capital Stock." For additional information about our purchase of shares from our minority stockholders, the purchase of our Series C preferred stock or the purchase of our Series D preferred stock, please see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." For additional information about our proposed new senior credit facility, please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Proposed New Senior Credit Facility." For additional information about the amendments to our Long-Term Incentive Plan, please see "Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan."

31



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Our Business

        We manage parking facilities in urban markets and at airports across the United States and in four Canadian provinces. We do not own any facilities, but instead enter into contractual relationships with property owners or managers.

        We operate our clients' parking properties through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenues and costs of parking services under a standard management contract flow through to our clients rather than to us. However, some management contracts, which are referred to as "reverse" management contracts, usually provide for larger management fees and require us to pay various costs. Under lease arrangements, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections or a combination thereof. We collect all revenues under lease arrangements and we are responsible for most operating expenses, but we are typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. Margins for lease contracts vary significantly, not only due to operating performance, but also due to variability of parking rates in different cities and varying space utilization by parking facility type and location. As of September 30, 2003, we operated 84% of our locations under management contracts and 16% under leases.

        In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management's primary focus is on our gross profit, total general and administrative expense and general and administrative expense as a percentage of our gross profit. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we are required to account for them differs. Revenue from leases includes all gross customer collections derived from our leased locations (net of parking tax), whereas revenue from management contracts only includes our contractually agreed upon management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management contracts, therefore, are not included in our revenue. Accordingly, while our revenue can fluctuate simply based on the proportion of leases to management contracts, our gross profit will not fluctuate merely because of the structure of our operating agreements. For example, as of September 30, 2003, 84% of our locations were managed under management contracts and 77% of our gross profit for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 was derived from management contracts. Only 35% of total revenue (excluding reimbursement of management contract expenses), however, was from management contracts because under those contracts the revenue collected from parking customers belongs to our clients. Therefore, gross profit and total general and administrative expense, rather than revenue, are management's primary focus.

General Business Trends

        Our ability to grow gross profit and add new locations during the last several years has been constrained due to our highly leveraged capital structure and limited liquidity. As a result, we have

32



focused on controlling capital spending and general and administrative expense, and on reducing our total debt. In addition, we have concentrated on growing our profit by improving the efficiency of our operations and by either not renewing or by terminating unprofitable contracts. Based on these efforts, for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2002, we improved average gross profit per location under management contracts and leases by 13.3% and 9.1%, respectively.

        Although business at airports had been declining before the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, an immediate significant decrease in airport revenues occurred following those events, compared to the same period of 2000. This trend has abated, as parking revenue at airport locations we operated in September 2003 increased 3.4% compared to September 2000.

        We expect that the proceeds from the offering will reduce our debt substantially and, combined with the proposed new senior credit facility, will improve both our liquidity and operating flexibility. This enhanced liquidity will allow us to increase our growth in our core and other markets and to pursue other growth strategies. In addition, we expect to be able to take advantage of opportunities afforded to us as a result of our leading market position in a large, highly fragmented and consolidating industry. In the late 1990s, we pursued a strategy of growth through the acquisition of parking management companies, and we expect to be able to make additional selected acquisitions after this offering.

Summary of Operating Facilities

        We focus our operations in core markets where a concentration of locations improves customer service levels and operating margins. The following table reflects our facilities operated at the end of the periods indicated:

 
  September 30, 2002
  December 31, 2002
  September 30, 2003
Managed facilities   1,586   1,595   1,576
Leased facilities   309   294   292
   
 
 

Total facilities

 

1,895

 

1,889

 

1,868
   
 
 

Revenue

        We recognize parking services revenue from lease and management contracts as the related services are provided. Substantially all of our revenues come from the following two sources:

33


Reimbursement of Management Contract Expense

        Reimbursement of management contract expense consists of the direct reimbursement from the property owner for operating expenses incurred under a management contract.

Cost of Parking Services

        Our cost of parking services consists of the following:

Gross Profit

        Gross profit equals our revenue less the cost of generating such revenue. This is the key metric we use to examine our performance because it captures the underlying economic benefit to us of both lease contracts and management contracts.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages, payroll taxes, insurance, travel and office related expenses for our headquarters, field offices and supervisory employees. After the closing of this offering, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase by approximately $     million annually. The increase includes increased directors' and officers' liability insurance, increased professional fees, additional salaried employees, NASDAQ listing fees, increased regulatory compliance costs and fees for our independent directors.

Special Charges

        We have incurred a variety of special charges during the periods discussed. These charges have included costs associated with: our debt exchange in 2002 and the write off of debt issuance costs related to the exchange, a provision for abandoned businesses (which was a non-cash expense), employee severance costs, retroactive prior period insurance adjustments, incremental integration costs, and certain expenses of AP Holdings, Inc.

Management Fee

        Since 2002, we have had a management agreement with AP Holdings, Inc. that provides for periodic payment of management fees totaling $3 million per year. This agreement will terminate at the closing of this offering.

34



Results of Operations

Nine Months ended September 30, 2003 Compared to Nine Months ended September 30, 2002

        Parking services revenue—lease contracts.     Lease contract revenue decreased $4.7 million, or 4.3%, to $103.6 million in the first nine months of 2003, compared to $108.2 million in the first nine months of 2002. This decrease resulted from the net reduction of 17 leases through contract expirations, conversions to management contracts and general economic conditions, offset by increases in new business.

        Parking services revenue—management contracts.     Management contract revenue decreased $3.1 million, or 5.3%, to $55.6 million in the first nine months of 2003, compared to $58.7 million in the first nine months of 2002. This decrease resulted from the net reduction of 10 management contracts and general economic conditions which impacted our reverse management contracts.

        Reimbursement of management contract expense.     Reimbursement of management contract expenses decreased $32.1 million, or 11.6%, to $245.3 million for the first nine months of 2003 compared to $277.4 million for the first nine months of 2002. This decrease resulted from a reduction in contracts and costs incurred on the behalf of owners.

        Cost of parking services—lease contracts.     Cost of parking services for lease contracts decreased $4.7 million, or 4.8%, to $93.5 million for the first nine months of 2003, compared to $98.2 million in the first nine months of 2002. This decrease resulted from the net reduction of 17 leases through contract expirations and conversions to management contracts.

        Cost of parking services—management contracts.     Cost of parking services for management contracts decreased $6.9 million, or 24.4%, to $21.3 million for the first nine months of 2003, compared to $28.2 million in the first nine months of 2002. This decrease resulted primarily from the net reduction of 10 management contracts and a $0.3 million reimbursement from a mediated contract settlement of $0.8 million. Most management contracts have no cost of parking services related to them, as all costs incurred by us are reimbursed by the property owner. However, several contracts, which are referred to as reverse management contracts, require us to pay for certain costs that are offset by larger management fees. The decrease in cost of parking for management contracts was related to the reduction of several unprofitable contracts and the reduction in costs of operations.

        Reimbursed management contract expense.     Reimbursement of management contract expenses decreased $32.1 million, or 11.6%, to $245.3 million for the first nine months of 2003 compared to $277.4 million for the first nine months of 2002. This decrease resulted from a reduction in contracts and costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Gross profit—lease contracts.     Gross profit for lease contracts increased $0.1 million, or 1.0%, to $10.1 million for the first nine months of 2003, compared to $10.0 million in the first nine months of 2002. Gross margin for lease contracts increased to 9.7% for the first nine months of 2003 compared to 9.2% for the first nine months of 2002. This increase resulted from the termination of lower margin contracts and the reduction of operating expenses on existing contracts.

        Gross profit—management contracts.     Gross profit for management contracts increased $3.8 million, or 10.2%, to $34.3 million for the first nine months of 2003, compared to $30.5 million in the first nine months of 2002. Gross margin for management contracts increased to 61.7% in the first nine months of 2003 compared to 52.1% for the first nine months of 2002. The increases in gross profit and gross margin were related to the elimination of several unprofitable contracts and the reduction in costs of operations.

        General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 8.1%, to $24.4 million for the first nine months of 2003, as compared to $22.6 million for the first

35



nine months of 2002. This increase resulted primarily from increases in wage and benefit costs and professional and consulting fees.

        Special charges.     We recorded $0.5 million of special charges in the first nine months of 2003, as compared to $1.8 million in special charges in the first nine months of 2002. The 2003 special charges relate primarily to costs associated with our parent company, costs associated with financing alternatives and costs associated with prior year terminated contracts, which were partially offset by a $0.2 million reimbursement from a mediated contract settlement of $0.8 million. The 2002 special charges relate primarily to legal costs incurred for the registration of the 14% senior subordinated second lien notes, costs related to terminated contracts, parent company debt reorganization, insurance costs in accordance with ERISA requirements, prior years rent adjustments and other items. For additional information, please see Note 3 of Item 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

        Management fee—parent company.     We recorded $2.3 million of management fees paid in each of the first nine months of 2003 and 2002 to AP Holdings, Inc. pursuant to our management agreement. The actual payment of the management fee is determined by the terms and conditions as set forth in the senior credit facility. The management fee will be terminated upon the completion of this offering.

Fiscal 2002 Compared to Fiscal 2001

        Parking services revenue—lease contracts.     Lease contract revenue decreased $14.0 million, or 9.0%, to $142.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $156.4 million in the year-ago period. The majority of this decrease resulted from the net reduction of 34 leases through contract expirations and conversions to management contracts.

        Parking services revenue—management contracts.     Management contract revenue decreased $9.4 million, or 10.7%, to $78.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $87.4 million in the year-ago period. This decrease resulted from the reduction of several unprofitable contracts and the negative economic impact on our reverse management contracts, which more than offset the net addition of one management contract through internal growth and the positive impact of the conversion to a capital lease program for our vehicles. In addition, we received a payment of $4.8 million in 2001 related to the exercise of owner termination rights associated with certain management contracts. There were no similar payments received in 2002.

        Reimbursement of management contract expense.     Reimbursement of management contract expense increased $8.1 million, or 2.6%, to $326.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, as compared to $318.0 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from additional reimbursements for costs incurred on the behalf of property owners.

        Cost of parking services—lease contracts.     Cost of parking for lease contracts decreased $13.7 million, or 9.6%, to $128.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $142.6 million for the year-ago period. This decrease resulted from the net reduction of 34 leases through contract expirations and conversions to management contracts.

        Cost of parking services—management contracts.     Cost of parking for management contracts decreased $9.1 million, or 20.5%, to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $44.3 million for the year-ago period. This decrease resulted primarily from the reduction of several unprofitable contracts and an improvement in the cost of providing management services.

        Reimbursed management contract expense.     Reimbursed management contract expense increased $8.1 million, or 2.6%, to $326.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, as compared to $318.0 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from additional reimbursed costs incurred on the behalf of owners.

36



        Gross profit—lease contracts.     Gross profit for lease contracts decreased $0.3 million, or 2.2%, to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $13.8 million in the year-ago period. Gross margin for leases improved to 9.5% during 2002 compared to 8.9% during 2001. This increase was primarily due to the recovery in volume versus 2001, which had the impact of the attacks of September 11, 2001.

        Gross profit—management contracts.     Gross profit for management contracts decreased $0.3 million, or 0.7%, to $42.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $43.1 million in the year-ago period. Gross margin for management contracts improved to 54.9% during 2002 compared to 49.3% during 2001. Most management contracts have no cost of parking services related to them, as all costs incurred by us are reimbursed by the property owner. However, several contracts, which are referred to as reverse management contracts and which typically provide for larger management fees, require us to pay for certain costs. This increase in gross margin percentage typically was related to the reduction in costs of operations, conversion to a capital lease program for our vehicles and the termination of several unprofitable contracts.

        General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased $0.1 million, or 0.5%, to $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $30.0 million for the year-ago period. This slight increase resulted from increases in wages and benefits that were offset by implementation of cost savings and operating efficiencies.

        S pecial charges. We recorded $2.9 million of special charges for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $15.9 million for the period ending December 31, 2001. The 2002 special charges included $1.0 million related to the legal costs incurred for the registration of the 14% senior subordinated second lien notes, $0.8 million in costs related to contracts terminated in prior years, $0.4 million in severance costs, $0.3 million in costs related to our parent company, $0.2 million for insurance costs in accordance with ERISA requirements, and $0.2 million in prior year rent and other adjustments. The charges for 2001 included $11.8 million related to the exchange (see Note D of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements), $1.7 million related to a provision for abandoned businesses, $0.9 million for legal costs, $0.8 million in a provision for headquarters reorganization, $0.3 million in prior period retroactive insurance premium increases, $0.3 million in outside consultant costs related to prior periods, and $0.1 million in severance costs.

        Management fee—parent company.     We recorded $3.0 million of management fees to AP Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2002, pursuant to our management agreement with AP Holdings, Inc., of which $1.25 million has been paid through March 7, 2003. There was no management fee for the year ended December 31, 2001.

        Bad debt relating to related party non-operating receivables.     We recorded no charges for the period ending December 31, 2002, compared to a $12.9 million bad debt provision related to non-operating receivables for the year ended December 31, 2001. The 2001 bad debt provision for non-operating receivables relates to advances to and deposits with affiliates that had previously been reclassified from a long-term asset to stockholders' deficit. This provision was made due to uncertainty regarding the ability of the affiliates to repay such amounts without potentially receiving distributions from us.

        Other income and expense.     Interest expense, net of interest income decreased $1.6 million to $16.0 million in 2002, from $17.6 million in 2001. Minority interest of $0.2 million was equal to the $0.2 million in 2001. Income tax expense of $0.4 million was equal to the $0.4 million in 2001.

Fiscal 2001 Compared to Fiscal 2000

        Parking services revenue—lease contracts.     Lease contract revenue decreased $25.4 million, or 14.0%, to $156.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to $181.8 million in the year-ago period. The majority of this decrease resulted from the net reduction of 36 leases through

37


contract expirations and conversions to management contracts, and approximately $4.0 million of this decrease was attributable to the attacks of September 11, 2001.

        Parking services revenue—management contracts.     Management contract revenue increased $16.7 million, or 23.7%, to $87.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to $70.7 million in the year-ago period. The majority of this increase resulted from the net increase of 57 contracts through internal growth, including the full year impact of the addition of a large airport contract in the second half of 2000, and conversions from lease contracts. In addition, we received a payment of $4.8 million in 2001 related to the exercise of owner termination rights associated with certain management contracts.

        Reimbursement of management contract expense.     Reimbursed management contract expense increased $9.0 million, or 3.0% to $318.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to $309.0 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from additional reimbursed costs incurred on the behalf of owners.

        Cost of parking services—lease contracts.     Cost of parking for lease contracts decreased $17.1 million, or 10.7%, to $142.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, from $159.7 million for the year-ago period. This decrease resulted from the net reduction of 36 leases through contract expirations and conversions to management contracts.

        Cost of parking services—management contracts.     Cost of parking for management contracts increased $11.7 million, or 35.9%, to $44.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to $32.6 million for the year-ago period. This increase resulted from the net addition of 57 new contracts through internal growth, conversions from lease contracts and the full year impact of the addition of a large airport contract in the second half of 2000.

        Reimbursed management contract expense.     Reimbursed management contract expense increased $9.0 million, or 3.0% to $318.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to $309.0 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from additional reimbursed costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Gross profit—lease contracts.     Gross profit for lease contracts decreased $8.3 million, or 37.6%, to $13.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to $22.1 million in the year-ago period. Gross margin for leases declined to 8.9% during 2001, compared to 12.2% during 2000. This decrease was due to the loss of volume following the attacks of September 11, 2001, the reduction of 36 leases through contract expirations and conversions to management contracts.

        Gross profit—management contracts.     Gross profit for management contracts increased $5 million, or 13.1%, to $43.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to $38.1 million in the year-ago period. Gross margin for management contracts declined to 49.3% during 2001 compared to 53.8% during 2000. Most management contracts have no cost of parking services related to them, as all costs are reimbursable to us. However, several contracts, which are referred to as reverse management contracts and which typically provide for larger management fees, require us to pay for certain costs. This increase in cost of parking management contracts was related to the addition of several contracts of this type.

        General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses decreased $6.1 million, or 17.0%, to $30.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to $36.1 million for the year-ago period. This decrease resulted from implementation of cost savings, staff reductions and operating efficiencies.

        S pecial charges. We recorded $15.9 million of special charges for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to $4.6 million for the period ending December 31, 2000. The charges for 2001

38



included $11.8 million related to the exchange (see Note D of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements), $1.7 million related to a provision for abandoned businesses, $0.9 million for legal costs, $0.8 million in a provision for headquarters reorganization, $0.3 million in prior period retroactive insurance premium increases, $0.3 million in outside consultant costs related to prior periods and $0.1 million in severance costs. The charges for 2000 included $2.5 million of severance costs, $0.9 million of prior period retroactive insurance premium increases and $1.2 million of incremental integration costs and other costs.

        Bad debt relating to related party non-operating receivables.     We recorded a $12.9 million bad debt provision related to non-operating receivables for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to no charges for the period ending December 31, 2000. The 2001 bad debt provision for non-operating receivables relates to advances to and deposits with affiliates that had previously been reclassified from a long-term asset to stockholders' deficit. This provision was made due to uncertainty regarding the ability of the affiliates to repay such amounts without potentially receiving distributions from us.

        Other income and expense.     Interest expense net of interest income increased $0.2 million to $17.6 million in 2001, from $17.4 million in 2000. Minority interest decreased $0.1 million, to $0.2 million in 2001 from $0.3 million in 2000. Income tax expense decreased $0.1 million, to $0.4 million in 2001 from $0.5 million in 2000.

Unaudited Quarterly Results

        The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2003. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial information and, in management's opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, the Company's revenues and operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of factors, including: general economic conditions in the Company's markets; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of contracts; conversion of lease contracts to management contracts; conversion of management contracts to lease contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained. In addition, operating results have been seasonally lower during the first and second fiscal quarters than during the third and fourth quarters of the fiscal year. The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

39


 
  2002 Quarters Ended
  2003 Quarters Ended
 
 
  March 31
  June 30
  September 30
  December 31
  March 31
  June 30
  September 30
 
 
  (unaudited)

 
($ in thousands)                                            
Parking services revenue                                            
  Lease contracts   $ 34,839   $ 36,877   $ 36,499   $ 34,161   $ 35,674   $ 35,891   $ 31,989  
  Management contracts     20,377     19,888     18,464     19,300     17,969     19,129     18,491  
  Reimbursement of management contract expense     81,779     88,552     101,936     53,879     76,813     84,322     84,160  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue     136,995     145,317     156,899     107,340     130,456     139,342     134,640  

Cost of parking services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Lease contracts     31,528     32,936     33,755     30,652     32,818     32,703     28,001  
  Management contracts     10,960     10,262     6,935     7,044     6,696     7,500     7,097  
  Reimbursed management contract expense     81,779     88,552     101,936     53,879     76,813     84,322     84,160  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total cost of parking services     124,267     131,750     142,626     91,575     116,327     124,525     119,258  

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Lease contracts     3,311     3,941     2,744     3,509     2,856     3,188     3,988  
  Management contracts     9,417     9,626     11,529     12,256     11,273     11,629     11,394  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross profit     12,728     13,567     14,273     15,765     14,129     14,817     15,382  

General and administrative expense

 

 

7,720

 

 

7,476

 

 

7,351

 

 

7,586

 

 

8,111

 

 

7,989

 

 

8,265

 
Depreciation and amortization     1,409     2,073     1,952     2,120     1,890     1,850     1,815  
Special charges     208     1,243     303     1,143     97     248     203  
Management fee-parent company     750     750     750     750     750     750     750  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     2,641     2,025     3,917     4,166     3,281     3,980     4,349  

Interest expense (income)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense     3,916     4,076     4,231     4,023     4,043     4,143     4,061  
  Interest income     (45 )   (119 )   (40 )   (77 )   (42 )   (60 )   (51 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      3,871     3,957     4,191     3,946     4,001     4,083     4,010  
Gain on extinguishment of debt                             1,757  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(Loss) income before minority interest expense and income taxes

 

 

(1,230

)

 

(1,932

)

 

(274

)

 

220

 

 

(720

)

 

(103

)

 

2,096

 
Minority interest expense     30     50     44     56     65     120     81  
Income tax expense     115     134     104     75     178     157     148  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income   $ (1,375 ) $ (2,116 ) $ (422 ) $ 89   $ (963 ) $ (380 ) $ 1,867  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Outstanding Indebtedness

        We have a significant amount of indebtedness. On September 30, 2003, we had total indebtedness of approximately $164.6 million, including:

    $39.4 million under our senior credit facility;

40


    $66.9 million of 14% notes, including $10.0 million of carrying value in excess of principal, which are due in December 2006; and

    $49.7 million of 9 1 / 4 % notes, including $0.8 million in carrying value in excess of principal, which are due in March 2008.

        We cannot assure you that cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowings under our existing senior credit facility or the proposed new credit facility and any future credit facility, will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to increase. We will need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the proposed new senior credit facility and the 9 1 / 4 % senior subordinated notes, on or before their respective maturities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including the proposed new senior credit facility and the 9 1 / 4 % senior subordinated notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of the debt. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness were accelerated.

        We intend to repay the $39.4 million under our senior credit facility and redeem all of the 14% notes for $60.9 million including accrued interest and a 4% premium with the estimated net proceeds of this offering and the proposed new credit facility. There will be $             million outstanding and $     million available under the new credit facility on a pro forma basis at September 30, 2003. For additional information, please see "Use of Proceeds."

Existing Senior Credit Facility

        We entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as of August 28, 2003 with LaSalle Bank National Association, as agent and revolving lender, and Credit Suisse First Boston, as term loan lender. Credit Suisse First Boston has subsequently assigned all of its loans and rights as lender to several funds affiliated with GoldenTree Asset Management. This Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement represents a restructuring of the prior $43.0 million senior credit facility.

        The senior credit facility consists of $65.0 million in revolving and term loans, specifically:

    a $33.0 million revolving credit facility provided by LaSalle Bank, which will expire on June 30, 2006, including a letter of credit facility with a sublimit of $30.0 million or such greater amount as LaSalle Bank may agree to for letters of credit; and

    a $32.0 million term loan held by GoldenTree Asset Management due in full on July 31, 2006.

        The revolving credit facility bears interest, at our option, at either LIBOR plus 4.50% or an adjusted base rate plus 2.25%. The term loan bears interest equal to the rate publicly announced from time to time by LaSalle Bank as its "prime rate," which cannot be less than 4.25% per annum, plus 6.75%. Accrued term loan interest is payable monthly in arrears. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, we have elected to defer the cash payment of 3% per annum of term loan interest. The deferred amount, together with accrued interest thereon, is payable upon maturity of the term loan.

        The senior credit facility includes covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends and contains certain other restrictions on our activities. It is secured by substantially all of our existing and future domestic guarantor subsidiaries' existing and after-acquired assets, including a pledge of 100% of the stock of our existing and future domestic guarantor subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries, by a first priority pledge of all of our common stock owned by AP Holdings, Inc. and by all other existing and after-acquired property of AP Holdings, Inc.

41



        If we identify investment opportunities requiring cash in excess of our cash flows and existing cash, we may borrow under our senior credit facility.

        At September 30, 2003, borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $39.4 million. In addition, there were $16.8 million of letters of credit outstanding, resulting in an $8.8 million availability under the senior credit facility. We expect to pay off the existing senior credit facility at the closing of this offering with proceeds from the proposed new senior credit facility.

Proposed New Senior Credit Facility

        We have received proposals for a new secured senior credit facility. The proposed new senior credit facility would provide for revolving credit borrowings of up to $     million, including up to a $     million sublimit for letters of credit. We anticipate completing definitive documentation for the proposed new senior credit facility so that it would be in place at the closing of this offering.

        The proposed new credit facility is expected to mature at least three years after closing. Borrowings under the proposed new credit facility will be used to refinance outstanding borrowings under our existing senior credit facility, fund a portion of the payment to our minority stockholders, to make payments in connection with the conversion of a management contract to a long-term lease, for general working capital purposes and to finance possible permitted acquisitions. The proposed new credit facility will be secured by a first lien on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our wholly owned subsidiaries, and will be guaranteed by those subsidiaries.

        The proposed new credit facility will contain customary affirmative, financial and negative covenants, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make acquisitions and divestitures and other restrictions on our activities. We do not anticipate that the proposed new credit facility will be guaranteed by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] or any of its affiliates, nor do we expect any covenants or cross-defaults tied to any indebtedness of [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] or any of its affiliates.

Debt Restructuring

        On January 11, 2002, we restructured our publicly issued debt. We exchanged $91.1 million of our outstanding 9 1 / 4 % notes due 2008 for $59.3 million of our newly issued 14% senior subordinated second lien notes due 2006 and shares of our newly issued Series D preferred stock. As part of these transactions, we also received $20.0 million in cash. The cash was used to repay borrowings under our then existing senior credit facility, repurchase shares of existing redeemable Series C preferred stock owned by our parent company and pay expenses incurred in connection with the restructuring transactions.

        In conjunction with the exchange, we repaid $9.5 million of indebtedness under our then existing senior credit facility, paid $2.7 million in accrued interest relating to the $91.1 million of the 9 1 / 4 % notes due 2008 that were tendered, and paid $9.7 million (including $1.3 million capitalized as debt issuance costs related to the senior credit facility) in fees and expenses related to the exchange, which included a $3.0 million transaction advisory fee to AP Holdings, Inc. In addition, we repurchased $1.5 million of redeemable preferred stock held by AP Holdings, Inc. The fees and expenses of $9.7 million related to the exchange and the amended and restated senior credit facility were provided for in the period ended December 31, 2001. (For additional information, please see Note D to the consolidated financial statements included herein.)

Letters of Credit

        As of September 30, 2003, we had $16.8 million in letters of credit outstanding, which constitute a use of our revolving credit facility availability. We are required under certain contracts to provide

42



performance bonds. These bonds are typically renewed on an annual basis. The market for performance bonds has been severely impacted by the events of September 11, 2001, corporate bankruptcies and general economic conditions. Consequently, the surety market has contracted and imposed more stringent underwriting requirements. As of September 30, 2003, we had provided $4.8 million in letters of credit to collateralize our current performance bond program. We expect that we will have to provide additional collateral to support our performance bond program. While we expect that we will be able to provide sufficient collateral, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so.

        During the first quarter of 2003, our casualty insurance carrier returned funds previously held in trust, in the amount of $12.0 million, which was exchanged for a letter of credit in the same amount.

Lease Commitments

        We have lease commitments of $20.6 million for fiscal 2003. The leased properties generate sufficient cash flow to meet the base rent payment.

Guarantor Payments

        Pursuant to our obligations with respect to the parking garage operations at Bradley International Airport, we have guaranteed any revenue shortfall and are required to make certain payments for the benefit of the State of Connecticut and for holders of special facility revenue bonds. We made payments (net of repayments) of $1.2 million in 2002 and $2.5 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003. Although we expect to recover all amounts owed to us, we expect that we will have to make material additional deficiency payments in the near term.

Daily Cash Collections

        As a result of day-to-day activity at our parking locations, we collect significant amounts of cash. Lease contract revenue is generally deposited into our local bank accounts, with a portion remitted to our clients in the form of rental payments according to the terms of the leases. Under management contracts, some clients require us to deposit the daily receipts into one of our local bank accounts, with the cash in excess of our operating expenses and management fees remitted to the clients at negotiated intervals. Other clients require us to deposit the daily receipts into client accounts and the clients then reimburse us for operating expenses and pay our management fee subsequent to month-end. Some clients require a segregated account for the receipts and disbursements at locations. Our working capital and liquidity may be adversely affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective accounts.

        Gross daily collections are collected by us and deposited into banks using one of three methods, which impact our investment in working capital:

    locations with revenues deposited into our bank accounts reduce our investment in working capital,

    locations that have segregated accounts generally require no investment in working capital, and

    accounts where the revenues are deposited into the clients' accounts increase our investment in working capital.

        Our average investment in working capital depends on our contract mix. For example, an increase in contracts that require all cash deposited in our bank accounts reduces our investment in working capital and improves our liquidity. During the first nine months of 2003 and the first nine months of 2002, there were no material changes in these types of contracts. In addition, our clients may accelerate monthly distributions to them and have an estimated distribution occur in the current month. During the first nine months of 2003 and the first nine months of 2002, there were no material changes in the timing of current month distributions.

43


        Our liquidity also fluctuates on an intra-month and intra-year basis depending on the contract mix and timing of significant cash payments, such as our scheduled interest payments on our notes. Additionally, our ability to utilize cash deposited into our local accounts is dependent upon the availability and movement of that cash into our corporate account. For all these reasons, we, from time to time, carry a significant cash balance, while also utilizing our senior credit facility.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

        Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $7.4 million for the first nine months of 2003 compared to $4.7 million for the first nine months of 2002. Cash provided during the first nine months of 2003 included $12.0 million from the return of funds held in a trust by our casualty insurance carrier, which was exchanged for a letter of credit in the same amount, which was offset by the payment of $7.6 million in interest payments on the senior subordinated notes, an increase in long-term accounts receivable of $3.5 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $0.9 million and a decrease in insurance and other accruals of $1.2 million. Cash provided during 2002 included a $1.0 million decrease in accounts receivable and a $4.2 million increase in insurance and other accruals and $20.0 million from the exchange, which were offset by the payment of $9.0 million in fees and expenses related to the exchange that had been provided at December 31, 2001, $9.4 million in interest payments on the senior subordinated notes and a decrease in accounts payable of $4.8 million.

        Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $3.7 million for 2002, compared to cash provided of $9.4 million for 2001. Cash provided during 2002 included $7.2 million from a decrease in accounts receivable due to improved collections, the termination of several large airport contracts, the reclassification of $3.8 million to a long-term receivable and $8.3 million from an increase in accrued liabilities which reflects the receipt of $20.0 million from the exchange reduced by the fees and payments related to the exchange, which were offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $10.2 million and an increase of $6.5 million in other assets, due to an increase in deposits for insurance programs and the reclassification of $3.8 million to a long-term receivable.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        Cash used in investing activities totaled $1.1 million for the first nine months of 2003 compared to $1.5 million for the first nine months of 2002. Cash used in investing for the first nine months of 2003 and the first nine months of 2002 resulted from capital purchases to secure and/or extend leased facilities and investments in management information system enhancements and contingent purchase payments on previously acquired contracts.

        Net cash used in investing activities totaled $2.4 million in 2002, compared to cash used of $2.1 million in 2001. Cash used in investing for 2002 included capital expenditures of $1.8 million for capital investments to secure and/or extend leased facilities, investment in information system enhancements and $0.6 million for contingent purchase payments on previously acquired contracts.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

        Cash used in financing activities totaled $5.3 million in the first nine months of 2003 compared to $4.7 million for the first nine months of 2002. The 2003 activity included $7.8 million in proceeds from the senior credit facility which was offset by $5.9 million for the repurchase of 14% senior subordinated second lien notes, $2.4 million for the redemption of Series C preferred stock, $1.7 million on capital lease payments, $2.8 million in debt issuance costs and repayments on joint venture borrowings of $0.6 million. The 2002 activity included $0.1 million in payments on the senior credit facility, $2.5 million in redemption of redeemable preferred stock, $1.4 million in payments of capital lease obligations and repayments on joint venture and other borrowings of $0.6 million.

44



        Net cash used in financing activities totaled $2.8 million in 2002, compared to cash used in financing activities of $2.9 million in 2001. The 2002 activity included $2.5 million in cash used for redemption of preferred stock, $1.9 million in cash used for payments on capital leases, $0.9 million in cash used for repayments on joint venture borrowings and $0.4 million in cash used on long-term borrowings and $0.2 million in debt issuance costs in connection with amendments to our senior credit facility. For additional information, please see Note D of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we provided funds from increases in borrowings on our senior credit facility of $3.0 million.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $7.5 million at September 30, 2003, compared to $6.2 million at December 31, 2002 and $7.6 million at December 31, 2001.

Charges Incurred in the Quarter We Complete the Offering

        In connection with this offering, options issued to our employees and employees of our affiliates to purchase 503.86 shares of our Series D preferred stock will be converted into options to purchase     shares of our Class A common stock and will vest. We will record a $    million non-cash compensation expense relating to the vesting of these options.

        In connection with this offering, we will also write-off debt issuance costs of $2.9 million in connection with the repayment of our senior credit facility.

        We will have a use of cash in connection with this offering of $2.3 million, of which $1.1 million has been accrued through September 30, 2003, to pay the optional redemption premium on our 14% notes. This will result in a $1.2 million charge.

        We will record a gain of $10.0 million related to the write-off of the carrying value in excess of principal attributable to the 14% notes.

Other Capital Resources Information

        The January 11, 2002 exchange offer and recapitalization was accounted for as a "modification of terms" type of troubled debt restructuring as prescribed by FASB Statement No. 15, Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings . Under FAS 15, an effective reduction in principal or accrued interest does not result in the debtor recording a gain as long as the future contractual payments under the restructured debt are more than the carrying amount of the debt before the restructuring. In those circumstances, the carrying amount of the original debt or investment is not adjusted, and the effects of any changes are reflected in future periods as a reduction in interest expense. That is, a constant effective interest rate is applied to the carrying amount of the debt between restructuring and maturity. The effective interest rate is the discount rate that equates the present value of the future cash payments specified by the new terms with the unadjusted carrying amount of the debt.

        In addition, under FAS 15, when a debtor issues a redeemable equity interest in partial satisfaction of debt in conjunction with a modification of terms, the debtor recognizes no gain since the redeemable preferred shares are accounted for in the same manner as debt. Legal fees and other direct costs incurred by a debtor to effect a troubled debt restructuring are expensed as incurred, except for amounts incurred directly in granting an equity interest, if any.

        The accounting for this exchange under FAS 15 was as follows:

    No gain was recognized by us for the excess of (a) the principal of the new notes over (b) the principal of the registered notes.

45


    The unrecorded gain, which remains part of the carrying value of the debt, is being amortized as a reduction to future interest expense using an effective interest rate applied to the combined balance of the unregistered and registered notes.

Summary Disclosures About Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

        The following summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2002 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 
  Payments due by period
 
  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3 years
  4-5 years
  After 5 years
($ in thousands)                              
Long-term debt (1)   $ 151,992   $ 3,253   $ 98,202   $ 49,129   $ 1,408
Operating leases (2)     94,190     20,594     36,551     16,214     20,831
Capital leases (3)     5,872     2,699     3,126     47    
Other long-term liabilities (4)     13,862     2,459     5,446     1,912     4,045
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 265,916   $ 29,005   $ 143,325   $ 67,302   $ 26,284
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents principal amounts, but not interest. See Note D to our consolidated financial statements.

(2)
As described in Note G to our consolidated financial statements.

(3)
Represents minimum future payments. See Note M to our consolidated financial statements.

(4)
Represents deferred compensation, customer deposits and 5% premium on the 14% notes.

        After this offering, the use of proceeds from the offering, the entering into of our proposed new credit facility and the repayment of our existing senior credit facility, our long-term debt is expected to total approximately $    million, with $    million payable within one year, approximately $    million in one-to-three years, approximately $    million in four-to-five years and approximately $    million after five years.

        There can be no assurance that our cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowings under the existing senior credit facility, the proposed new credit facility and any future credit facility, will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs or planned capital expenditures. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Critical Accounting Policies

        "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" discusses our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Accounting estimates are an integral part of the preparation of the financial statements and the financial reporting process and are based upon current judgments. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their complexity and the possibility that future events affecting them may differ materially from our current judgments and estimates.

46



        This listing of critical accounting policies is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, with no need for management's judgment regarding accounting policy. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity:

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

        As of September 30, 2003, our net long-lived assets were comprised primarily of $12.8 million of property, equipment and leasehold improvements and $3.3 million of contract and lease rights. In accounting for our long-lived assets, other than goodwill, we apply the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of." Beginning January 1, 2002, we account for goodwill and other intangible assets under the provisions of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." As of September 30, 2003, we had $116.8 million of goodwill.

        The determination and measurement of an impairment loss under these accounting standards require the significant use of judgment and estimates. The determination of fair value of these assets utilizes cash flow projections that assume certain future revenue and cost levels, assumed discount rates based upon current market conditions and other valuation factors, all of which involve the use of significant judgment and estimation. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003, we were not required to record any impairment charges related to long-lived assets or to goodwill. Future events may indicate differences from our judgments and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on our judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

        Amortization expense for intangible assets for the period ended December 31, 2002 was $571,000. Estimated amortization expense for 2003 and the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

 
  Estimated
Amortization
Expense

($ in thousands)      
2003   $ 587
2004     587
2005     570
2006     516
2007     516
2008     39

47


        Actual results of operations for the periods ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 had we applied the non-amortization provisions of SFAS 142 in the prior period are as follows:

 
  For The Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
($ in thousands)                    
Net loss   $ (11,481 ) $ (35,454 ) $ (3,824 )
Add: Goodwill amortization     3,138     3,259      
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net loss   $ (8,343 ) $ (32,195 ) $ (3,824 )
   
 
 
 

Insurance Reserves

        We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance (including, without limitation, general liability, garage-keepers legal liability, worker's compensation and umbrella/excess liability insurance) covering certain claims that occur at parking facilities we lease or manage. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000 of any loss. As a result, we are, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to the deductible levels. We also are self-insured for up to $125,000 per year per covered individual in eligible medical expenses incurred by certain employees and family members who receive medical coverage through us. We apply the provisions of SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies", in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against us. The expense recognition is based upon our determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and reasonably estimated, as defined in SFAS No. 5. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. We utilize historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisors and actuaries in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We report accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, to represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations.

Litigation

        We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. We apply the provisions of SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with legal claims against us. Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims. See Note K of the notes to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

48



QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rates

        Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. Historically, we have not used derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

        Our $65.0 million senior credit facility provides for a $33.0 million revolving variable rate senior credit facility and a variable rate $32.0 million term loan. Interest expense on such borrowing is sensitive to changes in the market rate of interest. If we were to borrow the entire $65.0 million available under the facility, a 1% increase in the average market rate would result in an increase in our annual interest expense of approximately $0.7 million.

        This amount is determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing cost, but does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Due to the uncertainty of the specific changes and their possible effects, the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in our financial structure.

Foreign Currency Risk

        Our exposure to foreign exchange risk is minimal. All foreign investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, with the exception of Canada. We had approximately CAN $1.7 million of cash and CAN $0.4 million of Canadian dollar denominated debt instruments at September 30, 2003. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions. We monitor foreign currency positions and may enter into certain hedging instruments in the future should we determine that exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

49



BUSINESS

General

        We are a leading national provider of parking facility management services. We provide on-site management services at multi-level and surface parking facilities for all major markets of the parking industry. We manage approximately 1,850 parking facilities, containing over one million parking spaces, in over 275 cities across the United States and Canada. Our diversified client base includes some of the nation's largest private and public owners, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers, including properties such as the Arco Tower in Los Angeles, the Four Seasons Hotel in Chicago, the Harvard Medical School in Cambridge, the Nationwide Arena in Columbus and Westfield Shoppingtown Century City in Los Angeles. In addition, we manage 126 parking-related and shuttle bus operations serving 66 airports, including Chicago O'Hare International Airport, Cleveland Hopkins International Airport and Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport.

        During our 75 years in business, we have focused on providing our clients with superior management services to attract customers. We believe that our management services, coupled with a leading position in our core markets, helps to maximize profitability per parking facility for both us and our clients. We believe that we have created our leading position by providing:

    Ambiance in Parking ®, an approach to parking that includes on-site, value-added services and amenities;

    service enhancing information technology, including ClientView SM , a proprietary client reporting system which allows us to provide our clients with on-line access to site-level financial and operating information;

    comprehensive training programs for on-site employees, including our web-based Standard University ® training programs for management-level personnel, that promote customer service and client retention; and

    an internal audit and contract compliance group to monitor cash and operational controls.

        We believe that these services distinguish us from our competitors and contribute to our high retention rate, which averaged 89% for the three-year period ended September 30, 2003, which statistic also reflects the impact of our decision not to renew, or to terminate, unprofitable contracts.

        We do not own any parking facilities and, as a result, we assume few of the risks of real estate ownership. We operate our clients' parking properties through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenues and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our client rather than to us. Under lease arrangements, we generally pay either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections, or a combination thereof to the property owner. We collect all revenues under lease arrangements and we are responsible for most operating expenses, but we are typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. As of September 30, 2003, we operated 84% of our locations under management contracts and 16% under leases.

        We also provide a range of ancillary services to satisfy client needs such as municipal meter collection and valet parking.

50



Industry Overview

General

        The International Parking Institute, a trade organization of parking professionals, estimates that as of December 2002 (the latest year for which numbers are available) there were approximately 40,000 parking facilities in the United States generating over $29.0 billion in gross customer collections. Industry participants, the vast majority of which are privately held companies, consist of relatively few nationwide companies and hundreds of small regional or local operators, including a substantial number of companies that provide parking as an ancillary service in connection with property management or ownership. The parking industry from time to time experiences consolidation as smaller operators find that they lack the financial resources, economies of scale and management techniques required to compete with larger providers. We expect this trend will continue and provide larger parking management companies with opportunities to win business and acquire smaller operators.

Operating Arrangements

        Parking facilities operate under three general types of arrangements: management contracts, leases and ownership. The general terms and benefits of these three types of arrangements are as follows:

        Management Contracts.     Under a management contract, the facility manager generally receives a base monthly fee for managing the facility and may receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. Facility managers generally charge fees for various ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing and consulting. Responsibilities under a management contract include hiring, training and staffing parking personnel, and providing revenue collection, accounting, record-keeping, insurance and facility marketing services. In general, under a management contract, the facility manager is not responsible for structural or mechanical repairs, and typically is not responsible for providing security or guard services. Under typical management contracts, the facility owner is responsible for operating expenses such as taxes, license and permit fees, insurance premiums, payroll and accounts receivable processing and wages of personnel assigned to the facility. However, some management contracts, which are referred to as "reverse" management contracts, usually provide for larger management fees and require the facility manager to pay certain of these costs. Generally under management contracts, the facility owner is responsible for non-routine maintenance, repair costs and capital improvements. Management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, though the client often reserves the right to terminate, without cause, on 30 days' notice, and may contain a renewal clause.

        Leases.     Under a lease arrangement, the parking facility operator generally pays to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of facility revenues, or a combination thereof. The parking facility operator collects all revenues and is responsible for most operating expenses, but is typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. In contrast to management contracts, leases are typically for terms of three to ten years, often contain a renewal term, and provide for a fixed payment to the facility owner regardless of the facility's operating earnings. However, many of these leases may be cancelled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real estate for other uses. Some are cancelable by the client on as little as 30 days' notice without cause. Leased facilities generally require a longer commitment and a larger capital investment by the parking facility operator than do managed facilities.

        Ownership.     Ownership of parking facilities, either independently or through joint ventures, typically requires a larger capital investment and greater potential risks and rewards than managed or leased facilities. All owned facility revenues flow directly to the owner, and the owner has the potential to realize benefits of appreciation in the value of the underlying real estate. The owner of a parking facility is responsible for all obligations related to the property, including all structural, mechanical and

51



electrical maintenance and repairs and property taxes. Due to the high cost of real estate in many major urban markets, ownership of parking facilities usually requires large capital investments.

Industry Growth Dynamics

        A number of opportunities for growth exist for larger parking facility operators, including the following:

        Growth of Large Property Managers, Owners and Developers.     Over the past several years, there has been a substantial increase in the number of national property managers, owners and developers with multiple locations. Sophisticated property owners consider parking a profit center that experienced parking facility management companies can maximize. This dynamic favors larger parking service providers that can provide specialized, value-added professional services with nationwide coverage. In order to streamline their business, many of these large national property managers, owners and developers have reduced the number of suppliers with which they conduct business.

        Increased Outsourcing of Parking Management and Related Services.     Growth in the parking management industry has resulted from a continuing trend by parking facility owners to outsource the management of their parking and related operations to independent operators. We believe that entities such as large property management managers, owners and developers as well as cities, municipal authorities, hospitals and universities will increasingly retain parking management companies to operate facilities and provide related services in an effort to focus on their core competencies, reduce operating budgets and increase profitability and efficiency. We believe this trend is expanding to include outsourcing of shuttle bus operations, municipal meter collection and valet parking.

        Industry Consolidation.     The parking management industry is highly fragmented, with hundreds of small regional or local operators. We believe national parking facility managers have a competitive advantage over local and regional operators by reason of their:

    broad product and service offerings;

    relationships with large, national property managers, developers and owners;

    efficient cost structure due to economies of scale; and

    financial resources to invest in infrastructure and information systems.

Competitive Strengths

        We are committed to providing sophisticated service offerings, a high level of service and comprehensive parking management solutions to maintain our position as a leading parking management service provider in North America. We believe that the following factors have been critical to our success:

        Leadership in Core Markets.     We have a leading market presence in many major cities and airports. We consider our core urban markets to be those cities where we have a leading presence (as measured by number of locations), realize economies of scale, and have depth of management and a detailed knowledge of local markets. Because of the scale of our operations, we are able to spread administrative overhead costs across a large number of parking locations in a single market and generate higher average profitability per location in our core markets. We have also developed a particular expertise in providing parking and parking related services to the airport market, where we are the largest provider of parking services. We consider our airports to be a core market as well. In our core markets we believe we compete more effectively for new business and better retain existing locations. We believe that we are one of the leading providers (as measured by number of locations) within all of our core markets.

52



        Diverse Client Base.     We have a diverse client base, which enables us to mitigate the risk of a downturn in particular locations or markets while providing us with the ability to take advantage of growth opportunities in any of the markets we serve. Our client base is diversified across geography, number of clients and types of clients.

    Geography . We manage parking facilities in over 275 cities across 43 states and the District of Columbia in the United States and four provinces in Canada. Our core markets are Boston, Chicago, Cleveland, Columbus, Honolulu, Houston, Kansas City, Los Angeles, Minneapolis, New Orleans, Richmond, Toronto, Washington, D.C./Baltimore and our airport locations.

    Number of clients . We provide services at approximately 1,850 locations. No single client represented more than 7.0% of revenue or more than 4.0% of gross profit for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003.

    Types of clients. We provide on-site management services at multi-level and surface parking facilities for all major markets of the parking industry. Our diversified client base includes some of the nation's largest public and private owners, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special events complexes, universities, hotels, hospitals and medical centers and many of the major airports in North America.

        Consistent, High Level Service Offering.     Our ability to provide a uniformly high level of parking and related services is valued by our clients, who recognize that the parking experience often makes both the first and last impressions on their properties' tenants and visitors. Our clients therefore seek to offer the highest possible parking service levels as a means of distinguishing their properties from competing properties. Moreover, for those clients that provide parking as an ancillary service to other core service offerings (such as airports, hotels and sports and special event arenas), we are able to provide venue-specific solutions that improve the profitability of the parking operations. Our ability to consistently deliver these and related services improves our ability to win contracts at premier locations, retain existing locations and, therefore, improve our profitability. We offer our clients expertise in: cash management and payroll processing; budgeting; marketing and pricing strategies; facility and traffic flow functionality; parking equipment technology; and monthly reporting. Our goal is to provide parking facilities that are clean and well-lit, with crisp graphics and signage and a professional, courteous and well-dressed staff. Our employees undergo a concentrated training program that focuses on the delivery of professional services to our clients and their customers on a consistently high level. We also offer our clients a comprehensive package of on-site parking services and amenities tailored to the customer's requirements, including a patented musical theme floor reminder system with distinctive signage, a traffic information system, valet parking, car washing, complimentary audio tapes and video tapes, and vehicle repair as part of our Ambiance in Parking® approach. We believe our clients value our broad suite of services for its positive impact on their customers' overall satisfaction.

        Strong Client Base and High Contract Retention.     Our client base includes: Brookfield Properties Corporation, CB Richard Ellis, Crescent Real Estate Equities Company, Equity Office Properties, Grubb & Ellis, Jones Lang LaSalle, the City of Miami Beach and the City of New Orleans. Our client base also includes many of the major airports in North America, such as Chicago O'Hare International Airport, Cleveland Hopkins International Airport and Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport. Our track record in retaining locations has averaged 89% during the three-year period ended September 30, 2003, which statistic also reflects the impact of our decision not to renew, or to terminate, unprofitable contracts.

        Focus on Low Risk Contracts.     Management contracts typically generate a fixed base management fee that is not dependent upon the operating performance of the location and, as a result, limits our exposure to adverse economic conditions and other occurrences, such as the events of September 11,

53



2001. Given this dynamic, we have made a strategic decision to focus on securing business primarily through management contracts and not through ownership of parking facilities. When we enter into leases, we seek to negotiate low minimum rental commitments and often structure a variable component into the contract to mitigate lower revenues from economic downturns. We will continue to balance our objective of entering into lower risk parking services contracts that provide a stable revenue stream with entering into contracts that provide upside potential and opportunities for growth. In addition to adding new management contracts and leases, we intend to continue to strengthen our contract portfolio through the elimination of underperforming locations, which will further enhance our profitability. Under both management contracts and leases, we are not typically responsible for capital improvements and, as such, these agreements limit our capital expenditure requirements relative to our competitors that own properties. As of September 30, 2003, 84% and 16% of our facilities were provided services under management contracts and leases, respectively.

        Experienced Executive Management Team.     Our executive management team of eight individuals has an average of 20 years experience in the parking industry, including an average of 16 years with us or our acquired companies. We adopted a long-term incentive plan to motivate and retain our top executives.

Growth Strategy

        While our business has been constrained in recent years by our highly leveraged capital structure, we believe we will be well positioned to pursue the following growth strategies after our initial public offering:

        Grow Contract Portfolio Within Our Core Markets.     Our strategy is to increase our presence and profitability in our core markets by continuing to provide sophisticated parking services and by capitalizing on our economies of scale and operating efficiency. This concentration of locations gives us the ability to spread administrative overhead costs across a large number of parking facilities in a single market. We plan to continue to maximize our premium service, local market knowledge and management infrastructure to retain existing locations and compete aggressively for new business in these core markets. We regularly review potential acquisition opportunities to increase our position in our core markets.

        Enhance Client Relationships Through Additional Services.     We believe we can deepen our relationships with existing clients and attract new clients by continuing to offer additional services that complement our parking expertise, such as shuttle bus, taxi-dispatch, municipal meter collection, and valet-parking services. By offering these services to our clients, we increase our revenues and gross profit per location and strengthen our client relationships, which should enhance our ability to win new contracts and increase our retention rate.

        Develop New Market Opportunities.     We believe that a significant opportunity exists for us to expand our presence in markets such as university campus parking and hospital parking. In addition to our long-standing relationships with Harvard Medical School, Northwestern University and Northwestern Memorial Hospital, we have expanded our presence in these markets with the recent addition of parking services at Montclair State University and the Louisiana State University Medical Center. In addition to expanded growth opportunities in the hospital and university markets, we see significant potential within the municipal on-street market, including enforcement services. We currently provide exclusive meter collection and management services for the City of Miami Beach, Florida.

        Develop New Core Markets.     We believe that numerous opportunities for growth are available by developing new core markets either through new contracts, acquisitions, alliances or partnerships. Our clients generally have a presence in a variety of urban markets where they seek to outsource the management of their parking facilities to a national parking service provider that can assist them in

54



maximizing parking-related profit. One of our strategies is to grow our client relationships to facilitate the addition of new locations and our strategic identification and development of new geographic markets.

Services

        As a professional parking management company, we provide a comprehensive, turn-key package of parking services to our clients. Under a typical management contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily parking operations including cashiers, porters, valet attendants, managers, bookkeepers, and a variety of maintenance, marketing, customer service, and accounting and revenue control functions. By way of example, our typical day-to-day operating duties, whether performed using our own personnel or subcontracted vendors, include:

    Collection and deposit of daily and monthly parking revenues from all parking customers.

    Daily housekeeping to maintain the facility in a clean and orderly manner.

    Restriping of the parking stalls as necessary.

    Routine maintenance of parking equipment ( e.g. , ticket dispensing machines, parking gate arms, fee computers).

    Marketing efforts designed to maximize gross parking revenues.

    Delivery of courteous and professional customer relations.

    Painting of walkways, curbs, ceilings, walls or other facility surfaces.

    Snow removal from sidewalks and driveways.

        The scope of our management services typically also includes a number of functions that support the basic daily facility operations, such as:

    Preparation of an annual operating budget reflecting our estimates of the annual gross parking revenues that the facility will generate from its parking customers, as well as the costs and expenses to be incurred in connection with the facility's operation.

    Evaluation and analysis of, and consultation with our client with respect to, price structures that will optimize our client's revenue objectives. In doing so, we use our proprietary ParkStat® software tool. By automatically polling information from on-site collection devices, ParkStat® uses location-specific information to calculate the impact of pricing alternatives, optimize staffing levels, improve forecasting and assist in long-range planning.

    Consultation with our client regarding which of our menu of customer amenities are appropriate and/or desirable for implementation at the client's parking facility.

    Implementation of a wide range of operational and revenue control processes and procedures, including internal audit procedures, designed to maximize and protect the facility's parking revenues. Compliance with our mandated processes and procedures is supervised by a dedicated fifteen person internal audit and contract compliance group.

    Consultation with our client regarding any recommended modifications in facility design or traffic flow, or the installation of new or updated parking equipment, designed both to enhance the ease and convenience of the parking experience for the parking customers and to maximize facility profitability.

    Monthly reporting to our clients regarding the facility's operating results. For those clients who wish to directly access their financial reporting information on-line, we offer the use of our

55


      proprietary ClientView SM client reporting system, which provides on-line access to site-level financial and operating information.

Ancillary Services

        Beyond the conventional parking facility management services described above, we also offer an expanded range of ancillary services. For example:

    At various airports throughout the United States, we provide shuttle bus vehicles and the drivers to operate them in support of on-airport car rental operations as well as private off-airport parking locations.

    At certain airports, we provide ancillary ground transportation services, such as taxi and livery dispatch services, as well as concierge-type ground transportation information and support services for arriving passengers.

    For municipalities, we provide basic shuttle bus services, on-street parking meter collection and other forms of parking enforcement services.

    Within the medical center and hospital market, we provide valet parking and shuttle bus services.

Amenities and Customer Service Programs

        We offer a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs, branded as Ambiance in Parking® , that can be provided to our customers, many at nominal or no cost to the client. These programs not only make the parking experience more enjoyable, but also convey a sense of the client's sensitivity to and appreciation of the needs of its parking customers. In doing so, we believe the programs serve to enhance the value of the parking properties themselves.

        Patented Musical Theme Floor Reminder System.     Our patented musical theme floor reminder system is designed to help customers remember the garage level on which they parked. A different song is played on each floor of the parking garage. Each floor also displays distinctive signage and graphics that correspond with the floor's theme. For example, in one parking facility with U.S. cities as a theme, songs played include "I Left My Heart in San Francisco" on one floor and "New York, New York" on a different floor. Other parking facilities have themes such as college fight songs, Broadway musicals, classic movies and professional sports teams.

        Books-To-Go® Audiotape Library.     Monthly customers can borrow—free of charge—audio tapes to which they can listen as they drive to and from work. A wide selection of fiction, non-fiction and business titles is maintained in the facility office.

        Films-To-Go® Videotape Library.     This amenity builds on the success of our popular Books-To-Go® program. Videotapes of many popular movie titles are stocked in the parking facility office and made available free of charge to monthly customers. The movie selections are updated on a regular basis.

        Little Parkers® Child-Friendly Facilities.     This amenity creates a family atmosphere at the parking facility. Customers may use baby changing stations installed in the public restrooms. Kids appreciate the distribution of free toys such as bubble bottles, coloring books and stuffed animals.

        Complimentary Driver Assistance Services.     Parking facility attendants provide a wide range of complimentary services to customers with car problems. Assistance can include charging weak batteries, inflating/changing tires, cleaning windshields and refilling windshield washer fluid. Attendants also can help customers locate their vehicles and escort them to their cars.

56



        Standard Road Assist SM Emergency Services.     Parking customers experiencing vehicle problems beyond weak batteries and low tire pressure call our toll-free number to receive, on a pay-per-use basis, a basic package of emergency services, including towing up to five miles, jump starting, flat tire changing, fuel delivery, extracting a vehicle from the side of the road and lock-out service. The emergency services are provided at the parking facility or anywhere on the road.

         CarCare SM Maintenance Services. A car service vendor will pick-up a customer's car from the parking facility, contact the customer with an estimate, service the car during normal working hours and return it to the facility before the end of the business day.

        ParkNet® Traffic Information System.     The system provides customers with continuously updated traffic reports on a site-specific basis so that drivers can learn not only about traffic conditions on the area highways, but also about conditions in the immediate vicinity of the parking facility.

        Automated Teller Machines.     On-site ATM machines provide customers access to cash from bankcards and credit cards. We arrange for the installation of the machine, operated and maintained by an outside vendor. The parking facility realizes supplemental income from a fixed monthly rent and a share of usage transaction fees.

        Complimentary Courtesy Umbrellas and Flashlights.     Courtesy umbrellas are loaned to customers on rainy days. A similar lending program can be implemented to provide flashlights in emergency situations or power outages.

        Car Washing, Detailing and Windshield Cleaning.     We typically are able to arrange for car wash and/or detailing services to be provided at our facilities during the business day, either by our own staff or through a contracted vendor. Moreover, during non-peak times our attendants periodically clean windshields and headlamps, leaving a note on the windshield to advise the customer of this complimentary service that the property owner has provided.

        Complimentary Services/Customer Appreciation Days.     Our clients select from a variety of complimentary services that we provide as a special way of saying "thank you" to our parking customers. Depending on client preferences, coffee, donuts and/or newspapers occasionally are provided to customers during the morning rush hour. On certain holidays, candy, with wrappers that can be customized with the facility logo, can be distributed to customers as they exit. We also can distribute personalized promotional items, such as ice scrapers and key-chains.

57



Business Development

        Our efforts to attract new clients are primarily concentrated in and coordinated by a dedicated business development group, currently comprised of 16 individuals, whose background and expertise is in the field of sales and marketing, and whose financial compensation is determined to a significant extent by their business development success. This business development group is responsible for forecasting sales, maintaining a pipeline of prospective and existing clients, initiating contacts with such clients, and then following through to coordinate meetings involving those clients and the appropriate members of our operations hierarchy. By concentrating our sales efforts through this dedicated group, we enable our operations personnel to focus on achieving excellence in our parking facility operations and maximizing our clients' parking profits and our own profitability.

        We also place a specific focus on marketing and client relationship efforts that pertain to those clients having a large regional or national presence. Accordingly, we assign a dedicated executive to those clients to address any existing portfolio issues, as well as to reinforce existing—and develop new—account relationships and to take any other action that may further our business development interests.

Operations

        We maintain regional and city offices throughout the United States and Canada in order to support our 11,500 employees and approximately 1,850 parking facility operations. These offices serve as the central bases through which we provide the employees to staff our parking facilities as well as the on-site and support management staff to oversee those operations. Our administrative staff accountants are based in those same offices and facilitate the efficient, accurate and timely production and delivery to our clients of our monthly reports. Having these all-inclusive operations and accounting teams located in regional and city offices throughout the United States and Canada allows us to add new locations quickly and in a cost-efficient manner. To facilitate the training of our facility personnel throughout the country, we have separate, dedicated trainers for each of the West, Central and East operating divisions.

        Our overall basic corporate functions in the areas of finance, human resources, risk management, legal, purchasing and procurement, general administration, strategy and information and technology, are based in our Chicago corporate office. The Chicago corporate office also supports and promotes consistency throughout our field operations by developing and administering our operational, financial and administrative policies, practices and procedures.

58



Clients and Properties

        Our client base includes a diverse cross-section of public and private owners, developers and managers of real estate. A list of some of our clients, and the types of properties for which we operate their parking, include:

Client / Property

  City, State/Province

  Property Type

American Museum of Natural History   New York, New York   Museum
Brookfield Properties Corporation   Boston, Massachusetts
Calgary, Alberta
Denver, Colorado
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Toronto, Ontario
Vancouver, British Columbia
  Office
Chicago O'Hare International and Chicago Midway Airports   Chicago, Illinois   Airport
City of Phoenix   Phoenix, Arizona   Municipal / special event
Cleveland Clinic Foundation   Cleveland, Ohio   Medical center
Crescent Real Estate Equities Company   Austin, Texas,
Houston, Texas,
Miami, Florida
  Office
Four Seasons Hotel   Chicago, Illinois   Hotel
Hartford Bradley International Airport   Hartford, Connecticut   Airport
Harvard Medical School   Cambridge, Massachusetts   University / medical
JMB Real Estate Corporation   Chicago, Illinois
Houston, Texas
Los Angeles, California
  Office
Nationwide Arena   Columbus, Ohio   Special event
Sacramento Airport   Sacramento, California   Airport / consolidated car rental shuttle
Washington Mutual, Inc.   Los Angeles, California
San Francisco, California
  Retail
Westfield Properties Shoppingtowns   Los Angeles, California   Retail

        No single client represented more than 7.0% of revenues or more than 4.0% of our gross profit for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003. For the three-year period ended September 30, 2003, we retained an average of 89% of our locations, a statistic that also reflects the effect of our decisions not to renew, or to terminate, unprofitable contracts.

59


Parking Facilities

        We operate parking facilities in 43 states and the District of Columbia in the United States and four provinces of Canada. We do not currently own any parking facilities. The following table summarizes certain information regarding our facilities as of September 30, 2003:

 
   
  # of Locations
  # of Spaces
States/Provinces

  Airports and Urban Cities

  Airport
  Urban
  Total
  Airport
  Urban
  Total
Alabama   Airports   3     3   1,430     1,430
Alaska   Airports   2     2   3,200     3,200
Alberta   Calgary and Edmonton     8   8     5,041   5,041
Arizona   Phoenix     25   25     20,573   20,573
British Columbia   Richmond, Vancouver, Victoria and Whistler     30   30     3,297   3,297
California   Airports, Los Angeles, Long Beach, Sacramento, San Diego, San Francisco and San Jose   10   507   517   24,056   163,777   187,833
Colorado   Airports, Colorado Springs and Denver   3   25   28   14,002   11,395   25,397
Connecticut   Airports   9     9   8,500     8,500
Delaware   Wilmington     1   1     473   473
District of Columbia   Washington, DC     54   54     18,653   18,653
Florida   Airports, Miami, Miami Beach, Orlando and Pensacola   6   77   83   4,238   35,071   39,309
Georgia   Airports and Atlanta   2   18   20   2,177   17,369   19,546
Hawaii   Airports and Honolulu   3   42   45   2,393   17,473   19,866
Idaho   Airport   1     1   372     372
Illinois   Airports and Chicago   11   193   204   30,540   107,278   137,818
Indiana   Airport, Indianapolis and Fort Wayne   1   5   6   1,234   2,700   3,934
Iowa   Airports and Des Moines   2   2   4   3,487   6,600   10,087
Kansas   Topeka, Wichita and Bonner Springs     5   5     18,084   18,084
Kentucky   Louisville     1   1     200   200
Louisiana   Airport and New Orleans   1   50   51   1,302   18,031   19,333
Maine   Airports and Portland   3   1   4   1,660   528   2,188
Maryland   Baltimore, Bethesda and Towson     19   19     5,468   5,468
Massachusetts   Boston, Cambridge and Worcester     117   117     45,605   45,605
Michigan   Airports and Detroit   7   5   12   6,885   3,993   10,878
Minnesota   Airports, Minneapolis and St. Paul   8   36   44   21,501   15,405   36,906
Missouri   Airports and Kansas City   7   88   95   16,683   22,471   39,154
Montana   Airports   8     8   4,169     4,169
Nebraska   Airports   2     2   1,307     1,307
Nevada   Las Vegas and Reno     9   9     2,911   2,911
New Jersey   Upper Montclair     1   1     3,402   3,402
New Mexico   Airport   1     1      
New York   Airports, Buffalo, New York and Rochester   6   40   46   8,027   11,274   19,301
North Carolina   Charlotte     1   1     818   818
North Dakota   Airports   2     2   1,415     1,415
Ohio   Airports, Akron, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Columbus and Toledo   8   100   108   9,373   95,662   105,035
Ontario   Airport, North York, Scarborough and Toronto   1   46   47   3,140   34,650   37,790
Oregon   Airports   3     3   2,231     2,231
Pennsylvania   Airports   3     3   2,031     2,031
Quebec   Airports   1     1      
Rhode Island   Providence     2   2     4,845   4,845
South Dakota   Airports   2     2   1,508     1,508
Tennessee   Airports, Memphis and Nashville   2   19   21   649   35,231   35,880
Texas   Airports, Dallas, Fort Worth and Houston   4   99   103   4,241   77,579   81,820
Utah   Salt Lake City     2   2     5,780   5,780
Virginia   Alexandria, Richmond and Virginia Beach     93   93     24,134   24,134
Washington   Airports and Seattle   2   10   12   822   3,551   4,373
Wisconsin   Airports and Milwaukee   2   11   13   343   1,688   2,031
       
 
 
 
 
 
    Totals   126   1,742   1,868   182,916   841,010   1,023,926
       
 
 
 
 
 

60


        We have interests in 13 joint ventures, each of which operates between one and three parking facilities. We are the general partner of seven limited partnerships, each of which operates between one and twelve parking facilities. For additional information, please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Operating Facilities."

Information Technology

        We believe that automation and technology can enhance customer convenience, lower labor costs, improve cash management and increase overall profitability. We have been a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology to the parking business and we were among the first to adopt electronic fund transfer (EFT) payment options, pay-on-foot (ATM) technology and bar code decal technology.

        To promote internal efficiency, we have created advanced information systems that connect local offices across the country to our corporate headquarters. These systems support accounting, financial management and reporting practices, general operating procedures, training, employment policies, cash controls and marketing procedures. Our commitment to the application of technology in the parking management business has resulted in the creation of two proprietary products, ClientView SM and ParkStat ®. ClientView SM is an Internet based system that gives our client the flexibility and convenience to access and download their monthly financials and detailed back-up reports. ParkStat ® enhances the performance of the parking facility by using location-specific information to assess the impact of pricing alterations, optimize staffing levels, improve forecasting and assist in long-range planning. We believe that our standardized processes and controls enhance our ability to successfully add new locations and expand our operations into new markets.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2003, we employed approximately 11,500 individuals, including approximately 6,750 full-time and 4,750 part-time employees. As of December 31, 2002, we employed approximately 11,300 individuals, including approximately 6,300 full-time and 5,000 part-time employees. Approximately 25% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. No single collective bargaining agreement covers a material number of employees. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Insurance

        We purchase comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims that occur at parking facilities we lease or manage. The primary amount of such coverage is $2 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate per facility. In addition, we purchase umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000 of any loss. As a result, we are, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to the deductible levels. We utilize a third-party administrator to process and pay claims. We also purchase group health insurance with respect to eligible full-time employees and family members, whether such employees work at leased or managed facilities, and are self-insured for up to $125,000 per year per covered individual in eligible incurred medical expenses. We purchase workers' compensation insurance for all eligible employees. We believe that our insurance coverage is adequate and is consistent with industry practice.

        Because of the size of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to parking facility owners on a stand-alone basis. Pursuant to our management contracts, we charge our clients for insurance at rates we believe are competitive. Our clients have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance policies, provided that we are named as an additional insured pursuant to an

61



additional insured endorsement; however, many of our clients historically have chosen to purchase such insurance through us. A material reduction or increase in the amount of insurance purchased through us could have a material effect on our operating income. In addition, a material change in insurance costs due to a change in the number of claims, claims costs or premiums paid by us could have a material effect on our operating income. With respect to our management contract locations, it has been our practice to recover our costs through the rates we charge our clients for insurance. In addition, we have taken steps to control our insurance costs and losses, including the implementation of various measures and safety and incentive programs.

Competition

        The parking industry is fragmented and highly competitive, with limited barriers to entry. We face direct competition for additional facilities to manage or lease, while our facilities themselves compete with nearby facilities for our parking customers and in the labor market generally for qualified employees. Moreover, the construction of new parking facilities near our existing facilities can adversely affect our business. We are one of four national parking management companies, with the others being Ampco System Parking, Central Parking Corporation and Imperial Parking Corporation. We also face competition from numerous smaller, locally owned independent parking operators, as well as from developers, hotels, national financial services companies and other institutions that manage both their own parking facilities as well as facilities owned by others. Many municipalities and other governmental entities also operate their own parking facilities, potentially eliminating those facilities as management or lease opportunities for us. Some of our present and potential competitors have or may obtain greater financial and marketing resources than us, which may negatively impact our ability to retain existing contracts and gain new contracts.

        We face significant competition in our efforts to provide ancillary services such as shuttle bus services and on-street parking enforcement. Several large companies compete in these markets. These large companies may have greater financial and marketing resources than we do, which may negatively impact our ability to compete against them.

Regulation

        Regulations by the Federal Aviation Administration may affect our business. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during times of heightened alert. While we believe that existing regulations or the present heightened security alerts at airports may be relaxed in the future, the existing 300 feet rule and new regulations may nevertheless prevent us from using a number of existing spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

        Our business is not otherwise substantially affected by direct governmental regulation, although both municipal and state authorities sometimes directly regulate parking facilities. We are affected by laws and regulations (such as zoning ordinances) that are common to any business that deals with real estate and by regulations (such as labor and tax laws) that affect companies with a large number of employees. In addition, several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car pooling and the use of mass transit. For example, a Los Angeles, California law prohibits employers from reimbursing employee parking expenses. Laws and regulations that reduce the number of cars and vehicles being driven could adversely impact our business.

        We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of us and our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes or to file tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of

62



hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for any such costs. Although we are currently not aware of any material environmental claims pending or threatened against us or any of the parking facilities which we operate, there can be no assurance that a material environmental claim will not be asserted against us or against the parking facilities which we operate. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or of remediating a contaminated property, could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of parking facilities, both directly and indirectly, including the ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. For example, the ADA requires parking facilities to include handicapped spaces, headroom for wheelchair vans, attendants' booths that accommodate wheelchairs and elevators that are operable by disabled persons. When negotiating management contracts and leases with clients, we generally require that the property owner contractually assume responsibility for any ADA liability in connection with the property. There can be no assurance, however, that the property owner has assumed such liability for any given property and there can be no assurance that we would not be held liable despite assumption of responsibility for such liability by the property owner. Management believes that the parking facilities we operate are in substantial compliance with ADA requirements.

Intellectual Property

        Standard Parking ® and the Standard Parking logo are service marks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have registered the names and, as applicable, the logos of all of our material subsidiaries and divisions as service marks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the equivalent state registry, including the right to the exclusive use of the name Central Park in the Chicago metropolitan area. We have also obtained a United States patent, U.S. Pat. No. 4,674,937, for our Multi-Level Vehicle Parking Facility (the musical Theme Floor Reminder System), which expires in 2005, and trademark registrations for our proprietary parker programs, such as Books-to-Go® , Films-To-Go® , Little Parkers® and Ambiance in Parking® and our comprehensive training program, Standard University® . We have also registered the copyright rights in our proprietary software, such as ClientView SM , Hand Held Program SM , License Plate Inventory Programs SM , ParkNet® and ParkStat® with the United States Copyright Office.

Office Leases

        We lease approximately 24,000 square feet of office space for our corporate offices in Chicago, Illinois. The lease expires in 2013. The lease includes expansion options for up to 6,000 additional square feet of space, and we have a right of first opportunity on an additional 4,000 square feet. We believe that the leased facility, together with our expansion options, is adequate to meet current and foreseeable future needs.

        We also lease regional offices. These lease agreements generally include renewal and expansion options, and we believe that these facilities are adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.

Legal Proceedings

        We are subject to various claims and legal proceedings that consist principally of lease and contract disputes. We consider these claims and legal proceedings to be routine and incidental to our business, and in the opinion of management, the ultimate liability with respect to these proceedings and claims will not materially affect our financial position, operations or liquidity.

63



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each person who is one of our executive officers or directors as of December 31, 2003:

Name

  Age
  Position

John V. Holten   47   Director and Chairman
James A. Wilhelm   49   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Herbert W. Anderson, Jr.   45   Executive Vice President, Operations
G. Marc Baumann   48   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer
Gunnar E. Klintberg   55   Director and Vice President
John Ricchiuto   47   Executive Vice President, Operations
Robert N. Sacks   50   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Edward Simmons   54   Executive Vice President, Operations
Steven A. Warshauer   49   Executive Vice President, Operations
Michael K. Wolf   54   Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Associate General Counsel

        John V. Holten.     Mr. Holten has served as a director and our chairman of the board of directors since March 30, 1998 when we consummated our combination with the Standard Companies. Mr. Holten has also served as a director and chairman of the board of directors of AP Holdings, Inc. since April 14, 1989. Mr. Holten is the chairman and chief executive officer of Steamboat Holdings, Inc., the parent company of AP Holdings, Inc. Mr. Holten has also served as the chairman and chief executive officer of Holberg Industries, Inc. since 1989. Holberg Industries, Inc. was our indirect parent until March 5, 2001. Mr. Holten was chairman and chief executive officer as well as a director of each of Nebco Evans Holding Company and Ameriserve Food Distribution, Inc., each of which filed for bankruptcy on or about January 31, 2000. Mr. Holten received his M.B.A. from Harvard University in 1982 and graduated from the Norwegian School of Economic and Business Administration in 1980.

        James A. Wilhelm.     Mr. Wilhelm has served as our president since September 2000 and as our chief executive officer and a director since October 2001. Mr. Wilhelm served as executive vice president—operations since the combination in March 1998, and he served as senior executive vice president and chief operations officer from September 1999 to August 2000. Mr. Wilhelm joined the Standard Companies in 1985, serving as executive vice president beginning in January 1998. Prior to March 1998, Mr. Wilhelm was responsible for managing the Standard Companies' Midwest and Western Regions, which included parking facilities in Chicago and sixteen other cities throughout the United States and Canada. Mr. Wilhelm received his B.A. Degree from Northeastern Illinois University in 1976.

        Herbert W. Anderson, Jr.     Mr. Anderson has served as our executive vice president—operations since the consummation of the combination in March 1998. Mr. Anderson joined APCOA in 1994, and served as corporate vice president—urban properties from 1995 until March 1998. Mr. Anderson graduated from Almeada College and began his career in the parking industry in 1984. Mr. Anderson is a vice-president of the board of directors of the National Parking Association and a member of the International Parking Institute. In addition, he is on the Board of the Friends of NORD (New Orleans Recreation Department) and is a member of the Building Owners Management Association. Mr. Anderson is also a member of the Board of Trade in New Orleans.

64



        G. Marc Baumann.     Mr. Baumann has served as our executive vice president, chief financial officer and treasurer since October 2000. Mr. Baumann has also served as treasurer of AP Holdings, Inc. since October 2000. Prior to his appointment as our chief financial officer, Mr. Baumann was chief financial officer for Warburtons Ltd. in Bolton, England from January 1993 to October 2000. Mr. Baumann is a certified public accountant and a member of both the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Illinois CPA Society. He received his B.S. degree in 1977 from Northwestern University and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University in 1979.

        Gunnar E. Klintberg.     Mr. Klintberg has served as a director since 1989 and as vice president since 1998. Mr. Klintberg is the vice chairman of Steamboat Holdings, Inc. Mr. Klintberg has also been a director and vice chairman of Holberg Industries, Inc. since 1986. Mr. Klintberg was a director of Nebco Evans Holding Company and Ameriserve Food Distribution, Inc., each of which filed for bankruptcy on or about January 31, 2000. Mr. Klintberg received his undergraduate degree from Dartmouth College in 1972 and a degree in Business Administration from the University of Uppsala, Sweden, 1974.

        John Ricchiuto.     Mr. Ricchiuto has served as our executive vice president—operations since December 2002. Mr. Ricchiuto joined APCOA, Inc. in 1980 as a management trainee. Mr. Ricchiuto served as vice president and regional manager for Northeastern Regional Properties since 1988, vice president—Airport Properties Central since 1993 and senior vice president—Airport Properties Central and Eastern United States since 1994. Mr. Ricchiuto received his B.S. Degree from Bowling Green University in 1979.

        Robert N. Sacks.     Mr. Sacks has served as our executive vice president—general counsel and secretary since the consummation of the combination in March 1998. Mr. Sacks joined APCOA, Inc. in 1988, and served as general counsel and secretary since 1988, as vice president, secretary, and general counsel from 1989, and as senior vice president, secretary and general counsel from 1997 to March 1998. Mr. Sacks has also served as secretary of AP Holdings, Inc. since 1989. Mr. Sacks received his B.A. Degree, cum laude, from Northwestern University in 1976 and, in 1979, received his J.D. Degree from Suffolk University where he was a member of the Suffolk University Law Review .

        Edward E. Simmons.     Mr. Simmons has served as our senior vice president—operations since May 1998. Mr. Simmons has also served as executive vice president—operations since August 1999. Previously, he was president, chief executive officer and co-founder of Executive Parking, Inc. Prior to joining Executive Parking, Inc., Mr. Simmons was vice president/general manager for Red Carpet Parking Service and a consultant on facility layout and design and general manager of J & J Parking. Mr. Simmons is a current board member of the National Parking Association and the International Park Institute. Mr. Simmons is a past executive board member and past president of the Parking Association of California.

        Steven A. Warshauer.     Mr. Warshauer has served as our executive vice president—operations since the consummation of the combination in March 1998. Mr. Warshauer joined the Standard Companies in 1982, initially serving as Vice President, then becoming senior vice president. Mr. Warshauer received his Bachelor of Science Degree from the University of Northern Colorado in 1976 with a major in Accounting.

        Michael K. Wolf.     Mr. Wolf has served as our executive vice president—chief administrative officer and associate general counsel since the combination in March 1998. Mr. Wolf served as senior vice president and general counsel of the Standard Companies from 1990 to January 1998. Mr. Wolf was subsequently appointed executive vice president of the Standard Companies. Mr. Wolf received his B.A. Degree in 1971 from the University of Pennsylvania and in 1974 received his J.D. Degree from

65



Washington University, where he served as an editor of the Washington University Law Quarterly and was elected to the Order of the Coif.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors is currently comprised of three directors. We anticipate that following the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members including:


        Our parent company, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], or its affiliates, have advised us that they intend to file a Schedule 13G with the Securities and Exchange Commission following the completion of this offering to report their Standard Parking holdings as a group. As a result, we will be deemed to be a "controlled company" under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. and we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, the "controlled company" exception to the board of directors and committee composition requirements under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. Pursuant to this exception, we will be exempt from the rule that requires that our board of directors be comprised of a majority of "independent directors"; our compensation committee be comprised solely of "independent directors"; and our nominating committee be comprised solely of "independent directors" as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. The "controlled company" exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee and we intend to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NASDAQ independence rules for audit committees.

        We anticipate that three of our directors, including the two Class A directors, will qualify as "independent" pursuant to the amended rules that have been adopted by The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Class B directors will be elected to one-year terms that will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders in 2005. Our Class A directors will be elected to staggered two-year terms.                                        will have a term that expires at our annual stockholders' meeting in 2005 and                                        will have a term that expires at our annual stockholders' meeting in 2006.

        Class A directors may be removed only for cause by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding common stock, voting together as a single class. The Class B directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Class B common stock.

Committees of the Board

        Our board of directors has designated an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating committee. The members of each committee are appointed by the board of directors and serve one-year terms.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of                        ,                         and                         . We believe that                        meets the requirements for a financial expert under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and is independent, as that term is defined under

66



The NASDAQ National Market listing requirements. We plan to appoint two other independent directors to the audit committee after their appointment to the board of directors to replace Messrs.                         and            , in accordance with the independence requirements of The NASDAQ National Market rules. Our audit committee is charged with the following responsibilities:


Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of John V. Holten,                         and                         . The compensation committee determines our compensation policies and forms of compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and determines stock-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administrators of our stock incentive plan.

        No interlocking relationship exists between our compensation committee and the compensation committee of any other company.

Class A Nominating Committee

        Our Class A nominating committee consists of John V. Holten,                         and                         . The Class A nominating committee identifies, evaluates and recommends potential Class A board and committee members. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the Class A director positions will be filled by the Class A nominating committee. The Class A nominating committee will be composed of two Class B directors and one Class A director. The Class A nominating committee also establishes and reviews board governance guidelines.

Class B Nominating Committee

        Our Class B nominating committee consists of John V. Holten,                         and                         . The Class B nominating committee identifies, evaluates and recommends potential Class B board and committee members. The Class B nominating committee will be composed of three Class B directors.

Director Compensation

        Directors currently receive no compensation from us for their services. Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to compensate directors who are not our employees or officers or employees or officers of [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] for their services on the board in cash and in options to purchase Class A common stock, in amounts to be determined. In addition, we will reimburse our directors for reasonable expenses in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings. Other than with respect to reimbursement of expenses, directors who are our employees or officers or who are employees or officers of [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will not receive additional compensation for their services as directors.

67



Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        We did not have a compensation committee in the year ended December 31, 2003. During 2003, none of our executive officers served as a member of the compensation committee of another entity. Mr. Wilhelm participates in deliberations with the board concerning executive compensation from time to time.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information for 2001, 2002 and 2003 with regard to compensation for services rendered in all capacities. Information shown in the table reflects compensation earned by these individuals for services with us.

 
  Annual Compensation
  Long Term
Compensation

   
Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year

  Salary
($)

  Bonus
($)

  Other Annual
Compensation
($)(1)

  Securities
Underlying
Options/SARs
(#)(2)

  All Other
Compensation
($)(3)

James A. Wilhelm
Chief Executive Officer, President
  2003
2002
2001
  530,005
530,005
381,928
  57,000
37,870
150,000
 

 
90
  16,378
14,347
27,251

Michael K. Wolf
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, Associate General Counsel

 

2003
2002
2001

 

385,958
381,899
376,402

 

44,643
36,500
52,467

 




 


36

 

23,761
22,588
24,655

Steven A. Warshauer
Executive Vice President-Operations

 

2003
2002
2001

 

324,660
316,582
312,137

 

52,116
48,555
79,448

 




 


36

 

4,315
4,000
8,604

G. Marc Baumann
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer

 

2003
2002
2001

 

297,452
256,342
232,135

 

54,868
82,119
19,688

 



 


36

 

97,483
116,714
40,225

Robert N. Sacks
Executive Vice President, General Counsel

 

2003
2002
2001

 

259,183
241,738
198,793

 

47,350
78,081
74,329

 




 


36

 

9,125
15,797
55,301

(1)
In accordance with SEC rules, amounts totaling less than the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of salary and bonus have been omitted.

(2)
These amounts represent the number of shares subject to options granted under our 2001 Stock Option Plan for executives and other employees and directors of, and/or consultants to, us and our Affiliates as of December 31, 2003. No stock appreciation rights were granted under this plan. As a result of this offering, each of the options will vest. We will record $       million non-cash compensation expense relating to the vesting of these options.

(3)
The amounts shown in this column for 2003 reflect contributions by us under our 401(k) plan in the following amounts: Mr. Wilhelm ($4,000); Mr. Wolf ($4,000); Mr. Warshauer ($4,000); Mr. Baumann ($4,000); and Mr. Sacks ($4,000). In addition, the amount reflects premium payments made in 2003 of $12,387 on behalf of Mr. Wilhelm and $5,125 on behalf of Mr. Sacks, which are being used to fund supplemental retirement payments for each of them. The amount also includes premium payments made in 2003 for insurance policies on behalf of Mr. Wolf ($19,761) and Mr. Baumann ($40,225), which are intended to provide supplemental insurance benefits. Finally, the amount includes $52,943 in loan forgiveness for Mr. Baumann for housing differential for 2003.

68


Employment Contracts

        We have employment agreements with each of our named executive officers: James A. Wilhelm, Michael K. Wolf, Steven A. Warshauer, G. Marc Baumann and Robert N. Sacks. These agreements fix each of the officers' minimum base compensation and the current annual salary for each is as follows: Mr. Wilhelm—$530,000, Mr. Wolf—$374,926, Mr. Warshauer—$327,018, Mr. Baumann—$324,084, and Mr. Sacks—$266,279. Each of the named executive officers is entitled to an annual bonus based on corporate performance set annually. In addition, Mr. Wilhelm is entitled to reimbursement for country club initiation fees and monthly dues. The agreements also provide for reimbursement of travel and other expenses in connection with their employment.

        The employment agreements terminate on the following dates, subject to the expiration of the annual renewal notice period: Mr. Wilhelm—August 1, 2004, Mr. Wolf—March 26, 2006, Mr. Warshauer—March 26, 2006, Mr. Baumann—October 1, 2005, and Mr. Sacks—March 31, 2006. In general, Messrs. Wolf, Wilhelm, Warshauer, Baumann and Sacks are subject to standard confidentiality agreements. Each of the named executive officers is also subject to non-competition agreements and, with the exception of Mr. Sacks, non-solicitation agreements for a minimum of 12 months following termination of their respective employment agreements.

        If Mr. Wilhelm's employment is terminated for any reason, we are obligated to pay him or his estate, as applicable, an amount equal to his base salary earned through the date of termination plus accrued but unused vacation pay and other benefits earned through the date of termination. In addition, we are required to make the following payments to Mr. Wilhelm:

        Mr. Wilhelm is also party to a Deferred Compensation Agreement with us which provides him with an annual retirement benefit equal to $112,500 to begin upon his retirement at age 65 and continue for a period of 15 years thereafter or, if earlier, until his death. If Mr. Wilhelm's employment with us is terminated (other than as a result of his disability) prior to his attaining age 65, he shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Deferred Compensation Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, if Mr. Wilhelm's employment is terminated (other than for cause or performance reasons) prior to his attaining age 55, he has the right to purchase certain annuity policies from us for the greater of (i) the cash value of the policies or (ii) the aggregate amount of premiums paid by us on such policies. If Mr. Wilhelm's employment is terminated after he attains age 55 (other than for cause or performance reasons), he may elect to have the policies assigned to him or he may elect to have us maintain the policies, provided that the cost of maintaining such policies shall be Mr. Wilhelm's obligation (subject to a contribution on our part for any year beyond age 55 and prior to age 65 during which Mr. Wilhelm continues to be employed by us). If Mr. Wilhelm's employment is terminated at any time as a result of his disability, he may elect to have one hundred percent (100%) of our ownership interest in the annuity policies assigned to him or require us to maintain the policies, with the cost of such maintenance to be borne by us. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Mr. Wilhelm's employment is terminated as the result of his death prior to his attainment of age 65 or he dies prior

69



to his acquiring ownership in the annuity policies, we shall pay his beneficiary the full death benefits payable under the policies as reduced by the greater of (i) the total premiums paid by us in connection with such policies or (ii) the present value of future benefits provided by such policies.

        Each of our employment agreements with Messrs. Wolf, Warshauer, Baumann and Sacks is terminable by us for cause. If their employment is terminated by reason of their death, we are obligated to pay their respective estates an amount equal to the base salary earned through the end of the calendar month in which death occurs, plus any earned and unpaid annual bonus, vacation pay and other benefits earned through the date of termination. If the employment of Messrs. Wilhelm, Wolf, Warshauer, Baumann or Sacks is terminated by reason of their disability, we are obligated to pay him or his legal representative an amount equal to his annual base salary for the duration of the employment period in effect on the date of termination, reduced by amounts received under any disability benefit program, plus any earned and unpaid annual bonus and other benefits earned through the date of termination. Upon termination of the employment of Messrs. Wolf, Warshauer, Baumann or Sacks by us without cause, we must pay them their annual base salary and annual bonuses through the end of their then-current employment period and provide the executive and/or his family with certain other benefits.

        If we terminate the employment of Messrs. Wolf, Warshauer, or Baumann for any reason other than for cause during the three-year period following a change in control, we are obligated to:

If any of these executives terminates his employment voluntarily following a change in control, he shall not be entitled to severance unless he has good reason. Mr. Sacks' employment agreement does not contain any change in control provision.

        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Baumann's employment agreement, we have agreed to pay the premiums on certain insurance policies owned by Mr. Baumann which will provide an annual cash benefit to Mr. Baumann of at least $100,000 per year for a period of 15 years, beginning in the year in which Mr. Baumann attains age 65. If Mr. Baumann's employment is terminated (other than for cause or other than by Mr. Baumann without good reason), we will continue to pay the premiums on the insurance policies until the earlier of Mr. Baumann's death or his attainment of age 65.

        On November 6, 2001, Mr. Baumann received a housing differential loan of $200,000 bearing interest at the applicable federal mid-term rate under section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with a term of four years. Commencing on May 1, 2002 and ending on May 1, 2005, one fourth of the principal balance and the accrued interest due thereon is forgiven by us and treated as additional compensation to Mr. Baumann in the year of such forgiveness. Mr. Baumann is responsible for the tax consequences of such forgiveness.

        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Wolf's employment agreement, starting January 1, 2004 we have agreed to pay $62,000 in premiums annually on certain insurance policies owned by Mr. Wolf. Our obligations under the policies shall continue until the earlier of 2014 or Mr. Wolf's death; provided, however, that if we terminate Mr. Wolf's employment for cause or he terminates his employment without good reason, in either instance at any time prior to June 30, 2007, we shall have no further obligation to pay the premiums on such policies.

        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Sacks' employment agreement, we have established a "Supplemental Pension Plan" that provides Mr. Sacks with a monthly retirement benefit of $4,167 for a period of

70



20 years upon his retirement at any time on or after he attains age 65. If Mr. Sacks dies after the commencement of the payments but prior to receiving all of the payments, the remainder of the payments shall be paid to his beneficiary. If Mr. Sacks dies while he is employed by us, the Supplemental Pension Plan provides that we will pay his beneficiary an aggregate amount of $416,890, payable in equal monthly installments over a period of 60 months. If Mr. Sacks' employment is terminated (other than as a result of his death) prior to his attainment of age 65, our obligation to pay the supplemental retirement benefit shall cease; provided, however, that we shall be obligated to transfer certain insurance policies to Mr. Sacks or to pay him all or a portion of the cash surrender value of such policies. The obligation to transfer the policies or any cash surrender value shall not apply if Mr. Sacks' employment is terminated for cause. In the event Mr. Sacks' employment is terminated as a result of his disability, we shall be obligated to continue the payment of the insurance premiums on the policies for a period of 12 months. At the end of such 12 month period, the policies will be transferred to Mr. Sacks.

        In addition, if Steven A. Warshauer's employment is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause, Mr. Warshauer and his dependents, subject to the dependent eligibility requirements of our health plans then in effect, shall be entitled to receive family medical and dental coverage under the then current plan for the remainder of his life, upon payment to us by him or his dependents of the full cost of the coverage.

        In compliance with Commission rules promulgated in 2003, we have implemented a policy prohibiting any additional loans to our employees, including executive officers.

Myron C. Warshauer Employment Agreement

        As of October 15, 2001, Myron C. Warshauer resigned as our chief executive officer. Our employment agreement with Mr. Warshauer, the terms to which Mr. Warshauer is still bound, provides that until his 75 th birthday, he shall not, without written consent of our board of directors, engage in or become associated with any business or other endeavor that engages in construction, ownership, leasing, design and/or management of parking lots, parking garages, or other parking facilities or consulting with respect thereto, subject to certain limited exceptions.

        As required by this employment agreement, we paid Mr. Warshauer his annual base salary and vested benefits through his termination date. The employment agreement also provides that we are obligated to make the following ongoing payments:

        The present value of these obligations has been recorded as a liability on our balance sheet. We must pay this compensation and these benefits until the first to occur of his 75 th birthday or his death. In addition, we must provide him with an executive office and secretarial services. In consideration for such benefits, Mr. Warshauer is obligated to provide reasonable consulting services through his 75 th birthday.

        Mr. Warshauer's wife is entitled to receive medical and dental coverage following his death at a cost not to exceed $10,000 annually, as adjusted for inflation.

71



Long-Term Incentive Plan

        We expect that our board of directors will adopt an amendment to our current plan, the APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan adopted in January of 2002, and rename it the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Long-Term Incentive Plan will be designed to enhance long-term profitability and stockholder value by offering Class A common stock and Class A common stock-based and other performance incentives to those employees, directors and consultants who are key to our growth and success. We also view the Long-Term Incentive Plan as a vehicle to attract and retain experienced employees and to align our employees' economic incentives with those of our stockholders. Options to purchase shares of our Series D Preferred Stock previously granted under the 2001 Stock Option Plan will be converted into options to purchase our Class A common stock under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. These options will vest at the time of this offering. Our stockholders approved the APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan at the time it was originally adopted.

        The Long-Term Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board, which has exclusive authority to grant awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan and to make all interpretations and determinations affecting the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The compensation committee will have the discretion to determine the individuals to whom awards are granted, the amount of each award, any applicable vesting schedule and other terms of any award. In no event, however, will an individual be allowed to receive option grants under the Long-Term Incentive Plan for more than             shares of Class A common stock in any calendar year.

        Participation in the Long-Term Incentive Plan will be limited to our employees, consultants, advisors, independent contractors and directors. Options issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan shall generally have a term of not more than 10 years subject to earlier termination if the optionee ceases to provide services to us. Awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan may be in the form of stock options, including both incentive stock options that meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified stock options, stock awards, restricted stock grants, stock appreciation rights and performance awards. Any award issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan that is forfeited, expired, cancelled or terminated prior to exercise will again become available for grant under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

        The maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued and awarded under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will be             shares plus              shares which were part of the Stock Option Plan as originally adopted. The shares being made available for issuance under the Long-Term Incentive Plan may be treasury or authorized but unissued shares. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, merger, other change in our capitalization, or similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Class A common stock, the compensation committee may make appropriate adjustments to the awards. We also may accelerate the timing of the exercise of any awards or cancel any award and provide instead for the payment to the participant in cash of the economic value of the award at the time of cancellation. Our board may amend or terminate the Long-Term Incentive Plan at any time. If our board amends the Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval unless applicable law or exchange rules require it. The Long-Term Incentive Plan will terminate 10 years from the date it was adopted by our board.

        We expect that at the time of this offering, there will be options outstanding under the Long-Term Incentive Plan to purchase             shares of Class A common stock at a weighted average price of $             per share, of which            are currently exercisable.

72




CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Exchange and Amendment Agreement

        In connection with our restructuring in January 2002 of our outstanding 9 1 / 4 % notes due 2008, we entered into an Exchange and Amendment Agreement with Fiducia Ltd., whereby Fiducia agreed to exchange the $35 million of 9 1 / 4 % notes that it owned for $35 million of our newly issued Series D preferred stock and to consent to the proposed amendments to the indenture governing the 9 1 / 4 % notes. Certain beneficial owners of Fiducia are members of the immediate family of John V. Holten. All qualifying holders of 9 1 / 4 % notes were given the opportunity pursuant to our exchange offer and consent solicitation to consent to the amendments to the indenture and receive preferred stock on the same terms as Fiducia.

        AP Holdings, Inc. has pledged $35.1 million face amount of our Series C preferred stock to secure obligations arising under its debt to Fiducia. If AP Holdings, Inc. defaults under its 11 1 / 4 % notes, Fiducia would have the right to seize our Series C preferred stock. In addition, in event of a sale or initial public offering of us or AP Holdings, Inc., we would have the right to redeem our Series C preferred stock for cash or our common stock. The pledge of our Series C preferred stock was made in connection with the purchase by Fiducia of $35.1 million of AP Holdings, Inc.'s 11 1 / 4 % senior discount notes.

        As a result of the transactions described in "Ownership Recapitalization" we do not expect any shares of the Series D preferred stock, any options to purchase shares of Series D preferred stock or any shares of Series C preferred stock to be outstanding at the time of the offering.

Stockholders' Agreement

        In September and October 2001, our minority stockholders notified us that they were exercising their right to require us to repurchase their common stock under our stockholders' agreement dated March 30, 1998. As of October 15, 2001, this common stock was valued at an aggregate purchase price of $8.2 million. Our obligation to repurchase these shares accretes at 11.75% per year until discharged and the amount of our obligation as of September 30, 2003, is $10.4 million. The terms of our debt obligations, including our existing credit facility, have prohibited payment for these shares. In addition, we entered into a Stock Option Agreement with Mr. Warshauer, dated as of March 30, 1998, granting him the option to purchase .316257808 shares of common stock. Consistent with our obligation under the stockholders' agreement, we anticipate repurchasing common stock held by our minority shareholders with proceeds from this offering and our proposed new credit facility. The stockholders' agreement will terminate upon payment of these obligations.

Preferred Stock

        The Series C preferred stock we issued to AP Holdings, Inc. in conjunction with the combination with the Standard Companies has a maturity date of March 2008 and has an initial liquidation preference equal to $40.7 million, which increases at 11 1 / 4 % per year.

        In January 2002, we redeemed $1.5 million and $0.1 million of Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings, Inc. in two separate transactions for $1.5 million and $0.1 million respectively, in cash. On June 17, 2002, and September 9, 2003, we redeemed an additional $0.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of our Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings, Inc. for $0.9 million and $2.4 million in cash, respectively. The proceeds received by AP Holdings, Inc. were used by it to repurchase, directly or indirectly, its outstanding 11 1 / 4 % senior discount notes.

        The Series D preferred stock we issued to Fiducia Ltd. in connection with our recapitalization on January 11, 2002 has a maturity date in June 2008 and has an initial liquidation preference equal to $35.0 million, which increases at 18% per year.

73



        We adopted a stock option plan under which we may issue up to 1,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock to certain executives, employees, directors, or consultants. We have issued 503.86 options to date.

        On March 11, 2002 we exchanged with AP Holdings, Inc. $8.8 million of Series C preferred stock for $5.0 million of newly issued Series D preferred stock.

        As a result of the transactions described in "Ownership Recapitalization" we do not expect any shares of the Series D preferred stock, any options to purchase Series D preferred stock, or any shares of Series C preferred stock to be outstanding at the time of the offering.

Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

        We have management contracts to operate two surface parking lots in Chicago. Myron C. Warshauer, Steven A. Warshauer, Stanley Warshauer, Michael K. Wolf and SP Associates own membership interests in a limited liability company that is a member of the limited liability companies that own those lots. We received a total of $132,500 in management fees for these lots in 2000, $37,500 in 2001, $38,300 in 2002 and $39,200 in 2003 under the applicable management contracts. We estimate that such management fees are no less favorable than would normally be obtained through arms-length negotiations.

        SP Associates is an affiliate of JMB Realty Corp., from which we lease office space for our corporate offices in Chicago. Payments pursuant to the lease agreement aggregated approximately $1.3 million during 2001, $1.2 million during 2002 and $1.3 million in 2003.

        In March 1998, we acquired a lease for $1.4 million from an entity which was 15% owned by certain members of the management group. This group included G. Walter Stuelpe, Jr., our former president, James V. LaRocco, former executive vice president, Michael J. Machi, senior vice president, John F. Becka, airport manager, Robert J. Hill, former senior vice president, Robert N. Sacks, executive vice president—general counsel and secretary, the estate of William J. Girgesh, former senior vice president, Michael J. Celebrezze, former chief financial officer and Dennis P. McAndrews, airport manager. The lease was for a term of eleven years and called for annual rent of $185,000 per year plus percentage rent if the property achieved certain earnings levels. The lease was terminated in September 2000, in connection with the sale of the property by the owner. The management group received $172,000 representing their pro-rata share of the sale proceeds.

        In connection with the acquisition of a 76% interest in Executive Parking Industries, LLC, through the acquisition of its parent company, S&S Parking, Inc., we entered into a management agreement dated May 1, 1998, with D&E Parking, Inc., in which two of our officers have an interest, to assure the continuation of services previously provided by Edward Simmons and Dale Stark, the principal shareholders of D&E. Mr. Simmons is now one of our executive vice presidents and Mr. Stark is now one of our senior vice presidents. The management agreement is for a period of nine years, terminating on April 30, 2007. In consideration of the services to be provided by D&E, we agreed to pay D&E an annual base fee, payable in equal monthly installments, in the first year equaling $500,000 and increasing to $719,000 in the ninth year of the agreement. Standard Parking provides property management services to Elmwood Villas, a residential apartment complex in Las Vegas and Paxton Plaza, a shopping center in Los Angeles. Both of these properties are controlled by entities affiliated with D&E. We expect to expand our property management services for entities controlled by D&E.

        On December 31, 2000, we entered into an agreement to sell, at fair market value, certain contract assets to D & E Parking, Inc. We recorded a gain of $1.0 million from this transaction in 2000. We continue to operate the parking facilities and receive management fees and reimbursement for support services in connection with the operation of the parking facilities. We received a total of $186,000 in

74



2001, $116,000 in 2002 and $63,000 for the first nine months of 2003. D&E Parking received $466,000 in 2001, $325,000 in 2002 and $265,500 for the first nine months of 2003.

        We entered into a management agreement dated as of September 19, 2000, with Circle Line Sightseeing Yachts, Inc. to manage and operate certain parking facilities located along the Hudson River and Piers located in New York City and under the control of Circle Line. Circle Line is approximately 83% owned by members of John V. Holten's immediate family. We received a total of $73,000 in 2001, $66,000 in 2002 and $131,400 in 2003. We estimate that such amounts are no less favorable than would normally be obtained through arms-length negotiations. Additionally, Circle Line has the right to require us to temporarily advance to Circle Line on or before each December 31 st and April 1 st the anticipated net profit in increments of $100,000 each. We made advances of $100,000 in 2000, $300,000 in 2001 and $200,000 in 2002, all of which has been repaid. We made an advance of $100,000 in 2003 which is still outstanding.

        We amended the management agreement with Circle Line on June 9, 2003 and loaned Circle Line an additional $300,000 at an interest rate of 9% per annum due on November 1, 2003, all of which has been repaid.

        We are in discussions with Circle Line to convert an existing management contract into a long-term lease. In connection with this conversion, we anticipate paying Circle Line up to $     million, including $     million of our Class A common stock. We expect to execute a definitive agreement with Circle Line on or prior to the closing of this offering, however, there can be no assurance that this transaction will be consummated on these terms or at all.

Shoreline Enterprises Consulting Agreement

        On October 16, 2001, we entered into a consulting agreement with Shoreline Enterprises, LLC, an affiliate of Myron C. Warshauer, pursuant to which Shoreline and Mr. Warshauer provide consulting services to us. Mr. Warshauer served as a director and as our chief executive officer from March 1998 to October 2001. Mr. Warshauer served as chief executive officer of Standard Parking, L.P. from 1973 and, prior to such time, had been associated with Standard Parking, L.P. since 1963. Mr. Warshauer is free to determine the extent and manner of his service. Under the consulting agreement, Mr. Warshauer's title is "Vice Chairman Emeritus."

        The consulting agreement obligates us to pay Shoreline $150,000 annually, plus expenses adjusted to reflect changes in the consumer price index. The consulting agreement will end on the earlier of Mr. Warshauer's 75 th birthday, his death or the date that he informs us of his election to terminate the consulting agreement. Mr. Warshauer was 64 years old as of December 31, 2003.

Consulting Agreement with Sidney Warshauer

        In connection with the combination, we entered into a consulting agreement with Sidney Warshauer, the father of Myron C. Warshauer. Sidney Warshauer was 88 years old as of December 31, 2003.

        The consulting agreement requires Sidney Warshauer to render such services as we request, consistent with his past practices and experience, until his death in exchange for annual payments of $552,000 along with certain other benefits. The consulting agreement provides that Sidney Warshauer will not disclose our confidential information or compete with us during his lifetime. The consulting agreement is not terminable by us for any reason other than his death or breach of his obligations under the consulting agreement with respect to confidentiality and non-competition. The actuarial value, as of March 30, 1998, of the payments under the consulting agreement was approximately $5.0 million. At the time of the combination, this amount was recorded as a liability on our balance sheet.

75



Other Matters Relating to Holberg Industries, Inc.

        Prior to Holberg Industries, Inc.'s transfer of shares to Steamboat Holdings, Inc. in March 2001, we and Holberg Industries, Inc. periodically engaged in bilateral loans and advances. From time to time, we have entered into such bilateral loans and advances as permitted under the indentures and the senior credit facility. These loans and advances were interest bearing at a variable rate that approximated the prime interest rate. The accumulated interest was added to, or deducted from (as appropriate), the balance in the loan or advance account. As of December 31, 2001, the amount advanced to Holberg Industries, Inc. (including accrued interest) was $2.6 million in aggregate amount. For the year ended December 31, 2001, we recorded a $2.6 million bad debt provision related to the aforementioned amounts due to uncertainty regarding the ability of Holberg Industries, Inc. to repay such amounts. These amounts had previously been reclassified from a long-term asset to stockholders' deficit.

        During 1998 we placed $2.2 million on deposit with an affiliate of Holberg Industries, Inc. for insurance collateral purposes. In January of 1999, we completed the combination of all the insurance programs of all merged and acquired entities into one program. In connection therewith, we purchased coverage for our previously self-insured layer and a tail policy to eliminate exposure from retrospective adjustments. For the year ended December 31, 2001 we recorded a $2.2 million bad debt provision related to the aforementioned amounts, due to uncertainty regarding the ability of the affiliate to repay such amounts. These amounts had previously been reclassified from a long-term asset to stockholders' deficit.

Other Matters Relating to AP Holdings, Inc. and Steamboat Holdings, Inc.

        In connection with our recapitalization, on January 11, 2002, we paid a $3.0 million transaction advisory fee to AP Holdings, Inc. and redeemed $1.5 million of Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings, Inc. for $1.5 million in cash. On January 17, 2002, we redeemed an additional $0.1 million of Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings, Inc. for $0.1 million in cash.

        On March 11, 2002, we exchanged with AP Holdings, Inc. $8.8 million of Series C preferred stock for $5.0 million of newly issued Series D preferred stock.

        In connection with a restructuring of the debt of Steamboat Holdings, Inc., which beneficially owns 100% of AP Holdings, Inc.'s (our then parent company) stock, on June 17, 2002, we amended our senior credit facility to permit us to redeem an additional $0.9 million of our Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings, Inc. for $0.9 million in cash. AP Holdings, Inc. repurchased approximately $6.4 million aggregate principal amount of its 11 1 / 4 % senior discount notes (which it retired) through an entity controlled by our chairman, John V. Holten. This entity is also the holder of some of our Series C preferred stock. Further, AP Holdings, Inc. pledged certain of our Series C and Series D preferred stock to lenders to secure its borrowings. A default under AP Holdings, Inc.'s debt would give its lenders the right to seize our Series C and Series D preferred stock. In addition, in the event of a sale or initial public offering of us or AP Holdings, Inc., we would have the right to redeem our Series C and Series D preferred stock for cash or our common stock.

        Since January 1, 2002, we have also paid a management fee of $3.0 million related to the year ended 2002 and $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 to AP Holdings, Inc. and otherwise reimbursed AP Holdings, Inc. for certain expenses incurred by them on our behalf. Some of these fees and other amounts paid to AP Holdings, Inc. are subject to the limits and restrictions imposed by the indenture governing the 9 1 / 4 % notes and the senior credit facility. Concurrent with this offering, we will cease paying a management fee to AP Holdings, Inc.

        We have also, from time to time prior to December 31, 2001, entered into bilateral loans and advances with AP Holdings, Inc. as permitted under the indenture governing the 14% notes, the

76



indenture governing the outstanding 9 1 / 4 % notes and, subject to certain conditions, the senior credit facility. These loans and advances bear interest at a variable rate that approximates the prime interest rate. The accumulated interest is added to, or deducted from (as appropriate), the balance in the loan or advance account. As of December 31, 2001, the amount advanced to AP Holdings, Inc. (including accrued interest) was $8.1 million in aggregate amount. For the year ended December 31, 2001, we recorded an $8.1 million bad debt provision related to the aforementioned amounts due to uncertainty regarding the ability of AP Holdings, Inc. to repay such amounts without potentially receiving distributions from us. This amount had previously been reclassified from a long-term asset to stockholders' deficit.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 there were no bilateral loans or advances to AP Holdings, Inc. or Steamboat Holdings, Inc.

Future Related-Party Transactions

        Following this offering, in accordance with the rules of The NASDAQ National Market, our charter documents will prevent us from entering into certain related-party transactions, unless approved by our audit committee, which will be composed of independent directors.

77




PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2003 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered hereby by:

        Prior to this offering, we intend to authorize two classes of common stock and reclassify our pre-existing common stock as the Class B common stock, at the rate of      shares of Class B common stock for each share of existing common stock. We will sell the Class A common stock in this offering. No other director or named executive officer of ours has any beneficial ownership interest in us, except as set forth in this chart. All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by the respective stockholders. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. All figures include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants exercisable, or the conversion of convertible preferred stock convertible, within 60 days of December 31, 2003 and, which are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding those options, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes, each beneficial owner has the sole power to vote and to dispose of all shares held by such holder.

Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering

  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering

  Voting
Power
After the
Offering

 
   
   
  Class A
  Class B
   
 
  Total
  Percent
  Number
  Percent
  Number
  Percent
  Percent
AP Holdings, Inc.*   26.3   84.0          
Steamboat Holdings, Inc.**     (1)                      
John V. Holten**     (1)                      
[Steamboat Industries, Inc.]     (2)           100.0  
Carol R. Warshauer GST Exempt Trust*   1.25 (3) 4.0          
Waverly Partners, L.P.*   1.25 (4) 4.0          
Myron C. Warshauer*     (3)(4)            
SP Associates***   2.5 (5) 8.0          
Directors and Executive Officers as a group (     persons)     (1)                      

*
The address of AP Holdings, Inc., Carol R. Warshauer GST Exempt Trust, Waverly Partners, L.P. and the business address of Mr. Warshauer is 900 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600, Chicago, Illinois 60611-1542.

**
The address of Steamboat Holdings, Inc. and the business address of Mr. Holten is 545 Steamboat Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

***
The address of SP Associates is 900 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1900, Chicago, Illinois 60611-1542.

78


(1)
Mr. Holten may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all of the outstanding common stock of Steamboat Holdings, Inc., which owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of AP Holdings, Inc. and [Steamboat Industries, Inc.]. Mr. Holten disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.

(2)
In connection with this offering, AP Holdings, Inc. will transfer all of its ownership interest in us to a newly formed company, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.]. [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] and AP Holdings, Inc. are both directly or indirectly 100% owned subsidiaries of the JVH Descendant's 2001 Trust. As a result of the repurchase of the minority stockholder interests of Carol R. Warshauer GST Exempt Trust, Waverly Partners, L.P. and SP Associates and the retirement by us of the Series C and Series D preferred shares, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] will own 100% of our equity interests, before giving effect to the offering.

(3)
Myron C. Warshauer is trustee of the Carol R. Warshauer GST Exempt Trust. Mr. Warshauer disclaims beneficial ownership of the assets of the Carol R. Warshauer GST Exempt Trust, including the shares of common stock held by it, to the extent those interests are held for the benefit of such trusts. Under a notice dated October 18, 2001, the GST Trust exercised its put option under our stockholders agreement. As a result, we are required to repurchase their 1.25 shares of common stock for an aggregate amount of $2.06 million. This amount accretes at 11.75% per year. Such payment is currently prohibited by the terms of our senior credit facility and restricted under other debt instruments, but we intend to make such required payment in connection with this offering. Mr. Warshauer also holds an option to purchase .316257808 shares of common stock.

(4)
Waverly Partners, L.P. is a limited partnership in which Myron C. Warshauer is general partner. Mr. Warshauer disclaims beneficial ownership of the assets of Waverly Partners, L.P., including the shares of common stock held by it. Under a notice dated October 18, 2001, Waverly Partners, L.P. exercised its put option under our stockholders agreement. We are required to repurchase their 1.25 shares of common stock for an aggregate amount of $2.06 million. This amount accretes at 11.75% per year. Such payment is currently prohibited by the terms of our senior credit facility and restricted under other debt instruments, but we intend to make such required payment in connection with this offering.

(5)
SP Associates is a general partnership controlled by affiliates of JMB Realty Corp. SP Associates sent us a notice dated September 28, 2001 exercising its right under our stockholders agreement governing the rights of holders of our common stock to require us to repurchase 2.5 shares of their common stock for an aggregate amount of $4.1 million. This amount accretes at 11.75% per year. Such payment is currently prohibited by the terms of our senior credit facility and restricted under other debt instruments, but we intend to make such required payment in connection with this offering.

79



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        At the time of the offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

        Of the authorized shares of Class A common stock,     shares are being offered hereby, or             shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Of the authorized shares of Class B common stock, on the closing date             shares will be outstanding and held by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] The material terms and provisions of our certificate of incorporation affecting the relative rights of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock are described below. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the forms of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Voting Rights

        The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock generally have identical rights except that holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share while holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Holders of Class A common stock have the right to elect two directors, each of which must qualify as an independent director under the applicable NASDAQ rules, and holders of Class B common stock have the right to elect five directors, including one independent director under the applicable NASDAQ rules. However, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, the Class A director positions will be filled by the Class A nominating committee, which will be controlled by the holders of the Class B common stock, because a majority of the members of the Class A nominating committee will be comprised of Class B directors. The Class B common stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of the Class B directors. The Class A common stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of the Class A directors.

        Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any preferred stock. Except as otherwise provided by law and subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any outstanding preferred stock, amendments to our certificate of incorporation generally must be approved by at least a majority of the combined voting power of all Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together as a single class. In addition, amendments to our certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class A common stock or the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class.

Dividends

        Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will share in an equal amount per share in any dividend declared by the board of directors, subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A common stock and Class B

80



common stock may be paid only as follows: (1) shares of Class A common stock may be paid only to holders of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock may be paid only to holders of Class B common stock; and (2) shares shall be paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Sale Consideration

        The classes will be treated equally with respect to any consideration given in a sale, merger or similar business combination.

Conversion of Class B Common Stock

        Each share of Class B common stock is convertible while held by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] or any of its affiliated parties, excluding us, at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock.

        Any shares of Class B common stock transferred to a person other than [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] or any of its affiliates, excluding us, will automatically be converted into shares of Class A common stock, unless such transfer is: (1) approved by a majority of the disinterested directors; (2) made to an affiliate of the transferor; (3) made to another holder of Class B common stock or (4) made in a bona fide pledge to an institutional investor or securities firm of national repute; provided that the Class B common stock will be converted to Class A common stock after the pledgee is able to direct the vote or the disposition of such pledged Class B common stock.

        All shares of Class B common stock will automatically be converted into Class A common stock if the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock owned by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], together with its affiliates, excluding us, falls below 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

        This automatic conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock will prevent [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] from decreasing its economic interest in us to less than 15% while still retaining control of more than 60% of the voting power for our capitalized stock. All conversions will be effected on a share-for-share basis.

Other Voting Rights

        In addition to any requirements of law and any other provisions of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws, at all times, we shall not, without the approval of holders of at least a majority of the combined voting power of the common stock, perform any of the following: (1) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions involving any merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, issuance of securities or similar transaction(s) as a result of which any powers, preferences or special rights of the holders of Class B common stock would be adversely affected (excluding transactions in which the adverse effect is only the conversion of the Class B stock to cash, securities of an acquiror or a combination thereof); or (2) redeem or repurchase any outstanding class or series of common stock or preferred stock from any holder of either Class B common stock or Class A common stock unless (a) all shares of such class or series of common stock or preferred stock may participate ratably in any such redemption or repurchase, (b) such shares are mandatorily redeemable pursuant to their terms and are redeemed in accordance with such mandatory redemption terms, or (c) such shares are repurchased pursuant to Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; or (3) reclassify any class or series of common stock or preferred stock into any series of Class B common stock.

81



Liquidation Rights

        On our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment in full of the amounts required to be paid to holders of preferred stock, if any, all holders of common stock, regardless of class, are entitled to share ratably in any assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. No shares of either class of common stock are subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of common stock. Upon consummation of the offering, all the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to designate up to      shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, amendment terms, liquidation preference and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that common stockholders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. The issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock also could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of our company. We have no present plans to issue any additional shares of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws Provisions

        Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

        Effect of Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     In general, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder (an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and its affiliates) for a period of three years following the date that a stockholder becomes an interested stockholder unless, among others, the transaction is approved by the corporation's board of directors and in certain cases, by its stockholders. A Delaware corporation must expressly opt out of Section 203 in its charter documents if it does not want to be subject to this statute. Our certificate of incorporation contains a provision expressly stating that we are not subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. However, we will automatically become subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law when the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock owned by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], together with its affiliates, excluding us, falls below 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

        Classified Board of Directors.     Our Class A directors are divided into two classes of directors serving staggered two-year terms. As a result, only one-half of our Class A directors are to be elected each year. These provisions, when coupled with the provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring the affirmative vote of 2 / 3 of the directors still in office for any increase or decrease in the size of the board of directors and authorizing our Class A nominating committee to fill vacant directorships may deter a stockholder from removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the board of directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees. The terms of our directors will automatically increase to three-year terms when the number of outstanding shares of

82



Class B common stock owned by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], together with its affiliates, excluding us, falls below 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

        Removal of Class A Directors for Cause.     Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that Class A directors may only be removed for cause by a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding common stock, voting together as a single class. This provision may deter a stockholder from circumventing the decisions of a classified board of directors by removing directors with whom the stockholder disagrees. The Class B directors, however, may be removed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B common stock, with or without cause.

        Special Meeting of Stockholders.     Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by (i) the chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the members of the board or (iii) the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding common stock.

        Special Meeting of the Board.     Special meetings of the Board may only be called by (i) the chairperson of the Board, (ii) two Class A directors or (iii) two Class B directors.

        Number of Directors Fixed by Board.     As long as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock owned by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], together with its affiliates, excluding us, exceeds 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock, the size of the Board of Directors may be increased or decreased only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors and two-thirds of the Class B directors still in office, and thereafter, by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the directors then in office.

        Written Consent.     Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide the common stockholders are permitted to effect any action required to be taken by written consent; provided, upon and after the time all holders of Class B common stock, together with their affiliates, cease to own 15% of the outstanding common stock and all of the Class B common stock will be converted to Class A common stock, stockholders may not effect any action by written consent. Prior to this time, stockholders may effect action by written consent. This provision would prevent stockholders from initiating or effecting an action by written consent, and thereby taking actions opposed by the board.

        Authorized But Unissued Shares.     The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

        Advance Notice Requirements for Nominations of Class A Directors.     Our by-laws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for an election of Class A directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to our secretary at our principal place of business no later than the close of business on the    day nor earlier than the close of business on the    day prior to the anniversary date of the preceding year's annual meeting of stockholders. In the event we call a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more Class A directors to the board, a stockholder seeking to nominate candidates for an election of Class A directors at such special meeting, must provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to our secretary at our principal place of business no later than the close of business on the     day nor earlier than the close of business on the    day prior to the special meeting or the    day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date

83



of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board to be elected at such meeting. In addition, our by-laws also specify requirements as to form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for Class A common stock at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

        The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Following this offering, [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], as the owner of approximately 51% of our outstanding common stock and approximately 91% of the voting power, will, on its own, be able to cause us to amend our certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

NASDAQ Stock Market Quotation

        We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock quoted on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "STAN."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is                        .

84




MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is a description of the material United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders, as defined below, with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock. This description addresses only the United States federal income tax considerations of holders that are initial purchasers of our Class A common stock pursuant to the offering and that will hold our Class A common stock as capital assets. This description does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that are U.S. persons or that may be subject to special tax rules, including:

        Moreover, except as set forth below, this description does not address the United States federal estate and gift or alternative minimum tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        This description is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing, proposed and temporary United States Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

        For purposes of this description, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not:

        If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner should consult its tax advisor as to its tax consequences.

         You should consult your own tax advisor with respect to the United States federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock.

85


Distributions

        Generally, but subject to the discussions below under "Status as United States Real Property Holding Corporation" and "Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements," if you are a Non-U.S. Holder, distributions of cash or property (other than our common stock distributed pro rata to all our common stockholders) paid to you will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable United States income tax treaty. In order to obtain the benefit of any applicable United States income tax treaty, you will have to file certain forms ( e.g., Form W-8BEN). Such forms generally would contain your name and address and a certification that you are eligible for the benefits of such treaty.

        Except as may be otherwise provided in an applicable United States income tax treaty, if you are a Non-U.S. Holder and conduct a trade or business within the United States, you generally will be taxed at ordinary United States federal income tax rates (on a net income basis) on dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business and such dividends will not be subject to the withholding described above. If you are a foreign corporation, you may also be subject to a 30% "branch profits tax" unless you qualify for a lower rate under an applicable United States income tax treaty. To claim an exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with a United States trade or business, you must provide a properly executed Form W-8ECI (or such successor form as the Internal Revenue Service designates) prior to the payment of dividends.

Sale or Exchange of Our Class A Common Stock

        Generally, but subject to the discussions below under "Status as United States Real Property Holding Corporation" and "Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements," if you are a Non-U.S. Holder, you will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock unless (1) such gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States or (2) if you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or exchange and certain other conditions are met.

Status as United States Real Property Holding Corporation

        If you are a Non-U.S. Holder, under certain circumstances, gain recognized on the sale or exchange of, and certain distributions in excess of basis with respect to, our Class A common stock would be subject to United States federal income tax, notwithstanding your lack of other connections with the United States, if we are or have been a "United States real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such sale or exchange (or distribution). We believe that we will not be classified as a United States real property holding corporation as of the date of this offering and do not expect to become a United States real property holding corporation.

Federal Estate Tax

        Our Class A common stock held by an individual at death, regardless of whether such individual is a citizen, resident or domiciliary of the United States, will be included in the individual's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, subject to an applicable estate tax or other treaty, and therefore may be subject to United States federal estate tax.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

        United States backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to certain payments to certain non-corporate holders of stock. The backup withholding tax rate is 28% for years 2004 through 2010.

86



        If you are not a United States person, under current Treasury regulations, backup withholding will not apply to distributions on our common stock to you, provided that we have received valid certifications meeting the requirements of the Code and neither we nor the payor has actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person for purposes of such backup withholding tax requirements.

        If provided by a beneficial owner, the certification must give the name and address of such owner, state that such owner is not a United States person, or, in the case of an individual, that such person is neither a citizen or resident of the United States, and must be signed by the owner under penalties of perjury. If provided by a financial institution, other than a financial institution that is a qualified intermediary, the certification must state that the financial institution has received from the beneficial owner the certificate set forth in the preceding sentence, set forth the information contained in such certificate (and include a copy of such certificate), and be signed by an authorized representative of the financial institution under penalties of perjury. Generally, the furnishing of the names of the beneficial owners of our common stock that are not United States persons and a copy of such beneficial owner's certificate by a financial institution will not be required where the financial institution is a qualified intermediary.

        In the case of such payments made within the United States to a foreign simple trust, a foreign grantor trust or a foreign partnership, other than payments to a foreign simple trust, a foreign grantor trust or a foreign partnership that qualifies as a "withholding foreign trust" or a "withholding foreign partnership" within the meaning of such United States Treasury Regulations and payments to a foreign simple trust, a foreign grantor trust or a foreign partnership that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, the beneficiaries of the foreign simple trust, the persons treated as the owners of the foreign grantor trust or the partners of the foreign partnership, as the case may be, will be required to provide the certification discussed above, and the trust or partnership, as the case may be, will need to provide an appropriate intermediary certification form, in order to establish an exemption from backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements. Moreover, a payor may rely on a certification provided by a payee that is not a United States person only if such payor does not have actual knowledge or a reason to know that any information or certification stated in such certificate is incorrect.

         The above description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.

87




SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon completion of this offering,            shares of our Class A common stock will be outstanding, or            shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. All of these shares, constituting the shares sold in this offering, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by an affiliate of our company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        The shares of our Class B common stock that will be held by [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] after the offering, and any shares issuable upon conversion of such Class B Common Stock, will constitute restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if a minimum of one year has elapsed since the later of the date of acquisition of the restricted securities from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer, a person or persons whose shares of common stock are aggregated, including persons who may be deemed our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to restrictions as to the manner of sale, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

        In connection with this offering, our officers, directors and other members of senior management and [Steamboat Industries, Inc.] have agreed that, subject to various exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of William Blair & Company, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock. Upon expiration of the lock-up period,            shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable upon exercise of options granted pursuant to our Long-Term Incentive Plan will be available for sale. William Blair & Company in its sole discretion may release any or all of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without public notice. An additional            shares of our Class A common stock will be issuable upon exercise of stock options which vest and become exercisable over the next three years and an additional            shares of Class A common stock are available for issuance under our Long-Term Incentive Plan.

        Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of Class A common stock reserved or to be available for issuance under our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Shares of Class A common stock issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan generally will be available for sale in the open market by holders who are not our affiliates and, subject to the volume and other applicable limitations of Rule 144, by holders who are our affiliates, unless those shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the contractual restrictions described above.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. No information is currently available and we cannot predict the timing or amount of future sales of shares, or the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price of the Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options or upon conversion of shares of Class B common stock, in the public market after the lapse of the restrictions described above, or the perception that these sales may occur, could materially adversely affect the prevailing market prices for the Class A common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

88



UNDERWRITING

        The underwriters named below, for which William Blair & Company, L.L.C. is acting as representative, have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement by and among the underwriters and us, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of Class A common stock set forth opposite each underwriter's name in the table below.

Underwriter

  Number of Shares
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.  



 





 





 





 



Total

 


        This offering will be underwritten on a firm commitment basis. In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase the shares of Class A common stock being sold pursuant this prospectus at a price per share equal to the public offering price less the underwriting discount specified on the cover page of this prospectus. According to the terms of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters either will purchase all of the shares or none of them. In the event of default by any underwriter, in certain circumstances, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. In the underwriting agreement, we have made certain representations and warranties to the underwriters and have agreed to indemnify them and their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

        The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the Class A common stock to the public initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at such price less a concession of not more than $            per share. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $            per share to certain other dealers. The underwriters will offer the shares subject to prior sale and subject to receipt and acceptance of the shares by the underwriters. The underwriters may reject any order to purchase shares in whole or in part. The underwriters expect that we will deliver the shares to the underwriters through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company in New York, New York on or about                        , 2004. At that time, the underwriters will pay us for the shares in immediately available funds. After commencement of the public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms.

        We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                        additional shares of Class A common stock at the same price per share to be paid by the underwriters for the other shares offered hereby solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments. If the underwriters purchase any such additional shares pursuant to this option, each of the underwriters will be committed to purchase such additional shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. The underwriters may exercise the option only for the purpose of covering excess sales, if any, made in connection with the distribution of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. The underwriters will offer any additional shares that they purchase on the terms described in the preceding paragraph.

        The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to            shares of Class A common stock in this offering for our employees, relatives of our executive officers, business associates and other possible third parties. Those receiving these reserved shares will not be subject to lock-up agreements by virtue of their having purchased such shares (though an employee could

89



otherwise be subject to a lock-up agreement as an executive officer). Purchases of the reserved shares would reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. The underwriters will offer any reserved shares which are not so purchased to the general public on the same terms as the other shares being sold in this offering.

        The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid by us to the underwriters. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

 
  Per share
  Without Over-
Allotment

  With Over-
Allotment

Public offering price   $                $                $             
Underwriting discount paid by us   $                $                $             
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $                $                $             

        We estimate that our total expenses for this offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $            .

        We, each of our directors and executive officers and [Steamboat Industries, Inc.], who in the aggregate have the right of disposition for             shares of Class A or Class B common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to, without the prior written consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C.:

        This agreement does not extend to bona fide gifts to immediate family members of such persons who agree to be bound by such restrictions, or to limited partners or stockholders, who agree to be bound by such restrictions. In determining whether to consent to a transaction prohibited by these restrictions, the underwriters will take into account various factors, including the number of shares requested to be sold, the anticipated manner and timing of sale, the potential impact of the sale on the market for the Class A common stock, and market conditions generally. We may grant options and issue Class A common stock under existing stock option plans and issue unregistered shares in connection with any outstanding convertible securities or options during the lock-up period. For additional information, please see "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        The representatives have informed us that the underwriters will not confirm, without client authorization, sales to their client accounts as to which they have discretionary authority. The representatives have also informed us that the underwriters intend to deliver all copies of this prospectus via hand delivery or through mail or courier services and only printed forms of the prospectus are intended to be used.

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters and other persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions which affect the market price of the Class A common stock. These may include stabilizing and over-allotment transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Class A common stock. An over-allotment involves selling more shares in this offering than are specified on the cover page of this prospectus, which results in a syndicate short position. The

90



underwriters may cover this short position by purchasing shares in the open market or by exercising all or part of their over-allotment option. In addition, the representatives may impose a penalty bid. This allows the representative to reclaim the selling concession allowed to an underwriter or selling group member if Class A common stock sold by such underwriter or selling group member in this offering is repurchased by the representative in stabilizing or syndicate short covering transactions. These transactions, which may be effected on The NASDAQ National Market or otherwise, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock and could cause the price to be higher than it would be without these transactions. The underwriters and other participants in this offering are not required to engage in any of these activities and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. We and the underwriters make no representation or prediction as to whether the underwriters will engage in such transactions or choose to discontinue any transactions engaged in or as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that these transactions may have on the price of the Class A common stock.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Consequently, we and representatives of the underwriters have negotiated to determine the initial public offering price. We and they considered current market conditions, our operating results in recent periods, the market capitalization of other companies in our industry and estimates of our potential.

        We intend to apply to have our common stock quoted on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "STAN."

        In the ordinary course of business, some of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, investment banking, commercial banking and other services to us for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees or other compensation.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the common stock offered hereby has been passed upon by White & Case LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP.


EXPERTS

        Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

91



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, a registration statement on Form S-1 (SEC file number:             ) relating to the Class A common stock we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all information included in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares we are offering pursuant to this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the copy of that contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

        We also file annual, quarterly and special reports, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any of these documents at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov.

        You may request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address or phone number:

92



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Accountants   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2002

 

F-4

Consolidated States of Common Stockholders' Deficit for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2002

 

F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2003

 

F-30

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002

 

F-31

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002

 

F-32

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-33

F-1



REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

        As discussed in Note A, in 2002 the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets to conform to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

                        ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 7, 2003

F-2



APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In Thousands, Except for Share Data)

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
ASSETS              
Current assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,153   $ 7,602  
  Notes and accounts receivable, net of allowance     32,671     40,276  
  Prepaid expenses and supplies     1,621     1,194  
   
 
 
   
Total current assets

 

 

40,445

 

 

49,072

 
Leaseholds and equipment:              
  Equipment     23,296     15,526  
  Leasehold improvements     19,324     19,815  
  Leaseholds     35,661     39,006  
  Construction in progress     572     1,676  
   
 
 

 

 

 

78,853

 

 

76,023

 
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     58,943     57,440  
   
 
 

 

 

 

19,910

 

 

18,583

 
Other assets:              
  Advances and deposits     4,406     1,509  
  Goodwill     115,944     115,332  
  Intangible and other assets, net     10,245     7,738  
   
 
 

 

 

 

130,595

 

 

124,579

 
   
 
 
   
Total assets

 

$

190,950

 

$

192,234

 
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 24,403   $ 34,620  
  Accrued rent     4,208     4,012  
  Compensation and payroll withholdings     5,278     6,293  
  Property, payroll and other taxes     1,581     2,025  
  Accrued insurance and expenses     8,995     8,667  
  Accrued special charges     1,870     12,057  
  Current portion of long-term borrowings     760     1,374  
  Current portion of capital lease obligations     2,493     180  
   
 
 
   
Total current liabilities

 

 

49,588

 

 

69,228

 
Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion:              
  Obligations under credit agreements     156,266     168,600  
  Capital lease obligations, less current portion     2,931     718  
  Other     3,723     4,385  
   
 
 

 

 

 

162,920

 

 

173,703

 
Other long-term liabilities     12,961     12,658  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock, series D     47,224      
Redeemable preferred stock, series C     56,347     61,330  
Common stock subject to put/call rights; 5.01 shares issued and outstanding     9,470     8,500  
Common stockholders' deficit:              
  Common stock, par value $1.00 per share, 3,000 shares authorized; 26.3 shares issued and outstanding     1     1  
  Additional paid-in capital     15,222     11,422  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (644 )   (803 )
  Accumulated deficit     (162,139 )   (143,805 )
   
 
 
   
Total common stockholders' deficit

 

 

(147,560

)

 

(133,185

)
   
 
 
   
Total liabilities and common stockholders' deficit

 

$

190,950

 

$

192,234

 
   
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3



APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In Thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Parking services revenue:                    
  Lease contracts   $ 142,376   $ 156,411   $ 181,828  
  Management contracts     78,029     87,403     70,654  
 
Reimbursement of management contract expense

 

 

326,146

 

 

317,973

 

 

308,591

 
   
 
 
 
 
Total revenue

 

 

546,551

 

 

561,787

 

 

561,073

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cost of parking services:                    
    Lease contracts     128,871     142,555     159,702  
    Management contracts     35,201     44,272     32,643  
 
Reimbursed management contract expense

 

 

326,146

 

 

317,973

 

 

308,591

 
   
 
 
 
 
Total cost of parking services

 

 

490,218

 

 

504,800

 

 

500,936

 
 
General and administrative

 

 

30,133

 

 

29,979

 

 

36,121

 
  Special charges     2,897     15,869     4,636  
  Depreciation and amortization     7,554     15,501     12,635  
  Management fee-parent company     3,000          
   
 
 
 
   
Total costs and expenses

 

 

533,802

 

 

566,149

 

 

554,328

 
   
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)

 

 

12,749

 

 

(4,362

)

 

6,745

 
  Other expenses (income):                    
    Interest expense     16,246     18,403     18,311  
    Interest income     (281 )   (804 )   (929 )
   
 
 
 

 

 

 

15,965

 

 

17,599

 

 

17,382

 
Bad debt provision related to related-party non-operating receivables         12,878      

Loss before minority interest and income taxes

 

 

(3,216

)

 

(34,839

)

 

(10,637

)
Minority interest expense     180     209     341  
Income tax expense     428     406     503  
   
 
 
 

Net loss

 

 

(3,824

)

 

(35,454

)

 

(11,481

)
Preferred stock dividends     (13,540 )   (6,354 )   (5,696 )
Increase in fair value of common stock subject to put/call     (970 )   (2,196 )   (1,715 )
   
 
 
 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(18,334

)

$

(44,004

)

$

(18,892

)
   
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4



APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

(In Thousands, Except for Share Data)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Number of Shares
  Par Value
  Additional Paid-In Capital
  Advances to And Deposits With Affiliates
  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
  Accumulated Deficit
  Total
 
Balance (deficit) at January 1, 2000   26.3   $ 1   $ 11,422   $ (10,553 ) $ 428   $ (80,909 ) $ (79,611 )
Net loss                                 (11,481 )   (11,481 )
Cumulative translation adjustments                           (802 )         (802 )
                                     
 
Comprehensive loss                                       (12,283 )
                                     
 
Preferred stock dividends                                 (5,696 )   (5,696 )
Increase in fair value of common stock subject to put/call                                 (1,715 )   (1,715 )
Advances to and deposits with affiliates                     (1,426 )               (1,426 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2000   26.3     1     11,422     (11,979 )   (374 )   (99,801 )   (100,731 )
Net loss                                 (35,454 )   (35,454 )
Cumulative translation adjustments                           (429 )         (429 )
                                     
 
Comprehensive loss                                       (35,883 )
                                     
 
Preferred stock dividends                                 (6,354 )   (6,354 )
Increase in fair value of common stock subject to put/call                                 (2,196 )   (2,196 )
Interest related to advances to and deposits with affiliates                     (899 )               (899 )
Provision related to related party non-operating receivables                     12,878                 12,878  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2001   26.3     1     11,422         (803 )   (143,805 )   (133,185 )
Net loss                                 (3,824 )   (3,824 )
Cumulative translation adjustments                           159           159  
                                     
 
Comprehensive loss                                       (3,665 )
                                     
 
Preferred stock dividends                                 (13,540 )   (13,540 )
Increase in fair value of common stock subject to put/call                                 (970 )   (970 )
Exchange of series C Preferred Stock for series D Preferred Stock               3,800                       3,800  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2002   26.3   $ 1   $ 15,222   $   $ (644 ) $ (162,139 ) $ (147,560 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5



APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In Thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Operating activities                    
Net loss   $ (3,824 ) $ (35,454 ) $ (11,481 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operations:                    
  Depreciation and amortization     7,554     15,501     12,635  
  Non-cash interest expense     1,230     1,479     1,012  
  Provision (reversal) for losses on accounts receivable     399     (768 )   (245 )
  Provision related to related-party non-operating receivables         12,878      
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:                    
    Notes and accounts receivable     7,206     7,318     (3,866 )
    Prepaid assets     (427 )   581     (130 )
    Other assets     (6,526 )   3,382     866  
    Accounts payable     (10,217 )   (459 )   9,790  
    Accrued liabilities     8,290     4,969     (11,137 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     3,685     9,427     (2,556 )
Investing activities                    
Purchase of leaseholds and equipment     (1,843 )   (1,537 )   (4,684 )
Purchase of leaseholds and equipment by joint ventures     (3 )   (10 )   (213 )
Contingent purchase payments     (612 )   (533 )   (661 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,458 )   (2,080 )   (5,558 )
Financing activities                    
Proceeds from long-term borrowings     3,000     1,650     8,850  
Payments on long-term borrowings     (394 )   (975 )   (493 )
Payments on joint venture borrowings     (882 )   (1,687 )   (736 )
Payments of debt issuance costs     (159 )   (1,735 )   (286 )
Payments on capital leases     (1,900 )   (108 )   (95 )
Redemption of preferred stock     (2,500 )        
   
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (2,835 )   (2,855 )   7,240  
   
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     159     (429 )   (802 )
   
 
 
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (1,449 )   4,063     (1,676 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     7,602     3,539     5,215  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 6,153   $ 7,602   $ 3,539  
   
 
 
 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest   $ 16,656   $ 17,121   $ 17,379  
  Income taxes     546     741     320  

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Debt issued for capital lease obligation   $ 6,590   $ 728   $  
  Redemption of series C preferred stock     (8,800 )        
  Issuance of 18% senior convertible redeemable series D preferred stock     5,000          
  Redemption of 9 1 / 4 % senior subordinated notes     (91,123 )        
  Issuance of 14% senior subordinated second lien notes     59,285          
  Issuance of 18% senior convertible redeemable series D preferred stock     35,000          
  Carrying value in excess of principal, related to debt recapitalization     16,838          

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6



APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

(In thousands)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies

        APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. ("APCOA/Standard" or "the Company"), and its subsidiaries and affiliates manage, operate and develop parking properties throughout the United States and Canada. The Company is a majority-owned subsidiary of AP Holdings, Inc. ("AP Holdings"). The Company provides on-site management services at multi-level and surface facilities for all major markets of the parking industry. The Company manages approximately 1,912 parking facilities, containing approximately 1,028,000 parking spaces in over 275 cities across the United States and Canada.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and joint ventures in which the Company has more than 50% ownership interest. Minority interest recorded in the consolidated statement of operations is the joint venture partner's non-controlling interest in consolidated joint ventures. Minority interest classified as "other long-term liabilities" in the consolidated balance sheets was $354 and $243 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Investments in joint ventures where the Company has a 50% or less non-controlling ownership interest are reported on the equity method. Investments in joint ventures accounted for using the equity method and reflected as "Intangible and other assets" in the consolidated balance sheets were $0 and $83 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Parking Revenue

        The Company recognizes gross receipts from leased locations and management fees earned from management contract properties as parking revenue as the related services are provided. Also included in parking revenue are $10 in 2002, $196 in 2001 and $1,788 in 2000 from gains on sales of parking contracts and development fees. In 2001 a net receipt of $4,805 related to the exercise of owner termination rights associated with certain management contracts in the ordinary course of business was recorded as parking revenue.

Cost of Parking Services

        The Company recognizes costs for leases and nonreimbursed costs from managed facilities as cost of parking services. Cost of parking services consists primarily of rent and payroll related costs.

Advertising Costs

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses aggregated $286, $218 and $379 for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of one to five days. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

F-7



Leaseholds and Equipment

        Leaseholds, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost. Leaseholds (cost of parking contracts) are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average contract life of 10 years. Equipment is depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of approximately 5 years on average. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter (average of approximately 7 years). Depreciation and amortization includes losses (gains) on abandonments of leaseholds and equipment of $0, $4,579, and $(2) in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Depreciation expense was $6,983, $11,494 and 8,621 in 2002, 2001, and 2000 respectively. Included in 2001 is $2,043 related to costs of software programs that have been discontinued or have become obsolete, and $1,323 related to leasehold improvements that will not be utilized at the corporate headquarters.

Goodwill

        On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , which eliminates the amortization of goodwill and instead requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at least annually. Transitional impairment tests of goodwill made by the Company during the quarter ended March 31, 2002 and annual impairment tests made during the quarter ended September 30, 2002, did not require adjustment to the carrying value of our goodwill.

Impairment of Long Lived and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

        Long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

        Per the provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company's definite lived intangible assets, consisting primarily of non-compete agreements, are amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the respective agreements which range from 5 to 10 years. (See Note B).

Debt Issuance Costs

        The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized as interest expense over the term of the respective financing using a method which approximates the interest method. Debt issuance costs of $2,132 and $2,809 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, are included in intangibles and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are reflected net of accumulated amortization of $3,859 and $3,023 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Debt issuance costs of $3,323 for the year ended December 31, 2001 were recorded as special charges related to the exchange. (See Note C).

F-8



Financial Instruments

        The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable are reasonable estimates of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The Company's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at $48,877, which represents the aggregate face value of the notes and the Company's 14% Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at $61,608, which represents the aggregate face value of the notes. Estimated market value at December 31, 2002 aggregated $26.9 million for the 9 1 / 4 % notes and $61.6 million for the 14% notes. Other long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect on the balance sheet date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the year. Adjustments resulting from the translations of foreign currency financial statements are accumulated and classified as a separate component of stockholders' deficit.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Insurance Reserves

        The Company purchases comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims that occur at parking facilities the Company leases or manages. In addition, the Company purchases umbrella/excess liability coverage. The Company's various liability insurance policies have deductibles of up to $250,000 that must be met before the insurance companies are required to reimburse the Company for costs incurred relating to covered claims. As a result, the Company is, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to the deductible levels. The Company applies the provisions of SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies , in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against the Company. The expense recognition is based upon the Company's determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and reasonably estimated, as defined in SFAS No. 5. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisors in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

F-9



Litigation

        The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The Company applies the provisions of SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with legal claims against us. Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims. (See Note K).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which supersedes both SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, and the accounting and reporting provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations—Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions ("Opinion 30"), for the disposal of a segment of a business (as previously defined in Opinion 30). SFAS No. 144 retains the fundamental provisions in SFAS No. 121 for recognizing and measuring impairment losses on long-lived assets held for use and long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, while also resolving significant implementation issues associated with SFAS No. 121. For example, SFAS No. 144 provides guidance on how a long-lived asset that is used as part of a group should be evaluated for impairment, establishes criteria for when a long-lived asset may be classified as held for sale, and prescribes the accounting for a long-lived asset that will be disposed of other than by sale. SFAS No. 144 retains the basic provisions of Opinion 30 on how to present discontinued operations in the income statement but broadens that presentation to include a component of an entity (rather than a segment of a business). Unlike SFAS No. 121, SFAS No. 144 does not provide guidance on impairment of goodwill. Rather, goodwill is evaluated for impairment under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The Company adopted SFAS No. 144 on January 1, 2002, and there was no impact to the results of operations or its financial position upon adoption.

        During the second quarter ended June 30, 2002, the Company became subject to and adopted a new accounting standard (EITF 01-14 Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for "Out of Pocket" Expenses Incurred ), which requires the recognition of both revenues and expenses in equal amounts for costs directly reimbursed from its management contract properties. This accounting change has no impact on operating earnings or net earnings. Historically, expenses directly reimbursed under management agreements have been netted against the reimbursement received. As required by this new accounting standard, these items have been reclassified in all prior periods to conform to the new presentation. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the impact is an increase of $326.1 million in both revenue and expenses, as compared to $318.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

        In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 62, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections. SFAS No. 145 requires that certain gains and losses on extinguishments of debt be classified as income or loss from continuing operations rather than as extraordinary items as previously

F-10



required under SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt. The Company will be required to adopt SFAS No. 145 on January 1, 2003, and will reclassify extraordinary items to continuing operations.

        In August 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146 (SFAS 146), " Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities". SFAS 146 nullifies the guidance of the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and other Costs to Exit and Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." SFAS 146 requires that liability for a cost that is associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. SFAS 146 also establishes that fair value is the objective for the initial measurement of the liability. The provisions of SFAS 146 are required for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. At this time, the Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 146 will have a material impact on its financial statements.

Stock Based Compensation

        The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations in accounting for the stock options granted to employees and directors. Accordingly, employee and director compensation expense is recognized only for those options which price is less than fair market value at the measurement date. The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.

Reclassifications

        Certain amounts previously presented in the financial statements of prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

Note B. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" , and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" .

        On July 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 141., which requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and also includes guidance on the initial recognition and measurement of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination. The initial adoption of SFAS No. 141 did not affect the Company's results of operations or its financial position.

        On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, which eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires that the goodwill be tested for impairment. Transitional impairment tests of goodwill made during the year ended December 31, 2002 did not require adjustment to the carrying value of its goodwill. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company's definite lived intangible assets of $2,815 and $3,386, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $3,242 and $2,671, respectively, which primarily consist of non-compete agreements, continue to be amortized over their useful lives.

F-11



        A roll forward of goodwill for the periods presented is as follows:

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2002
  2001
 
Balance at beginning of year   $ 115,332   $ 113,293  
Additions         4,915  
Amortization         (3,259 )
Effect of foreign currency translation         (150 )
Contingency payments related to prior acquisitions     612     533  
   
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002   $ 115,944   $ 115,332  
   
 
 

        Amortization expense for intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2002 was $571. Estimated amortization expense for 2003 and the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

 
  Estimated
Amortization
Expense

2003   $ 587
2004     587
2005     570
2006     516
2007     516
2008     39

        Actual results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 had we applied the non-amortization provisions of SFAS 142 in the prior periods are as follows:

 
  For The Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (Unaudited)

 
Net loss   $ (3,824 ) $ (35,454 ) $ (11,481 )
Add: goodwill amortization         3,259     3,138  
   
 
 
 
Proforma net loss   $ (3,824 ) $ (32,195 ) $ (8,343 )
   
 
 
 

F-12


Note C. Special Charges

        Included in "special charges" in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are the following (expenses are cash unless otherwise stated):

 
  For The Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Costs related to the exchange offering   $ 982   $ 8,431   $
Write off of debt issuance costs related to the exchange (1)         3,323    
Provision for abandoned businesses (non-cash expense)         1,722    
Employee severance costs     391     87     2,475
Retroactive prior period insurance adjustments     215     314     895
(Reversal) provision for headquarters reorganization     (320 )   750    
Incremental integration costs and other     1,329     1,242     1,266
Parent company expenses     300        
   
 
 
  Total special charges   $ 2,897   $ 15,869   $ 4,636
   
 
 

Supplement Disclosure—Special Charges

 
  For The Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Accrued at beginning of year   $ 12,057   $ 2,994   $ 2,024  
Provision for special charges (2)         12,546     4,636  
Paid during year     (10,187 )   (3,483 )   (3,666 )
   
 
 
 
Accrued at end of year   $ 1,870   $ 12,057   $ 2,994  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Amount charged directly to expense;
(2)
In 2002, no additional provisions were made for special charges, All amounts were expensed as incurred.

        In 2000, the employee severance costs relate to a provision for key management severance of $1,400 and cash compensation and related expenses for approximately 15 other employees for whom employment was terminated of $1,075. The costs associated with the insurance program relate to retroactive prior period premium adjustments of $895. The costs associated with incremental integration costs and other include $295 for settlement costs and outside accounting firm costs related to the combination with Standard, $235 for closure of administrative offices, and $736 for a provision related primarily to estimated settlements on disputed receivables of Standard.

        In 2001, costs of $8,431 were provided for and debt issuance costs of $3,323 were written-off related to the exchange offer. The provision for abandoned businesses of $1,722 relate to minimum future lease payments at a closed location. The costs associated with incremental integration costs and other include $371 for settlement costs and outside accounting firm costs related to the combination

F-13



with Standard, $871 related primarily to legal costs incurred on terminated contracts. The provision for headquarters reorganization of $750 principally relates to the reorganization and decentralization of financial functions. The costs associated with the insurance program relate to retroactive prior period premiums adjustments of $314.

        In 2002, costs of $982 were incurred for the registration of the 14% senior subordinated second lien note, $391 in severance for key management personnel and regional administrative personnel, $215 for insurance costs in accordance with ERISA requirements. The $1,329 of incremental integration costs and other consists of $816 in legal and settlement costs incurred on contracts terminated in prior years and $513 in prior period rent and other costs and $300 in costs related to the parent company. The $(320) is a partial reversal of a provision for headquarters reorganization as the actual costs incurred were less than anticipated.

Note D. Borrowing Arrangements

        Long-term borrowings consist of:

 
   
   
  Amount Outstanding December 31,
 
  Interest
Rate(s)

   
 
  Due Date
  2002
  2001
Senior Credit Facility   Various   March 2004   $ 31,600   $ 28,600
Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes   14.00%   December 2006     61,608    
Senior Subordinated Notes   9.25%   March 2008     48,877     140,000
Carrying value in excess of principal   Various   Various     14,181    
Joint venture debentures   11.00-15.00%   Various     2,550     3,432
Capital lease obligations   Various   Various     5,425     898
Obligations on Seller notes   Various   Various     1,932     2,327
           
 
              166,173     175,257
Less current portion             3,253     1,554
           
 
            $ 162,920   $ 173,703
           
 

        APCOA/Standard's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes, (the "9 1 / 4 % Notes"), were issued in September of 1998 and are due in March of 2008. The Notes are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        The 14% Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes (14% notes) were issued in January 2002 and are due in December 2006. The Notes are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Interest accrues at the rate of 14% per annum and is payable semi-annually in a combination of cash and additional registered notes (the "PIK Notes"), in arrears on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2002. Interest in the amount of 10% per annum is paid in cash, and interest in the amount of 4% per annum is paid in PIK Notes. APCOA/Standard makes each interest payment to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. PIK Notes are issued

F-14



in denominations of $100 principal amount and integral multiples of $100. The amount of PIK Notes issued is rounded down to the nearest $100 with any fractional amount refunded to the holder as cash.

        The liquidation preference in order of preference, of the Company's long-term borrowings is: Senior Credit Facility and Amended Senior Credit Facility, 14% Notes, 9 1 / 4 % Notes, Joint Venture Debentures, other debt.

        On January 11, 2002, APCOA/Standard completed an unregistered exchange and recapitalization of a portion of its 9 1 / 4 % Notes. APCOA/Standard received gross cash proceeds of $20.0 million and retired $91.1 million 9 1 / 4 % Notes. In exchange, APCOA/Standard issued $59.3 million of 14% Notes and 3,500 shares of 18% Senior Convertible Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock (Series D Preferred Stock), with a face value of $35.0 million which is mandatorily redeemable on June 15, 2008. In conjunction with the exchange, the Company repaid $9.5 million of indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility, paid $2.7 million in accrued interest relating to the $91.1 million of the 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 that were tendered, $9.7 million (including $1.3 million capitalized as debt issuance costs related to the amended and restated senior credit facility) in fees and expenses related to the exchange, which included a $3.0 million transaction advisory fee to AP Holdings, Inc. ("AP Holdings"), APCOA/Standard's parent company, and a repurchase of $1.5 million of redeemable preferred stock held by AP Holdings. The fees and expenses of $9.7 million related to the exchange and the amended and restated senior credit facility were provided for in the period ended December 31, 2001. The Company repurchased $0.1 million of redeemable preferred stock held by AP Holdings on February 20, 2002 and $0.9 million on June 17, 2002.

        On April 10, 2002, the Company filed a registration statement to offer to exchange up to $59.3 million in aggregate principal amount of its registered 14% Notes (including unregistered notes paid as interest on unregistered notes). The registration statement, which was amended on May 24, 2002, June 17, 2002 and June 26, 2002, was declared effective by the Commission on June 28, 2002. The prospectus was supplemented on July 8, 2002 to increase the maximum amount of notes subject to the exchange to $60.3 million, thereby covering the notes issued as interest paid on June 15, 2002. In connection with the exchange offer, which expired on August 9, 2002, all outstanding unregistered 14% Notes were exchanged for registered 14% Notes with substantially identical terms effective August 16, 2002.

        The Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement as of January 11, 2002 with the LaSalle Bank National Association and Bank One, N.A., (the lenders under the prior senior credit facility) that restructured the Company's prior $40.0 million senior credit facility. The senior credit facility was further amended effective as of June 17, 2002, June 30, 2002, December 30, 2002, January 22, 2003 and February 26, 2003. The Company's senior credit facility consists of $43 million in revolving and term loans, specifically:

    A $28.0 million revolving credit facility provided by LaSalle Bank which will expire on March 8, 2004. The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit facility with a sublimit of $22.0 million (or such greater amount as the lender may agree to for letters of credit).

F-15


    A $15.0 million term loan from Bank One with $5.0 million due on April 30, 2003 and the remainder due on March 10, 2004.

        The Company utilizes the senior credit facility for working capital and general corporate purposes and to provide standby letters of credit. The senior credit facility provides for cash borrowings up to the lesser of $28.0 million or 80% of the Company's eligible accounts receivable (as defined therein), plus 50% of eligible capital improvement receivables as defined therein, plus 40% of net book value of fixed assets, minus 40% of capital lease indebtedness, plus additional availability of $3.0 million. The $3.0 million of additional availability decreases by $0.25 million on April 1, 2003, an additional $0.25 million on July 1, 2003, and $0.5 million on the first day of each quarter thereafter, until it has been eliminated. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $3.7 million available under the senior credit facility.

        The revolving credit facility bears interest based, at the Company's option, either on LIBOR plus 4.00% or the Alternate Base Rate (as defined below) plus 1.75%. The Company may elect interest periods of 1, 2, or 3 months for LIBOR based borrowings. The Alternate Base Rate is the higher of (i) the rate publicly announced from time to time by LaSalle as its "prime rate," (ii) the overnight federal funds rates plus 0.50%, and (iii) 4.25%. LIBOR will at all times be determined by taking into account maximum statutory reserves required (if any).

        The interest rate applicable to the term loan until March 1, 2003 is a fixed rate of 13.0%, of which cash interest at 9.5% will be payable monthly in arrears and 3.5% will accrue without compounding and be payable on March 10, 2004 or earlier at borrower's election, whether pursuant to any permitted prepayment acceleration or otherwise. The interest rate applicable to the term loan as of March 1, 2003 (and thereafter) is a fixed rate of 15.0%, of which cash interest at 11.5% will be payable monthly in arrears and 3.5% will accrue without compounding and be payable on March 10, 2004 or earlier at borrower's election, whether pursuant to any permitted prepayment acceleration or otherwise. If Bank One is replaced in full as holder of the term loan prior to May 1, 2003, the interest rate will return to 13% fixed (the pre-March 1, 2003 level) for the new term lender, and Bank One will refund to the Company the additional 2% in interest they received for the period from March 1, 2003 to the date of such payment.

        The senior credit facility includes covenants that limit the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends and contains certain other restrictions on the Company's activities. It is secured by substantially all of the Company's assets (including 100% of the stock of existing and future domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of existing and future foreign subsidiaries), by a first priority pledge of all of the common stock owned by AP Holdings and by all other existing and after-acquired property of AP Holdings. At December 31, 2002 the Company had $4.7 million of letters of credit outstanding under the senior credit facility and borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $31.6 million.

        The 9 1 / 4 % Notes, 14% Notes and New Facility contain covenants that limit APCOA/Standard from incurring additional indebtedness and issuing preferred stock, restrict dividend payments, limit transactions with affiliates and restrict certain other transactions. Substantially all of APCOA/Standard's net assets are restricted under these provisions and covenants (See Note J).

F-16



        The exchange offer and recapitalization and its effect are as follows:

 
  Senior
subordinated
9 1 / 4 % notes

  Senior
subordinated
second lien
14% notes

  Carrying value
in excess of
principal

  Series D
preferred
stock 18%

Balance at December 31, 2001   $ 140,000   $   $   $
Exchange of debt     (91,123 )   59,285     16,838     35,000
Swap of series C for D                 5,000
Dividends accumulated                 7,224
Amortization of carrying value             (2,657 )  
PIK notes issued         2,323        
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   $ 48,877   $ 61,608   $ 14,181   $ 47,224
   
 
 
 

        The exchange offer and recapitalization were accounted for as a "modification of terms" type of troubled debt restructuring as prescribed by FASB Statement No. 15, Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings ("FAS 15") . Under FAS 15, an effective reduction in principal or accrued interest does not result in the debtor recording a gain as long as the future contractual payments (principal and interest combined) under the restructured debt or redeemable preferred stock issued (including dividends), are more than the carrying amount of the debt before the restructuring. In those circumstances, the carrying amount of the original debt or investment is not adjusted, and the effects of any changes are reflected in future periods as a reduction in interest expense. The effective interest rate is the discount rate that equates the present value of the future cash payments specified by the new terms with the unadjusted carrying amount of the debt.

        In addition, under FAS 15, when a debtor issues a redeemable equity interest in partial satisfaction of debt in conjunction with a modification of terms, the redeemable equity interest is treated similar to debt. Legal fees and other direct costs incurred by a debtor to effect a troubled debt restructuring are expensed as incurred, except for amounts incurred directly in granting an equity interest, if any.

        The accounting for this exchange under FAS 15 was as follows:

    No gain was recognized by the Company for the excess of (a) the principal of the 14% notes exchanged for the 9 1 / 4 % notes, over (b) the principal of the 9 1 / 4 % notes.

    The excess, Carrying Value in Excess of Principal, remains part of the carrying value of the Company's debt, and is being amortized as a reduction to future interest expense using an effective interest rate applied to the combined balance of the notes.

        Consolidated joint ventures have entered into four agreements for stand-alone development projects providing nonrecourse funding. These joint venture debentures are collateralized by the specific contracts that were funded and approximate the net book value of the related assets.

        The Company has entered into various financing agreements, which were used for the purchase of equipment.

F-17



        The Company paid cash interest of $16,656, $17,121 and $17,379 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

        The aggregate maturities of borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2002 are as follows:

2003   $ 3,253
2004     33,724
2005     1,763
2006     62,715
2007     143
2008 and thereafter     50,394
   
      151,992
Carrying value in excess of principal related to the debt recapitalization     14,181
   
    $ 166,173
   

        The amounts include paid-in-kind interest and the 5% premium on the 14% notes as defined in the indenture.

Note E. Income Taxes

        For 2000, the Company was included in the Consolidated Federal Income Tax Return of Holberg. For 2001 and through January 11, 2002, the Company was included in the Consolidated Federal Income Tax Return of AP Holdings. In connection with the debt restructuring on January 11, 2002, the Company deconsolidated from AP Holdings and will file its own separate Consolidated Federal Income Tax Return from January 12, 2002 through December 31, 2002. Certain of the Company's operating loss carryforwards were used in the consolidated return of AP Holding in 2002. The Company's income tax provision is determined on this separate return basis. Income tax expense consists of foreign, state, and local taxes.

        At December 31, 2002, the Company has net operating loss carry forwards of $67,691 for federal income tax purposes that expire in years 2018 through 2021.

        A reconciliation of the Company's reported income tax expense to the amount computed by multiplying loss before income taxes by the effective federal income tax rate is as follows:

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Statutory benefit   $ (1,155 ) $ (11,916 ) $ (3,904 )
Permanent differences     86     1,481     412  
State taxes, net of federal benefit     129     123     172  
Effect of foreign tax rates     (44 )   (54 )   (39 )
   
 
 
 
      (984 )   (10,366 )   (3,359 )
Change in valuation allowance     1,412     10,772     3,862  
   
 
 
 
Income tax expense   $ 428   $ 406   $ 503  
   
 
 
 

F-18


        Income tax expense consists of the following:

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Current:                  
  Foreign   $ 232   $ 219   $ 242
  State     196     187     261
   
 
 
  Income tax expense   $ 428   $ 406   $ 503
   
 
 

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 
  2002
  2001
 
Net operating loss carry forwards   $ 26,400   $ 30,813  
Accrued compensation     2,386     2,403  
Restructuring reserves     2,157     8,519  
Other, net     1,296     1,011  
   
 
 
      32,239     42,746  
Book over tax depreciation and amortization     (4,437 )   (1,857 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance     27,802     40,889  
Less: valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     (27,802 )   (40,889 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $   $  
   
 
 

        For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets will continue to be recorded until realization of such assets is more likely than not. Taxes paid,which are to certain states and foreign jurisdictions, were $546, $741 and $320 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Note F. Benefit Plans

        The Company offers deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives and sponsors an employees' savings and retirement plan in which certain employees are eligible to participate. Subject to their continued employment by the Company, employees offered supplemental pension arrangements will receive a defined monthly benefit upon attaining age 65. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company has accrued $2,417 and $2,178, respectively, representing the present value of the future benefit payments. Participants in the savings and retirement plan may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan. The Company, contributes an amount in cash or other property as required by the plan. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $872, $872, and $985 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

F-19



        The Company also contributes to two multi-employer defined contribution and nine multi-employer defined benefit plans which cover certain union employees. Expenses related to these plans were $1,119, $997 and $583 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Note G. Leases and Contingencies

        The Company operates parking facilities under operating leases expiring on various dates, generally prior to 2015. Certain of the leases contain options to renew at the Company's discretion.

        At December 31, 2002, the Company was committed to install certain capital improvements at leased facilities in future years, at an estimated cost of $118.

        Future annual rent expense is not determinable due to the application of percentage factors based on revenues. At December 31, 2002, the Company's minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases with remaining terms of more than one year, are as follows:

2003   $ 20,594
2004     15,788
2005     11,160
2006     9,603
2007     9,023
2008 and thereafter     28,022
   
    $ 94,190
   

        Rent expense, including contingent rents, was $96,682, $108,823 and $124,900 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

        Contingent rent expense was $76,088, $81,467 and $100,258 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

        In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in disputes, generally regarding the terms of lease agreements. In the opinion of management, the outcome of these disputes and litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or operating results of the Company.

Note H. Redeemable Preferred Stock

        In connection with the Standard acquisition on March 30, 1998, the Company received $40,683 from AP Holdings in exchange for $70,000 face amount of 11 1 / 4 % Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Series C preferred stock"). Cumulative preferred dividends are payable semi-annually at the rate of 11 1 / 4 %. Any semi-annual dividend not declared or paid in cash automatically increases the liquidation preference of the stock by the amount of the unpaid dividend. The Company is required to redeem the stock no later than March 2008.

        The Series C preferred stock has a maturity date of March 2008 and has an initial liquidation preference equal to $1,000,000 per share or $40.7 million in the aggregate. The Series C Preferred

F-20



stock accrues dividends on a cumulative basis at 11 1 / 4 % per year. At December 31, 2002, dividends in arrears were $27.0 million with a per share valuation of $1,696,208. Conversion may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and the shares have no voting rights except as to alterations or changes that may adversely affect the holders of the Series C Preferred stock.

        In January 2002, the Company redeemed $1.5 million and $0.1 million the Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings in two separate transactions for cash of $1.6 million. On June 17, 2002, the Company redeemed an additional $0.9 million of Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings for $0.9 million in cash. The proceeds received by AP Holdings were used by it to repurchase, directly or indirectly, its outstanding 11 1 / 4 % senior discount notes.

 
  For the year ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  Shares
  Value
  Shares
  Value
Beginning balance   40.6826   $ 61,330   40.6826   $ 54,976
Redemptions   (1.6259 )   (2,500 )    
Swap series C for D   (5.8373 )   (8,800 )    
Accumulated dividends       6,317       6,354
   
 
 
 
Ending balance   33.2194   $ 56,347   40.6826   $ 61,330
   
 
 
 

        On January 11, 2002, the Company, in connection with our recapitalization, issued 3,500 shares of the 18% Senior Convertible Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock (the "Series D Preferred") to Fiducia, Ltd. which has a maturity date as of June 2008 and has an initial liquidation preference equal to $10,000 per share or $35.0 million in the aggregate. The Series D Preferred stock accrues dividends on a cumulative basis at 18% per year. At December 31, 2002, dividends in arrears were $7.2 million with a per share valuation of $10,000. Conversion is upon occurrence of an IPO at a rate related to the IPO price and the shares have no voting rights except as to creation of any class or series of shares ranking senior to the Series D preferred stock. The number of shares of Series D preferred stock authorized for issuance is 17,500.

        On March 11, 2002 the Company exchanged with the parent company $8.8 million of Series C preferred stock for $5.0 million of Series D preferred stock.

 
  Shares Issued
  Value (000's)
Balance at December 31, 2001     $
Issuance with exchange   3,500.0     35,000
Swap of series C for D   500.0     5,000
Dividends accumulated       7,224
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   4,000.0   $ 47,224
   
 

F-21


Note I. Contingency and Related Party Transactions

        The bankruptcy filing of AmeriServe Food Distribution, Inc. on January 31, 2000 was a default under certain debt instruments of Holberg, the former parent of AP Holdings. As a result of such defaults, the creditors of Holberg could have taken control of Holberg or AP Holdings, APCOA/Standard's parent. A change in control of Holberg or AP Holdings would also constitute a change in control of APCOA/Standard under APCOA/Standard's debt instrument and of AP Holdings under its bond indenture.

        On March 5, 2001, Holberg restructured certain of its debt and eliminated the defaults thereunder, thereby eliminating the possibility of a change of control of AP Holdings under its bond indenture or the possibility of a change in control of APCOA/Standard under the APCOA/Standard debt instruments as a result of such defaults.

        Due to the current financial situation of Holberg and AP Holdings, the Company recorded a $12.9 million bad debt provision related to related-party non-operating receivables for the year ended December 31, 2001. The 2001 bad debt provision for related-party non-operating receivables relates to advances to and deposits with affiliates that had previously been reclassified from a long-term asset to stockholders' deficit. This provision was made due to uncertainty regarding the ability of the affiliates to repay such amounts.

        In 2002, the Company paid $0.3 million in costs on behalf of AP Holdings which have been included in "Special Charges". See Note C. In conjunction with the exchange, the Company paid AP Holdings a $3.0 million transaction advisory fee. Pursuant to the management agreement with AP Holdings, the Company recorded $3.0 million of management fees for the year ended December 31, 2002, of which $1.25 million has been paid through March 7, 2003.

        On December 31, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement to sell, at fair market value, certain contract assets to D & E Parking, Inc. ("D & E"), a California corporation, in which certain officers of the Company have an interest. The Company recorded a gain of $1 million from this transaction in 2000. The Company will continue to operate the parking facilities and receive management fees and reimbursement for support services in connection with the operation of the parking facilities.

        The Company has entered into various management contracts and related arrangements with affiliates to manage properties in which certain executives have an interest. The Company estimates that management fees it receives are no less favorable than would normally be obtained through arms-length negotiations.

F-22



Note J. Subsidiary Guarantors

        All of the Company's direct or indirect wholly owned active domestic subsidiaries, including, fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally guarantee the Senior Subordinated Notes discussed in Note D. Separate financial statements of the guarantor subsidiaries are not separately presented because, in the opinion of management, such financial statements are not material to investors. The non-guarantor subsidiaries include joint ventures, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company organized under the laws of foreign jurisdictions and inactive subsidiaries, all of which are included in the consolidated financial statements. The following is summarized combining financial information for APCOA/Standard, the guarantor subsidiaries of the Company and the non-guarantor subsidiaries of the Company:

 
  APCOA/
Standard

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Elimination
  Total
 
2002                                
Balance Sheet Data:                                
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,933   $ 1,428   $ 792   $   $ 6,153  
  Notes and accounts receivable     16,138     12,821     3,712         32,671  
  Current assets     21,711     14,289     4,445         40,445  
  Leaseholds and equipment, net     12,387     4,458     3,065         19,910  
  Goodwill     23,651     89,031     3,262         115,944  
  Investment in subsidiaries     96,018             (96,018 )    
  Total assets     164,732     111,233     11,003     (96,018 )   190,950  
  Accounts payable     16,851     5,505     2,047         24,403  
  Current liabilities     36,286     8,323     4,979         49,588  
  Long-term borrowings, excludingcurrent portion     159,700     346     2,874         162,920  
  Redeemable preferred stock, series D     47,224                 47,224  
  Redeemable preferred stock, series C     56,347                 56,347  
  Common stock subject to put/callrights     9,470                 9,470  
  Total common stockholders' (deficit) equity     (154,203 )   100,105     2,556     (96,018 )   (147,560 )
  Total liabilities and common stockholders'equity (deficit)     164,732     111,233     11,003     (96,018 )   190,950  
Income Statement Data:                                
  Parking services revenue   $ 454,671   $ 71,244   $ 20,636   $   $ 546,551  
  Cost of parking services     417,332     55,843     17,043         490,218  
  General and administrative     4,032     25,839     262         30,133  
  Special charges     2,831         66         2,897  
  Depreciation and amortization     4,528     1,868     1,158         7,554  
  Management fee—parent company     3,000                 3,000  
  Operating income (loss)     22,948     (12,306 )   2,107         12,749  
  Interest expense (income), net     15,660     (19 )   324         15,965  
  Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (11,321 )           11,321      
  Net (loss) income     (3,824 )   (12,287 )   966     11,321     (3,824 )
Cash Flows Data:                                
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 542   $ 3,437   $ (294 ) $   $ 3,685  
Investing activities:                                
  Purchase of leaseholds and equipment     (1,843 )               (1,843 )
  Purchase of leaseholds and equipment of joint venture             (3 )       (3 )
  Contingent purchase payments     (612 )               (612 )

F-23


Financing activities:                                
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings     3,000                 3,000  
  Payments on long-term borrowings     (394 )               (394 )
  Payments on joint venture borrowings     (882 )               (882 )
  Payments on debt issuance costs     (159 )               (159 )
  Payments on capital leases     (1,900 )               (1,900 )
  Redemption of preferred stock     (2,500 )               (2,500 )
  Net cash used in financing activities     (2,835 )               (2,835 )
  Effect of exchange rate changes     159                 159  
2001                                
Balance Sheet Data:                                
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8,522   $ (2,009 ) $ 1,089   $   $ 7,602  
  Notes and accounts receivable     30,568     5,767     3,941         40,276  
  Current assets     40,105     3,822     5,145         49,072  
  Leaseholds and equipment, net     10,377     5,141     3,065         18,583  
  Goodwill     23,492     88,618     3,222         115,332  
  Investment in subsidiaries     92,335             (92,335 )    
  Total assets     170,906     101,771     11,892     (92,335 )   192,234  
  Accounts payable     25,238     6,865     2,517         34,620  
  Current liabilities     55,706     7,769     5,753         69,228  
  Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion     171,127         2,576         173,703  
  Redeemable preferred stock, series C     61,330                 61,330  
  Common stock subject to put/call rights     8,500                 8,500  
  Total common stockholders' (deficit) equity     (136,054 )   93,034     2,170     (92,335 )   (133,185 )
  Total liabilities and common stockholders'equity (deficit)     170,906     101,771     11,892     (92,335 )   192,234  
Income Statement Data:                                
  Parking services revenue   $ 457,945   $ 82,586   $ 21,256       $ 561,787  
  Cost of parking services     420,026     67,529     17,245         504,800  
  Special charges     15,869                 15,869  
  Depreciation and amortization     8,683     5,058     1,760         15,501  
  Operating income (loss)     9,356     (15,708 )   1,990         (4,362 )
  Interest expense (income), net     17,192     (51 )   458         17,599  
  Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (15,004 )           15,004      
  Net (loss) income     (35,454 )   (15,657 )   653     15,004     (35,454 )
Cash Flows Data:                                
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 14,423   $ (2,039 ) $ (2,957 ) $   $ 9,427  
Investing activities:                                
  Purchase of leaseholds and equipment     (1,491 )   (46 )           (1,537 )
  Purchase of leaseholds and equipment by joint venture             (10 )       (10 )
  Contingent purchase payments     (533 )               (533 )
  Net cash used in investing activities     (1,491 )   (46 )   (10 )       (1,547 )

F-24


Financing activities:                                
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings     1,650                 1,650  
  Payments on long-term borrowings     (975 )               (975 )
  Payments on joint venture borrowings     (1,687 )               (1,687 )
  Payments on debt issuance costs     (1,735 )               (1,735 )
  Payments on capital leases     (108 )               (108 )
  Net cash used in financing activities     (2,855 )               (2,855 )
  Effect of exchange rate changes     (429 )               (429 )
2000                                
Balance Sheet Data:                                
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ (593 ) $ 76   $ 4,056   $   $ 3,539  
  Notes and accounts receivable     50,972     (7,529 )   3,383         46,826  
  Current assets     50,792     (6,264 )   7,612         52,140  
  Leaseholds and equipment, net     15,693     7,395     5,404         28,492  
  Goodwill     19,062     90,673     3,558         113,293  
  Investment in subsidiaries     93,211             (93,211 )    
  Total assets     187,446     96,818     17,288     (93,211 )   208,341  
  Accounts payable     21,744     10,172     3,163         35,079  
  Current liabilities     46,328     8,938     8,815         64,081  
  Long-term borrowings, excludingcurrent portion     169,305     175     4,110         173,590  
  Redeemable preferred stock, series C     54,976                 54,976  
  Common stock subject to put/call rights     6,304                 6,304  
  Total common stockholders' (deficit) equity     (94,942 )   83,504     3,918     (93,211 )   (100,731 )
  Total liabilities and common stockholders' equity (deficit)     187,446     96,818     17,288     (93,211 )   208,341  
Income Statement Data:                                
  Parking services revenue   $ 437,144   $ 92,336   $ 31,593   $   $ 561,073  
  Cost of parking services     401,063     74,574     25,299         500,936  
  Special charges     4,636                 4,636  
  Depreciation and amortization     6,249     5,155     1,231         12,635  
  Operating income (loss)     20,975     (18,970 )   4,740         6,745  
  Interest expense (income), net     16,858     (84 )   608         17,382  
  Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (15,243 )           15,243      
  Net (loss) income     (11,481 )   (18,887 )   3,644     15,243     (11,481 )
Cash Flows Data:                                
  Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities   $ (4,671 ) $ (1,471 ) $ 3,586       $ (2,556 )
Investing activities:                                
  Purchase of leaseholds and equipment     (4,268 )   (416 )           (4,684 )
  Purchase of leaseholds and equipment by joint venture             (213 )       (213 )
  Contingent purchase payments     (661 )               (661 )
  Net cash used in investing activities     (4,268 )   (416 )   (213 )       (4,897 )

F-25


Financing activities:                                
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings     8,850                 8,850  
  Payments on long-term borrowings     (493 )               (493 )
  Payments on joint venture borrowings     (736 )               (736 )
  Payments on debt issuance costs     (286 )               (286 )
  Payments on capital leases     (95 )               (95 )
  Net cash provided by financing activities     7,240                 7,240  
  Effect of exchange rate change     (802 )               (802 )

Note K. Legal Proceedings

       The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings which consist principally of lease and contract disputes and includes litigation with The County of Wayne relating to the management of parking facilities at the Detroit Metropolitan Airport. These claims and legal proceedings are considered routine, and incidental to the Company's business, and in the opinion of management, the ultimate liability with respect to these proceedings and claims will not materially affect the financial position, operations, or liquidity of the Company.

        On October 25, 2002, the Company filed an Application for Temporary Injunction and verified Complaint in the Superior Court for the Judicial District of Hartford in Hartford, Connecticut against James F. Byrnes, Jr., acting Commissioner of Transportation for the State of Connecticut and First Union National Bank, in its capacity as trustee for the holders of the special facility bonds used to finance the garage. The action seeks judicial interpretation of the Company's contractual obligations in the operations of the parking facilities at the Bradley International Airport in Windsor Locks, Connecticut, pursuant to the 25-year lease the Company entered into with the State. The Company has specifically requested the court for a judgment and permanent injunction prohibiting the State from attempting to recover the costs associated with anti-terrorism parking measures at the airport, diverting a capitalized interest account to pay for airport improvements and diverting airport parking receipts to pay for capital improvements and surface parking and garage security costs. The case was transferred to the Housing Division on November 14, 2002. Together with the State of Connecticut, the Company requested an expedited hearing on the declaratory judgment aspect of the case. The court held its hearing on the matter on January 31, 2003 and the parties are awaiting the court's decision. The amount in controversy with the State and the subject of the declaratory judgment action is $0.7 million, consisting of $0.3 million representing the diversion of funds by the State from the capitalized interest bond account for post garage completion airport improvements and $0.4 million for garage security costs. As of December 31, 2002, we classified the discounted net receivable for this contract in the amount of $3.8 million which includes deficiency payments of $1.2 million, to a long-term receivable and is included in other assets.

F-26



Note L. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

        The following tables contain selected unaudited Statement of Operations information for each quarter of 2002, 2001 and 2000. The Company believes that the following information reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  First
Quarter

 
Revenue   $ 53,461   $ 54,963   $ 56,765   $ 55,216  
Reimbursement of Management Contract Expense     53,879     101,936     88,552     81,779  
Total Revenue     107,340     156,899     145,317     136,995  
Gross Profit     15,765     14,273     13,567     12,728  
Net Income (Loss)     89     (422 )   (2,116 )   (1,375 )
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2001
 
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  First
Quarter

 
Revenue   $ 60,787   $ 58,790   $ 62,557   $ 61,680  
Reimbursement of Management Contract Expense     47,223     96,392     87,145     87,213  
Total Revenue     108,010     155,182     149,702     148,893  
Gross Profit     15,348     13,174     14,426     14,039  
Net Loss     (26,933 )   (5,528 )   (1,179 )   (1,814 )
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2000
 
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  First
Quarter

 
Revenue   $ 64,207   $ 63,117   $ 62,067   $ 63,091  
Reimbursement of Management Contract Expense     80,236     77,385     77,827     73,143  
Total Revenue     144,443     140,502     139,894     136,234  
Gross Profit     15,461     15,137     15,376     14,163  
Net Loss     (6,060 )   (2,311 )   (1,199 )   (1,911 )

F-27


Note M. Capital Leases

        Property under capital leases included within equipment is as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
Service vehicles   $ 5,651   $
Computer equipment     897     728
Parking equipment     674    
   
 
      7,222     728
Less: Accumulated depreciation     1,762    
   
 
    $ 5,460   $ 728
   
 

        Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at December 31, 2002, together with the present value of the minimum lease payments are as follows:

2003   $ 2,699
2004     1,626
2005     1,148
2006     352
2007     47
   
Total minimum payments     5,872
Less: Amounts representing interest     448
   
Present value of minimum payments     5,424
Less: Current portion     2,493
   
Total long-term portion   $ 2,931
   

Note N. Stock Option Plan

        The 2001 Option Plan (the "2001 Option Plan"), which authorizes the issuance of the Company's 18% Senior Convertible Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock, is intended to further the Company's success by increasing the ownership of certain executives, employees, directors in, and consultants to the Company and to enhance the Company's ability to attract and retain executives, employees, directors and consultants.

        The chairman of the Company's board of directors administers the 2001 Option Plan, selects eligible executives, employees, directors and/or consultants to receive options, determines the number of shares of preferred stock covered by options, determines the exercise price of an option, the terms under which options may be exercised, but in no event may such options be exercised later than 10 years from the grant date of an option, and the other terms and conditions of options in accordance with the provisions of the 2001 Option Plan.

        If the Company undergoes a change in control, completes an initial public offering of the Company's common stock, or an optional redemption as such terms defined in the 2001 Option Plan,

F-28



all outstanding options will immediately become fully vested and exercisable. In the event of a change of control, the chairman of the board of directors may adjust outstanding options by substituting stock or other securities of any successor or another party to the change in control transaction, generally based on the consideration received by the Company's shareholders in the transaction.

        Subject to particular limitations specified in the 2001 Option Plan, the Company's board of directors may amend or terminate the 2001 Option Plan. The 2001 Option Plan will terminate no later than 10 years from the effective date of the 2001 Option Plan. Shares of 18% Senior Convertible Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock authorized for the 2001 option plan totaled 1,000 of which 496.14 are available for future option grants.

        The following summarizes information about stock option transactions:

 
  Shares
  Exercise price per share
Outstanding at December 31, 2001     $
Options granted   503.86     5,600.00
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   503.86   $ 5,600.00
   
 

F-29



STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(in thousands, except for share data)

 
  September 30, 2003
 
 
  (Unaudited)

 
ASSETS  
Current assets:        
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,510  
  Notes and accounts receivable, net     32,763  
  Prepaid expenses and supplies     1,495  
   
 
Total current assets     41,768  

Leaseholds and equipment, net

 

 

16,079

 
Long-term receivables     7,288  
Advances and deposits     1,219  
Goodwill     116,806  
Intangible and other assets     8,188  
   
 
  Total assets   $ 191,348  
   
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 
Current liabilities:        
  Accounts payable   $ 23,556  
  Accrued and other current liabilities     20,428  
  Current portion of long-term borrowings     2,498  
   
 
  Total current liabilities     46,482  

Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion

 

 

162,088

 
Other long-term liabilities     18,851  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, series D

 

 

53,953

 
Redeemable preferred stock, series C     58,772  
Common stock subject to put/call rights; 5.01 shares issued and outstanding     10,407  

Common stockholders' deficit:

 

 

 

 
  Common stock, par value $1.00 per share; 3,000 shares authorized; 26.3 shares issued and outstanding     1  
  Additional paid-in capital     15,222  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (309 )
  Accumulated deficit     (174,119 )
   
 
  Total common stockholders' deficit     (159,205 )
   
 
Total liabilities and common stockholders' deficit   $ 191,348  
   
 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-30



STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, unaudited)

 
  Nine Months Ended
 
 
  September 30, 2003
  September 30, 2002
 
Parking services revenue:              
  Lease contracts   $ 103,554   $ 108,215  
  Management contracts     55,589     58,729  
   
 
 
      159,143     166,944  
  Reimbursement of management contract expense     245,295     277,391  
   
 
 
    Total revenue     404,438     444,335  
Cost of parking services:              
  Lease contracts     93,522     98,219  
  Management contracts     21,293     28,157  
   
 
 
      114,815     126,376  
  Reimbursed management contract expenses     245,295     277,391  
   
 
 
    Total cost of parking services     360,110     403,767  
   
 
 
Gross profit     44,328     40,568  
General and administrative expenses     24,365     22,547  
Special charges     548     1,754  
Depreciation and amortization     5,555     5,434  
Management fee-parent company     2,250     2,250  
   
 
 
Operating income     11,610     8,583  
Interest expense (income):              
  Interest expense     12,247     12,158  
  Interest income     (153 )   (139 )
   
 
 
      12,094     12,019  
Gain on extinguishment of debt     1,757      
   
 
 
Income (loss) before minority interest and income taxes     1,273     (3,436 )
Minority interest     266     124  
Income tax expense     483     353  
   
 
 
Net income (loss)     524     (3,913 )
Preferred stock dividends     11,567     9,986  
Increase in value of common stock subject to put/call rights     937     727  
   
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (11,980 ) $ (14,626 )
   
 
 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-31



STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands, unaudited)

 
  Nine Months Ended
 
 
  September 30, 2003
  September 30, 2002
 
Operating activities:              
Net income (loss)   $ 524   $ (3,913 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities              
  Depreciation and amortization     5,555     5,434  
  Non-cash interest expense     931     971  
  (Reversal of) provision for losses on account receivable     (235 )   132  
  Gain on extinguishment of debt     (1,757 )    
  Change in operating assets and liabilities     2,332     2,068  
   
 
 
  Net cash provided by operating activities     7,350     4,692  

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Purchase of leaseholds and equipment     (591 )   (1,122 )
Contingent purchase payments     (460 )   (348 )
   
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,051 )   (1,470 )

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Proceeds from other debt     332      
Proceeds from (payments on) senior credit facility     7,800     (100 )
Payments on long-term borrowings     (33 )   (50 )
Payments on joint venture borrowings     (558 )   (566 )
Payments of debt issuance costs     (2,834 )    
Payments on capital leases     (1,656 )   (1,448 )
Repurchase of 14% senior subordinated second lien notes     (5,915 )    
Redemption of series C preferred stock     (2,413 )   (2,500 )
   
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities     (5,277 )   (4,664 )
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents     335     20  
   
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     1,357     (1,422 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     6,153     7,602  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 7,510   $ 6,180  
   
 
 

Supplemental disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash paid during the period for:              
  Interest   $ 11,728   $ 12,628  
  Income taxes     565     441  

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Debt issued for capital lease obligations     682     6,290  
  Redemption of series C preferred stock         (8,800 )
  Issuance of 18% senior convertible redeemable series D preferred stock         40,000  
  Redemption of 9 1 / 4 % senior subordinated notes         (91,123 )
  Issuance of 14% senior subordinated second lien notes     1,232     60,385  
  Carrying value in excess of principal, related debt recapitalization         16,838  

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-32



STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

September 30, 2003

(in thousands except per share data, unaudited)

1.    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Standard Parking Corporation ("Standard" or the "Company"), formerly known as APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc., have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements.

        In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of adjustments of a normal and recurring nature) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations have been included. Operating results for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for any other interim period or the fiscal year ending December 31, 2003. The financial statements presented in this Report should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in our 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 7, 2003.

        Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2002 financial information to conform to the 2003 presentation.

2.    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 62, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections. SFAS No. 145 requires that certain gains and losses on extinguishments of debt be classified as income or loss from continuing operations rather than as extraordinary items as previously required under SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt. We adopted SFAS No. 145 on January 1, 2003, and there was no impact to the results of operations or our financial position upon adoption.

        In August 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. SFAS 146 nullifies the guidance of the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and other Costs to Exit and Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). SFAS 146 requires that liability for a cost that is associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. SFAS 146 also establishes that fair value is the objective for the initial measurement of the liability. The provisions of SFAS 146 are required for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. We adopted SFAS 146 on January 1, 2003, and there was no impact to the results of operations or our financial position upon adoption.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities—An Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin ("ARB") No. 51." This interpretation provides guidance on how to identify variable interest entities and how to determine whether or not those entities should be consolidated. FIN 46 applies to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. FIN 46 also applies in the first fiscal quarter or interim period ending after December 15, 2003, in which a company holds a variable interest in an entity that it acquired before

F-33



February 1, 2003. We are currently evaluating our interests in entities acquired before February 1, 2003, to determine the impact of FIN 46, if any, may have on our financial statements.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity". This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial position certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. In accordance with SFAS No. 150, a financial instrument that embodies an obligation for the issuer is required to be classified as a liability and the dividends previously classified as charges to equity must be recorded as an expense in the statement of operations. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period after June 15, 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities. For purposes of the effective date of SFAS No. 150, we are considered a non-public entity. For nonpublic entities, mandatorily redeemable financial instruments are subject to the provisions of SFAS No. 150 for the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2003. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 150 on our financial statements.

3.    Special Charges

        Included in "Special Charges" in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations are the following:

 
  Nine Months Ended
 
  September 30, 2003
  September 30, 2002
Cost associated with financing alternatives   $ 183   $
Cost associated with registration         676
Cost associated with prior year terminated locations     67     517
Parent company expenses     298     282
Incremental integration costs and other         279
   
 
    $ 548   $ 1,754
   
 

        The costs associated with prior year terminated locations for the period ended September 30, 2003, is net of $150 received from Wayne County for reimbursement of current year's costs. (See Part II, Item 1). The costs associated with registration for the period ended September 30, 2002, relate to professional fees incurred to register the 14% Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes.

4.    Exchange and Recapitalization

        On January 11, 2002, we completed an unregistered exchange and recapitalization of a portion of our 9 1 / 4 % Notes. We received gross cash proceeds of $20.0 million and retired $91.1 million of the 9 1 / 4 % Notes. In exchange, we issued $59.3 million of 14% Notes and 3,500 shares of 18% Senior Convertible Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock ("Series D Preferred Stock"), with a face value of $35.0 million which is mandatorily redeemable on June 15, 2008. In conjunction with the exchange, we repaid

F-34



$9.5 million of indebtedness under the senior credit facility, paid $2.7 million in accrued interest relating to the $91.1 million of the 9 1 / 4 % Notes that were tendered, $9.7 million (including $1.3 million capitalized as debt issuance costs related to the amended and restated senior credit facility) in fees and expenses related to the exchange, which included a $3.0 million transaction advisory fee to AP Holdings, Inc. ("AP Holdings"), our parent company, and a repurchase of $1.5 million of redeemable preferred stock held by AP Holdings. The fees and expenses of $9.7 million related to the exchange and the amended and restated senior credit facility were provided for in the period ended December 31, 2001. We repurchased $0.1 million of redeemable preferred stock held by AP Holdings on February 20, 2002 and $0.9 million on June 17, 2002.

        On April 10, 2002, we filed a registration statement to offer to exchange up to $59.3 million in aggregate principal amount of our registered 14% Notes (including unregistered notes paid as interest on unregistered notes). The registration statement, which was amended on May 24, 2002, June 17, 2002 and June 26, 2002, was declared effective by the Commission on June 28, 2002. The prospectus was supplemented on July 8, 2002 to increase the maximum amount of notes subject to the exchange to $60.3 million, thereby covering the notes issued as interest paid on June 15, 2002. In connection with the exchange offer, which expired on August 9, 2002, all outstanding unregistered 14% Notes were exchanged for registered 14% Notes with substantially identical terms effective August 16, 2002.

        The January 11, 2002 exchange offer and recapitalization and its effect are as follows:

 
  Senior subordinated 9 1 / 4 % notes
  Senior
subordinated
second lien
14% notes

  Carrying value in excess of principal
  Series D preferred stock 18%
Balance at December 31, 2001   $ 140,000   $   $   $
Exchange of debt     (91,123 )   59,285     16,838     35,000
Swap of series C for D                   5,000
Dividends accumulated                 7,224
Amortization of carrying value             (2,657 )  
PIK Notes issued and accrued         2,323        
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   $ 48,877   $ 61,608   $ 14,181   $ 47,224
   
 
 
 

        The exchange offer and recapitalization were accounted for as a "modification of terms" type of troubled debt restructuring as prescribed by FASB Statement No. 15, Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings ("FAS 15"). Under FAS 15, an effective reduction in principal or accrued interest does not result in the debtor recording a gain as long as the future contractual payments (principal and interest combined) under the restructured debt or redeemable preferred stock issued (including dividends), are more than the carrying amount of the debt before the restructuring. In those circumstances, the carrying amount of the original debt or investment is not adjusted, and the effects of any changes are reflected in future periods as a reduction in interest expense. The effective interest rate is the discount rate that equates the present value of the future cash payments specified by the new terms with the unadjusted carrying amount of the debt.

F-35



        In addition, under FAS 15, when a debtor issues a redeemable equity interest in partial satisfaction of debt in conjunction with a modification of terms, the redeemable equity interest is treated similar to debt. Legal fees and other direct costs incurred by a debtor to effect a troubled debt restructuring are expensed as incurred, except for amounts incurred directly in granting an equity interest, if any.

        The accounting for this exchange under FAS 15 was as follows:

5.    Borrowing Arrangements

        Long-term borrowings, in order of preference, consist of:

 
   
   
  Amount Outstanding (in thousands)
 
  Interest Rate(s)
  Due Date
  September 30, 2003
  December 31, 2002
Senior Credit Facility   Various   June 2006   $ 39,400   $ 31,600
Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes   14.00%   December 2006     56,891     61,608
Senior Subordinated Notes   9 1 / 4 %   March 2008     48,877     48,877
Carrying value in excess of principal   Various   Various     10,820     14,181
Joint venture debentures   11.00-15.00%   Various     1,992     2,550
Capital lease obligations   Various   Various     4,375     5,425
Obligations on Seller notes and other   Various   Various     2,231     1,932
           
 
              164,586     166,173
Less current portion             2,498     3,253
           
 
            $ 162,088   $ 162,920
           
 

        The 14% Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes ("14% Notes") were issued in August 2002 and are due in December 2006. The Notes are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Interest accrues at the rate of 14% per annum and is payable semi-annually in a combination of cash and additional registered notes (the "PIK Notes"), in arrears on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2002. Interest in the amount of 10% per annum is paid in cash, and interest in the amount of 4% per annum is paid in PIK Notes. We make each interest payment to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. PIK Notes are issued in denominations of $100 principal amount and integral multiples of $100. The amount of PIK Notes issued is rounded down to the nearest $100 with any fractional amount refunded to the holder as cash.

F-36



        The 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes (the "9 1 / 4 % Notes") were issued in September of 1998 and are due in March of 2008. The Notes are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        On September 9, 2003, we repurchased a portion of our 14% senior subordinated second lien notes at a discount for $5.9 million in cash. The transaction and its effects are as follows:

 
  Senior subordinated 9 1 / 4 % notes
  Senior subordinated second lien
14% notes

  Carrying value in excess of principal
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   $ 48,877   $ 61,608   $ 14,181  
Repurchase of 14% senior subordinated second lien notes, at face value         (6,500 )   (1,172 )
Amortization of carrying value             (2,189 )
PIK notes issued and accrued         1,783      
   
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2003   $ 48,877   $ 56,891   $ 10,820  
   
 
 
 

        We entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as of August 28, 2003 with LaSalle Bank National Association, as agent and revolving lender ("LaSalle"), and Credit Suisse First Boston, as term loan lender. Credit Suisse First Boston has subsequently assigned all of its loans and rights as lender to several funds affiliated with GoldenTree Asset Management (collectively, "GoldenTree"). This Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement represents a restructuring of the prior $43.0 million senior credit facility.

        The senior credit facility now consists of $65.0 million in revolving and term loans, specifically:

        The revolving credit facility bears interest, at our option, at either LIBOR plus 4.50% or the Adjusted Corporate Base Rate (as defined below) plus 2.25%. We may elect interest periods of 1, 2 or 3 months for LIBOR based borrowings. LIBOR will at all times be determined by taking into account maximum statutory reserves required (if any). LIBOR shall not be less than 1.3% for purposes of this credit facility. The Adjusted Corporate Base Rate is the greater of (i) the rate publicly announced from time to time by LaSalle as its "prime rate" (but not less than 4.25% per annum), or (ii) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.50%. The term loan bears interest equal to the rate publicly announced from time to time by LaSalle as its "prime rate" (but not less than 4.25% per annum), plus 6.75%. Accrued term loan interest is payable monthly in arrears. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, we have elected to defer the cash payment of 3% per annum of term loan interest. The deferred amount (together with accrued interest thereon) is payable upon maturity of the term loan.

        The senior credit facility includes covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends and contain certain other restrictions on our activities. It is secured by substantially all of our existing and future domestic guarantor subsidiaries existing and after-

F-37



acquired assets (including a pledge of 100% of the stock of our existing and future domestic guarantor subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries), by a first priority pledge of all of our common stock owned by AP Holdings and by all other existing and after-acquired property of AP Holdings.

        At September 30, 2003, we had $16.8 million of letters of credit outstanding under the senior credit facility, borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $39.4 million, and we had $8.8 million available under the senior credit facility.

        The 9 1 / 4 % Notes, 14% Notes and senior credit facility contain covenants that limit us from incurring additional indebtedness and issuing preferred stock, restrict dividend payments, limit transactions with affiliates and restrict certain other transactions. Substantially all of our net assets are restricted under these provisions and covenants (See Note 8).

6.    Redeemable Preferred Stock

        In connection with the Standard acquisition on March 30, 1998, we received $40.7 million from AP Holdings in exchange for $70.0 million face amount of 11 1 / 4 % Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Series C preferred stock"). Cumulative preferred dividends are payable semi-annually at the rate of 11 1 / 4 %. Any semi-annual dividend not declared or paid in cash automatically increases the liquidation preference of the stock by the amount of the unpaid dividend. We are required to redeem the stock no later than March 2008.

        The Series C preferred stock has a maturity date of March 2008 and has an initial liquidation preference equal to $1,000,000 per share or $40.7 million in the aggregate. The Series C Preferred stock accrues dividends on a cumulative basis at 11 1 / 4 % per year. At September 30, 2003, dividends in arrears were $31.9 million with a per share valuation of $1,843,758. Conversion may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and the shares have no voting rights except as to alterations or changes that may adversely affect the holders of the Series C Preferred stock.

        In January 2002, we redeemed $1.5 million and $0.1 million of the Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings in two separate transactions for cash of $1.6 million. On June 17, 2002 and September 9, 2003, we redeemed an additional $0.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of the Series C preferred stock held by AP Holdings for $0.9 million and $2.4 million in cash, respectively.

F-38



The proceeds received by AP Holdings were used by it to repurchase, directly or indirectly, its outstanding 11 1 / 4 % senior discount notes.

 
  Series C preferred stock 11 1 / 4 %
 
 
  For the period ended
 
 
  September 30, 2003
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Shares
  Value
  Shares
  Value
 
Beginning balance   33.2194   $ 56,347   40.6826   $ 61,330  
Redemptions   (1.3432 )   (2,413 ) (1.6259 )   (2,500 )
Swap of series C for D         (5.8373 )   (8,800 )
Dividends accumulated       4,838       6,317  
   
 
 
 
 
Ending balance   31.8762   $ 58,772   33.2194   $ 56,347  
   
 
 
 
 

        On January 11, 2002, in connection with our recapitalization, we issued 3,500 shares of the 18% Senior Convertible Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock (the "Series D preferred stock") to Fiducia, Ltd. which has a maturity date of June 2008 and has an initial liquidation preference equal to $10,000 per share or $35.0 million in the aggregate. Certain beneficial owners of Fiducia, Ltd. are members of the immediate family of John V. Holten, our Chairman. The Series D preferred stock accrues dividends on a cumulative basis at 18% per year. At September 30, 2003, dividends in arrears were $13.9 million with a per share valuation of $13,488. Conversion is upon occurrence of an IPO at a rate related to the IPO price and the shares have no voting rights except as to creation of any class or series of shares ranking senior to the Series D preferred stock. The number of shares of Series D preferred stock authorized for issuance is 17,500.

        On March 11, 2002, in connection with a restructuring of the debt of Steamboat Holdings, Inc., the parent of AP Holdings, we exchanged with our parent company $8.8 million of Series C preferred stock for $5.0 million of Series D preferred stock.

 
  Series D preferred stock 18%
 
  For the period ended
 
  September 30, 2003
  December 31, 2002
 
  Shares
  Value
  Shares
  Value
Beginning balance   4,000.0   $ 47,224     $
Issuance with exchange         3,500.0     35,000
Swap of series C for D         500.0     5,000
Dividends accumulated       6,729       7,224
   
 
 
 
Ending balance   4,000.0   $ 53,953   4,000.0   $ 47,224
   
 
 
 

7.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        On January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, which eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires that the goodwill be tested for impairment. Impairment tests of goodwill made during the

F-39



period ended September 30, 2003 did not require adjustment to the carrying value of our goodwill. As of September 30, 2003 and 2002, our definite lived intangible assets of $2,549 and $3,136, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $3,401 and $3,099, respectively, which primarily consist of non-compete agreements, continue to be amortized over their useful lives.

        A roll forward of goodwill for the periods presented is as follows:

 
  September 30, 2003
  December 31, 2002
Beginning balance   $ 115,944   $ 115,332
Effect of foreign currency translation     460     40
Contingency payments related to prior acquisitions     402     572
   
 
Ending balance   $ 116,806   $ 115,944
   
 

        Amortization expense for intangible assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2003 was $440. Estimated amortization expense for 2003 and the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

 
  Estimated Amortization Expense
2003   $ 587
2004     587
2005     570
2006     516
2007     516
2008     39

8.    Subsidiary Guarantors

        Substantially all of our direct or indirect wholly owned active domestic subsidiaries, fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally guarantee the 14% Notes and the 9 1 / 4 % Notes discussed in Note 5. Separate financial statements of the guarantor subsidiaries are not separately presented because, in the opinion of management, such financial statements are not material to investors. The non-guarantor subsidiaries include joint ventures, wholly owned subsidiaries of our Company organized under the laws of foreign jurisdictions and inactive subsidiaries, all of which are included in the consolidated financial

F-40



statements. The following is summarized combining financial information for the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries of our Company:

 
  Standard
  Guarantor Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
  Eliminations
  Total
 
Balance Sheet Data:                                

September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,861   $ 110   $ 1,539   $   $ 7,510  
Notes and accounts receivable, net     27,191     577     4,995         32,763  
Current assets     34,454     702     6,612         41,768  
Leaseholds and equipment, net     13,385     363     2,331         16,079  
Goodwill     109,699     3,444     3,663         116,806  
Investments in subsidiaries     29,370             (29,370 )    
Total assets     183,371     16,697     20,650     (29,370 )   191,348  
Accounts payable     21,371     348     1,837         23,556  
Current liabilities     41,303     1,067     4,112         46,482  
Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion     159,589     23     2,476         162,088  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock, series D     53,953                 53,953  
Redeemable preferred stock, Series C     58,772                 58,772  
Common stock subject to put/call rights; 5.01 shares issued and outstanding     10,407                 10,407  
Total common stockholders' (deficit) equity     (159,205 )   15,607     13,763     (29,370 )   (159,205 )
Total liabilities and common stockholders' equity (deficit)   $ 183,371   $ 16,697   $ 20,650   $ (29,370 ) $ 191,348  

F-41



Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Parking services revenue   $ 377,419   $ 16,563   $ 10,456   $   $ 404,438  
Cost of parking services     337,745     15,041     7,324         360,110  
General and administrative expenses     23,985         380         24,365  
Special charges     478         70         548  
Depreciation and amortization     4,743     159     653         5,555  
Management fee—parent company     2,250                 2,250  
Operating income     8,218     1,363     2,029         11,610  
Interest expense, net     11,944     1     149         12,094  
Non-operating income     1,757                 1,757  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     2,791             (2,791 )    
Net (loss) income   $ 524   $ 1,362   $ 1,429   $ (2,791 ) $ 524  

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Parking services revenue   $ 374,729   $ 53,063   $ 16,543   $   $ 444,335  
Cost of parking services     348,346     41,537     13,844         403,767  
General and administrative expenses     2,495     19,851     201         22,547  
Special charges     1,690         64         1,754  
Depreciation and amortization     3,316     1,390     728         5,434  
Management fee—parent company     2,250                 2,250  
Operating income (loss)     16,592     (9,715 )   1,706         8,583  
Interest expense (income), net     11,775     (8 )   252         12,019  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (8,945 )           8,945      
Net (loss) income   $ (3,913 ) $ (9,742 ) $ 797   $ 8,945   $ (3,913 )

F-42



Cash Flow Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 7,768   $ (624 ) $ 1,333   $   $ 7,350  
Investing activities:                                
Purchase of leaseholds and equipment     (591 )               (591 )
Contingent purchase payments     (460 )               (460 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,051 )               (1,051 )
Financing activities:                                
Proceeds from other debt         332             332  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings, net     7,767                 7,767  
Payments on joint venture borrowings     (528 )   (30 )           (558 )
Payments of debt issuance costs     (2,834 )               (2,834 )
Payments on capital leases     (1,656 )               (1,656 )
  Repurchase of 14% senior subordinated second lien notes     (5,915 )               (5,915 )
  Redemption of series C preferred stock     (2,413 )               (2,413 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (5,579 )   302             (5,277 )
Effect of exchange rate changes         335             335  
Increase in cash and cash equivalents     1,138     13     206         1,357  

F-43



Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities   $ 603   $ 3,503   $ 238   $   $ 4,344  
Investing activities:                                
Purchase of leaseholds and equipment     (1,119 )       (3 )       (1,122 )
Contingent purchase payments                      
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,119 )       (3 )       (1,122 )
Financing activities:                                
Payments on long-term borrowings     (150 )               (150 )
Payments on joint venture borrowings     (566 )               (566 )
Payments on capital leases     (1,448 )               (1,448 )
Redemption of redeemable preferred stock     (2,500 )               (2,500 )
Net cash used in financing activities     (4,664 )               (4,664 )
Effect of exchange rate changes     20                 20  
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (5,160 )   3,503     235         (1,422 )

F-44


        Our ability to provide a uniformly high level of parking and related services is valued by our clients, who recognize that the parking experience often makes both the first and last impressions on their properties' tenants and visitors. Our goal is to provide parking facilities that are clean and well-lit, with crisp graphics and signage and a professional, courteous and well-dressed staff.

[Pictures To Be Inserted]




                Shares

GRAPHIC

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

Class A Common Stock


Prospectus

                        , 2004


William Blair & Company

        Until                        , 2004, all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common stock may be required to deliver a prospectus, regardless of whether they are participating in this offering. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.





PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13: OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 8,869
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fee   $ 7,505
The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. listing fee   $ 100,000
Accountants' fees and expenses   $ 300,000
Legal fees and expenses   $ 600,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses   $ 2,000
Transfer Agent's fees and expenses   $ 15,000
Printing and engraving expenses   $ 200,000
Miscellaneous   $ 100,000
   
Total expenses   $ 1,333,374
   

*
Each of the expenses listed above is estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

        Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), which permits a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director's fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director's fiduciary duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains the provisions permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

        Reference is made to Section 145 of the DGCL which provides that a corporation may indemnify any persons, including directors and officers, who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such director, officer, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interest and, with respect to any criminal actions or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify directors and/or officers in an action or suit by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the director or officer is adjusted to be liable to the corporation. Where a director or officer is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such director or officer actually and reasonably incurred.

        The above provisions of the DGCL are nonexclusive.

II-1



        Article VIII, Section 2(a) of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors. Any rights to indemnification conferred in Section 2 are contract rights and include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, except that, if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in such capacity in advance of final disposition shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under Section 2 or otherwise. By action of the board of directors, the Company may extend such indemnification to employees and agents of the Company.

        Article VIII, Section 2(d) of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director or officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

        On January 11, 2002, we issued $59.3 million of our 14% Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes due 2006 (the "14% Notes") in exchange for $56.1 million of our outstanding 9 1 / 4 % Notes and approximately $20.0 million of cash proceeds. The 14% Notes were issued without registration in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The exemption was available on the basis that all exchanging holders represented that they were (i) a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (ii) an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), or (7) under the Securities Act), or (iii) a non-U.S. person purchasing in a offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S and the exchange was not, therefore, a public offering.

        On January 11, 2002, we issued 3,500 shares of our Series D Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Series D Stock") to Fiducia Ltd. in exchange for $35,000,000 of our outstanding 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "9 1 / 4 % Notes") tendered pursuant to our exchange offer for our 9 1 / 4 % Notes. The Series D Stock was issued without registration in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The exemption was available on the basis that Fiducia Ltd. represented that it was (i) a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (ii) an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), or (7) under the Securities Act), or (iii) a non-U.S. person purchasing in a offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S and the exchange was not, therefore, a public offering. Dividends accumulate at the rate of 18% per annum payable on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1. If, upon the occurrence of an initial public offering, we do not redeem all of the shares of the Series D Stock, we or, if we do not make an election, the holder thereof, may elect to convert all of such holder's shares of the Series D Stock into a number of shares of our capital stock offered in such initial public offering equal to, on a per-share basis, the quotient of 118% of the liquidation amount plus an amount equal to 118% of all accrued but unpaid dividends by the price per share of our capital stock sold in such initial public offering.

        Pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan, as of January 30, 2002 we issued options to purchase 503.86 shares of our Series D Stock to eight of our employees and one employee of an affiliate at an exercise price of $5,600 per share. No underwriter was engaged in connection with the issuance of these securities. These sales were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. This exemption was available because the issuance was made to a limited number of sophisticated offerees who had intimate knowledge of us and access to information

II-2



that would be included in a registration statement. We received no cash consideration in connection with the issuance of these options.

        On March 11, 2002, we issued 500 shares of our Series D Stock to AP Holdings, Inc. in exchange for shares of our Series C preferred stock on terms which we believe are no less favorable than what normally would be obtained through arms length transactions. The Series D Stock was issued without registration in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The exemption was available on the basis that the issued shares were offered solely to the existing majority stockholder of the Company and were not, therefore, the subject of a public offering. Dividends accumulate at the rate of 18% per annum payable on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1. If, upon the occurrence of an initial public offering, we do not redeem all of the shares of the Series D Stock, we or, if we do not make an election, the holder thereof, may elect to convert all of such holder's shares of the Series D Stock into a number of shares of our capital stock offered in such initial public offering equal to, on a per-share basis, the quotient of 118% of the liquidation amount plus an amount equal to 118% of all accrued but unpaid dividends by the price per share of our capital stock sold in such initial public offering.

ITEM 16. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

(a)

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1**

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

3.2**

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.

4.1**

 

Specimen Class A common stock certificate.

4.2

 

Indenture governing the Company's 14% Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes Due 2006, dated as of January 11, 2002, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.15 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

4.3

 

Indenture governing the Company's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, dated as of March 30, 1998, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

4.3.1

 

Supplemental Indenture governing the Company's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among the Company, Standard Parking Corporation IL, Tower Parking, Inc., Virginia Parking Service, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2002).

4.3.2

 

Supplemental Indenture governing the Company's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, dated as of January 11, 2002, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-86008, filed on April 10, 2002).

II-3



4.3.3

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 1998, among Virginia Parking Service, Inc., the Company, and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1998).

4.3.4

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 6, 1998, among S&S Parking, Inc., Century Parking, Inc., Sentry Parking Corporation, the Company, and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.6 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1998).

5.1**

 

Legal Opinion of White & Case LLP as to the legality of the securities being issued.

8.1**

 

Legal Opinion of White & Case LLP as to certain tax matters.

10.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 28, 2003 by and among the Company, the Lenders and LaSalle Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2003).

10.2

 

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, by and among Dosher Partners, L.P. and SP Associates, Holberg Industries, Inc., AP Holdings and the Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, File No. 333-50437, filed on June 9, 1998).

10.2.1

 

Amendment to Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2000 by and among Dosher Partners L.P., SP Associates, Holberg Industries, Inc., AP Holdings, Waverly Partners, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.3 of the Company's Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

10.4

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1995 between the Company and Herbert W. Anderson (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

10.5

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

10.5.1*

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2000 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf.

10.5.2

 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2000, between the Company and Michael K. Wolf, (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2000).

10.5.3

 

Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2002 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19.3 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.5.4*

 

Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2003 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf.

II-4



10.6

 

Executive Employment Agreement, including Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999 between Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Annual Report of Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1999).

10.6.1

 

First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2001 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.20.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.6.2

 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2001 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.6.3

 

Third Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2002 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.34 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.6.4*

 

Fourth Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2003 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm.

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated May 18, 1998 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.7.1

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2001 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.7.2*

 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2003 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.8

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.9

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1999).

10.9.1

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.10*

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons.

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Marc Baumann (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.12**

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of                        , 2004.

10.13

 

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998 between the Company and Sidney Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

II-5



10.14

 

Consulting Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2001 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.15

 

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998 by and between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.16

 

Consulting Engagement Agreement dated January 11, 2002 between the Company and AP Holdings (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.35 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.17

 

Executive Parking Management Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1998 by and among the Company, D&E Parking, Edward E. Simmons and Dale G. Stark (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.17.1

 

First Amendment to Executive Parking Management Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999 by and among the Company, D&E Parking, Edward E. Simmons and Dale G. Stark (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.18

 

Management Agreement dated September 19, 2000 between the Company and Circle Line Sightseeing Yachts, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2003).

10.18.1**

 

First Amendment dated June 9, 2003 to the Management Agreement between the Company and Circle Line Sightseeing Yachts, Inc.

10.19*

 

Property Management Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2003 between the Company and Paxton Plaza, LLC.

10.20*

 

Property Management Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2003 between the Company and Infinity Equities, LLC.

10.21*

 

Agreement of Lease, dated as of June 4, 1998 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.21.1*

 

First Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated as of May 1, 1999 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.21.2*

 

Second Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated as of July 27, 2000 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.21.3*

 

Third Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated as of September 11, 2003 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.22

 

Exchange and Amendment Agreement dated November 20, 2001 by and among the Company and Fiducia Ltd. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.23**

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and John V. Holten.

II-6



10.24**

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Gunnar E. Klintberg.

10.25**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and certain of its directors.

10.26**

 

Form of Long-term Lease between the Company and Circle Line Sightseeing Yachts, Inc.

11.1**

 

Statement re computation of per share earnings.

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.2**

 

Consent of White & Case LLP (included in exhibit 5.1).

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included in Part II of this Registration Statement).
*
Filed herewith.

**
To be filed by amendment.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules


SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In Thousands)

 
   
  Additions
   
   
 
  Balance at Beginning of Year
  Charged to Costs and Expenses
  Charged to Other Accounts
  Deductions(1)
  Balance at End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2000:                    
  Deducted from asset accounts
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  2,301     482   (727 ) 2,056
Year ended December 31, 2001:                    
  Deducted from asset accounts
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  2,056   (93 )   (675 ) 1,288
Year ended December 31, 2002:                    
  Deducted from asset accounts
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  1,288   473     (74 ) 1,687

(1)
Represents uncollectible account written off, net of recoveries.

        We have audited the consolidated financial statements of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, and have issued our report thereon dated March 7, 2003 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

        In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


March 7, 2003
Chicago, Illinois

 

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

II-7


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

        The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

        (a)    To deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

        (b)    That, insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-8



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunder duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois on February 10, 2004.

    STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

 

 

By:

/s/  
JAMES W. WILHELM       
      Name:  James A. Wilhelm
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert N. Sacks and Michael Wolf and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments) and any related registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and to perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons, in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   JAMES A. WILHELM       
James A. Wilhelm
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   February 10, 2004

/s/  
JOHN V. HOLTEN       
John V. Holten

 

Chairman and Director

 

February 10, 2004

/s/  
G. MARC BAUMANN       
G. Marc Baumann

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

February 10, 2004

/s/  
DANIEL R. MEYER       
Daniel R. Meyer

 

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 10, 2004

/s/  
GUNNAR E. KLINTBERG       
Gunnar E. Klintberg

 

Vice President and Director

 

February 10, 2004

II-9



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1**

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

3.2**

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.

4.1**

 

Specimen Class A common stock certificate.

4.2

 

Indenture governing the Company's 14% Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes Due 2006, dated as of January 11, 2002, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.15 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

4.3

 

Indenture governing the Company's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, dated as of March 30, 1998, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

4.3.1

 

Supplemental Indenture governing the Company's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among the Company, Standard Parking Corporation IL, Tower Parking, Inc., Virginia Parking Service, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2002).

4.3.2

 

Supplemental Indenture governing the Company's 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, dated as of January 11, 2002, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-86008, filed on April 10, 2002).

4.3.3

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 1998, among Virginia Parking Service, Inc., the Company, and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1998).

4.3.4

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 6, 1998, among S&S Parking, Inc., Century Parking, Inc., Sentry Parking Corporation, the Company, and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.6 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1998).

5.1**

 

Legal Opinion of White & Case LLP as to the legality of the securities being issued.

8.1**

 

Legal Opinion of White & Case LLP as to certain tax matters.

10.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 28, 2003 by and among the Company, the Lenders and LaSalle Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2003).

10.2

 

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, by and among Dosher Partners, L.P. and SP Associates, Holberg Industries, Inc., AP Holdings and the Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, File No. 333-50437, filed on June 9, 1998).

II-10



10.2.1

 

Amendment to Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2000 by and among Dosher Partners L.P., SP Associates, Holberg Industries, Inc., AP Holdings, Waverly Partners, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.3 of the Company's Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

10.4

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1995 between the Company and Herbert W. Anderson (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

10.5

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

10.5.1*

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2000 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf.

10.5.2

 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2000, between the Company and Michael K. Wolf, (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2000).

10.5.3

 

Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2002 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19.3 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.5.4*

 

Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2003 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf.

10.6

 

Executive Employment Agreement, including Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999 between Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Annual Report of Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1999).

10.6.1

 

First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2001 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.20.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.6.2

 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2001 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.6.3

 

Third Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2002 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.34 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.6.4*

 

Fourth Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2003 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm.

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated May 18, 1998 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

II-11



10.7.1

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2001 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.7.2*

 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2003 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.8

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.9

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 1999).

10.9.1

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.10*

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons.

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Marc Baumann (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.12**

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of                         , 2004.

10.13

 

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998 between the Company and Sidney Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).

10.14

 

Consulting Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2001 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.15

 

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998 by and between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.16

 

Consulting Engagement Agreement dated January 11, 2002 between the Company and AP Holdings (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.35 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.17

 

Executive Parking Management Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1998 by and among the Company, D&E Parking, Edward E. Simmons and Dale G. Stark (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.17.1

 

First Amendment to Executive Parking Management Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999 by and among the Company, D&E Parking, Edward E. Simmons and Dale G. Stark (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

II-12



10.18

 

Management Agreement dated September 19, 2000 between the Company and Circle Line Sightseeing Yachts, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2003).

10.18.1**

 

First Amendment dated June 9, 2003 to the Management Agreement between the Company and Circle Line Sightseeing Yachts, Inc.

10.19*

 

Property Management Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2003 between the Company and Paxton Plaza, LLC.

10.20*

 

Property Management Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2003 between the Company and Infinity Equities, LLC.

10.21*

 

Agreement of Lease, dated as of June 4, 1998 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.21.1*

 

First Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated as of May 1, 1999 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.21.2*

 

Second Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated as of July 27, 2000 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.21.3*

 

Third Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated as of September 11, 2003 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank.

10.22

 

Exchange and Amendment Agreement dated November 20, 2001 by and among the Company and Fiducia Ltd. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.23**

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and John V. Holten.

10.24**

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Gunnar E. Klintberg.

10.25**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and certain of its directors.

10.26**

 

Form of Long-Term Lease between the Company and Circle Line Sightseeing Yachts, Inc.

11.1**

 

Statement re computation of per share earnings.

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.2**

 

Consent of White & Case LLP (included in exhibit 5.1).

24.2

 

Power of Attorney (included in Part II of this Registration Statement).

*
Filed herewith.

**
To be filed by amendment.

II-13




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY
This Offering
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to this Offering and Our Capital Structure
Risks Related to Our Dual Class Common Stock
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
COMPANY HISTORY
OWNERSHIP RECAPITALIZATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In Thousands, Except for Share Data)
APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (In Thousands)
APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (In Thousands, Except for Share Data)
APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In Thousands)
APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (In thousands)
STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (in thousands, except for share data)
STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, unaudited)
STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands, unaudited)
STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS September 30, 2003 (in thousands except per share data, unaudited)
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (In Thousands)
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit 10.5.1

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "AMENDMENT") is entered into as of the 19th day of June, 2000, by and between APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and Michael K. Wolf (the "EXECUTIVE").

RECITALS:

A. Standard Parking, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("SPLP") and the Executive are parties to a certain Employment Agreement dated as of March 26, 1998 (the "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT"). The Company is the successor to the rights and obligations of SPLP under the Employment Agreement. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Executive currently serves, among other things, as Associate General Counsel for the Company.

B. The parties intend that the Executive be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law, and that the costs and expenses associated with the defense of any claim or action be advanced to Executive as incurred.

C. The Company and the Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement to clearly evidence the Executive's right to indemnification for, inter alia, all past, present and future legal services provided for, and on behalf of, the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals, the mutual promises herein contained, and the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) in hand paid, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The following new section (f) shall be added to Paragraph 3 of the Employment Agreement:

"(f) INDEMNIFICATION. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the law permitted the Company to provide prior to the amendment), against any and all expenses, costs, liabilities, losses, judgments, fines, attorney's fees, penalties, ERISA taxes, excise taxes, and amounts paid, or to be paid, in settlement, reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection with or arising out of any threatened, pending or contemplated action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, administrative or investigative, to which the Executive is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of his service at any time as an employee, agent, officer or director of the Company, including but not limited to in respect of all legal services the Executive provided for and on behalf of the Company. The Company shall, upon written request by the Executive, promptly advance to the Executive all such expenses and costs incurred, accrued or reasonably expected to be incurred in connection with the defense of the Executive in any such proceeding, as such expenses are incurred by the Executive, provided, however, that the Executive shall (i) reasonably cooperate with the Company concerning such action, suit or proceeding, and (ii)


repay such amounts if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Company or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best interest of the Company."

2. Except to the extent expressly modified above, the Employment Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By:      /s/ Myron Warshauer
   ------------------------------------
Its:
    -----------------------------------


         /s/ Michael K. Wolf
---------------------------------------
         MICHAEL K. WOLF

2

Exhibit 10.5.4

FOURTH AMENDMENT OT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 31st day of December, 2003, by and between STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY") and Michael K. Wolf (the "EXECUTIVE").

RECITALS

A. The Executive and Standard Parking, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("SPLP"), previously executed a certain Employment Agreement dated as of March 26, 1998 (the "ORIGINAL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT"). The Original Employment Agreement was modified by that certain Amendment To Employment Agreement dated as of June 19, 2000 by and between the APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. ("A/SP") and Executive (the "FIRST AMENDMENT"), that certain Second Amendment To Employment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2000 by and between A/SP and Executive (the "SECOND AMENDMENT"), and that certain Third Amendment To Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2002 by and between A/SP and Executive (the "THIRD AMENDMENT"). The Original Employment Agreement, as modified by the First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment, is hereafter referred to as the "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT". The Company is the successor-in-interest to all of SPLP's and A/SP's rights, and has assumed all of SPLP's and A/SP's obligations, under the Employment Agreement.

B. The Company and Executive have agreed to modify certain provisions of the Employment Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals, the mutual promises and undertakings herein set forth, and the sum of Ten Dollars in hand paid, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree that the Employment Agreement shall be deemed modified and amended, effective immediately, as follows:

1. Executive's annual base salary for calendar year 2004 shall be an amount that is Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000) less than Executive's 2003 base salary.

2. Effective from and after January 1, 2004, the amount of the aggregate "Annual Premiums" payable by the Company pursuant to subsection (d) of paragraph 7 of the Employment Agreement (whether in payment of premiums or other amounts due pursuant to (i) the existing Policies, and/or (ii) any additional or substitute life insurance policies or any other investment vehicles hereafter procured by Executive in his sole discretion) shall be Sixty-Two Thousand Dollars ($62,000).

3. Except as expressly modified above, all of the remaining terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:                                       EXECUTIVE:

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation                         /s/ Michael K. Wolf
                                               -------------------------
                                                   Michael K. Wolf
By:  /s/ James A. Wilhelm
     -------------------------------------
         James A. Wilhelm
         President and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 10.6.4

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Second Amendment") is made and entered into as of this 1st day of April, 2003, by and between STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION, (formerly known as "APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc."), a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and JAMES A. WILHELM ("Executive").

RECITALS

A. The Company and Executive are parties to an Executive Employment Agreement dated August 1, 1999 (the "Employment Agreement"), which was modified pursuant the First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement dated April 25, 2001 ("First Amendment"), the Second Amendment dated October 19, 2001 (the "Second Amendment") and Third Amendment dated January 31, 2002. The Employment Agreement, the First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendments are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Employment Agreement". All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Employment Agreement.

B. The Company and Executive desire to amend certain terms of the Employment Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employment Agreement is hereby amended in the following respects:

1. Subparagraph (j) of Paragraph 4 is hereby amended by inserting the following subparagraph (iii) immediately and sequentially following the existing subparagraph (ii):

"(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 4, in the event the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of the Executive's Permanent Disability during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to Executive or the Executive's legal representative, as applicable, (a) the Executive's Salary for the duration of the Employment Period in effect immediately before the Date of Termination, provided that any such payments made to Executive shall be reduced by the sum of the amounts, if any payable to the Executive under any disability benefit plans of the Company or under any Social Security disability insurance program and (b) any earned and unpaid Annual Bonus for any calendar year ended prior to the Date of Termination and a prorated Annual Bonus to the Date of Termination."

1

2. Except as specifically amended by this Fourth Amendment the Employment Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Fourth Amendment as of day and year first above written.

Standard Parking Corporation

By:    /s/ John V. Holten
       ----------------------
       John V. Holten
       Chairman of the Board

Executive:

/s/ James A. Wilhelm
----------------------
James A. Wilhelm

2

Exhibit 10.7.2

SECOND AMENDMENT TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "SECOND AMENDMENT") is executed as of the 1st day of August 2003, by and between STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION (formerly known as "APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc.) (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation having offices in Chicago, Illinois, formerly known as APCOA, Inc. and ROBERT N. SACKS (the "EXECUTIVE"), an individual residing in Glencoe, Illinois.

R E C I T A L S:

A. The Company and the Executive are parties to a certain Employment Agreement dated as of May 18, 1998 (the " Employment Agreement"), as modified and amended by the First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2001 (the "First Amendment"). The Employment Agreement, as modified by the First Amendment are hereinafter together referred to as the "Employment Agreement".

B. The Company and the Executive desire to clarify a provision in the Employment Agreement by making a certain technical correction to the document as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the agreements and covenants hereinafter contained the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, mutually agree as follows:

1. The foregoing recitals are hereby incorporated into and shall constitute a part of this Second Amendment. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Employment Agreement.

2. Paragraph 4 of EXHIBIT B SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN is hereby amended by deleting the words "... prior to age 65..." in the first sentence so that the paragraph now reads in its entirety as follows:

"4. If the Executive shall die while in the active employment of the Company, the Company shall pay the Executive's designated beneficiary an aggregate of $416,980.00 in 60 equal monthly installments of $6,949.66 The first installment shall be paid on the first day of the month following the month in which the Executive dies."

1

3. Except to the extent expressly modified by this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement are hereby confirmed and remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHERE OF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

COMPANY: EXECUTIVE:

Standard Parking Corporation

By:      /s/ James A. Wilhelm                     /s/ Robert N. Sacks
   ----------------------------------       ----------------------------------
         James A. Wilhelm                         Robert N. Sacks

President and Chief Executive Officer

2

Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 1st day of August, 1999, by and between APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC., a Delaware corporation, having offices in Chicago, Illinois ("EMPLOYER"), and EDWARD E. SIMMONS of Calabasas, California ("EMPLOYEE").

RECITALS

A. Prior to the effective date hereof, Employee was providing management services for Employer as an employee of D&E Parking, Inc. ("D&E"), pursuant to the terms of that certain Executive Parking Management Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1998, by and among Employer, D&E, Employee and Dale G. Stark, as amended by that certain First Amendment of even date herewith (as so amended, the "MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT"). Employer is in the business of operating private and public parking facilities for itself, its subsidiaries, affiliates and others, and acting as a consultant and/or manager for parking facilities operated by others throughout the United States (Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and other Employer-controlled businesses engaged in parking garage management (in each case including their predecessor's or successor's) are referred to hereinafter as the "PARKING COMPANIES").

B. In the course of Employee's employment with D&E and hereunder, Employee has had and will have access to highly confidential and proprietary information of the Parking Companies and their clients, including without limitation the information referred to in Paragraph V.

C. In addition to (and not in lieu of) Employee continuing to perform his duties under the Management Agreement, Employer desires to employ Employee, and Employee desires to be so employed, on and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of: (i) the foregoing premises, and;
(ii) the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, including, but not limited to, the agreement to arbitrate all disputes arising out of this agreement, the Employer and Employee hereby covenant and agree as follows:

I. PRIOR EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE/NO CONFLICT

Employee represents that Employee's employment hereunder will not violate any agreement or obligation to any third party.

II. AGREEMENT TO BE EMPLOYED - DUTIES/TITLE

Employer hereby employs Employee in the position of Chief Executive Officer of Employer's Western Region (as designated by Employer) and as a Senior Vice President of Employer. Employee shall hold this position and such other positions as the Employer shall from time to time determine. Employee shall perform duties in connection with Employee's employment as

1

may be fixed from time to time by Employer. In the performance of his duties and obligations under the Management Agreement and hereunder, Employee agrees to faithfully and competently render Employee's services on a full-time basis, and to devote Employee's best efforts and all of Employee's working time to the business and affairs of Employer. Employee agrees to abide by the Code of Business Conduct which has been or will be promulgated by Employer, and which includes, but is not limited to, prohibitions on insider trading and the disclosure of proprietary or confidential information. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the last sentence of Section 2.3(a) of the Management Agreement shall not be applicable to him during the Term of this Agreement. Instead, Employee shall travel within and outside the Western Region, including without limitation to Employer's headquarters in Chicago, Illinois, as often as may be reasonably required by Employer and/or in order for Employee to properly perform his duties hereunder.

III. COMPENSATION

Employer shall compensate Employee for Employee's services during the Term of this Agreement as follows:

A. SALARY/PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION.

Employee shall receive a base salary of Seventeen Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($17,500.00) per annum, payable in accordance with the payroll schedule of Employer as may be in effect from time to time during the term hereof. The salary shall be subject to periodic review and, in the sole discretion of Employer, may be adjusted upward without affecting any of the other provisions of this Agreement.

In addition, Employee shall be eligible for annual performance-based compensation ("PBC") in addition to his salary, which will be based upon Employer's profitability and determined for fiscal year 1999, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto; provided, however, in no event will Employee's PBC for Compensation Year 1999 be less than fifty percent (50%) of the Target Amount (as specified and defined in Exhibit A). For fiscal years after 1999, the PBC shall be in accordance with the PBC program then in effect or any replacement program adopted by Employer for operational Executive Vice Presidents of the Employer.

B. BUSINESS EXPENSES.

Employee shall be reimbursed by Employer for those business expenses authorized by Employer or which are necessarily and reasonably incurred on behalf of Employer and which may properly be deducted by Employer as business expenses for tax purposes.

IV. BENEFITS

A. HEALTH, DISABILITY AND LIFE INSURANCE.

Employee shall be entitled to participate during the Term in any group health or salary continuation or life insurance plans made available by Employer for its employees

2

in the jurisdiction in which Employee is performing services for Employer, subject to the terms, conditions and eligibility restrictions set forth in such plans as from time to time in effect. The premiums for coverage shall be paid by Employer and Employee in such proportion as may be determined from time to time by Employer.

B. VACATIONS.

Employee shall be entitled to receive vacations consistent with past practices under the Management Agreement.

C. OTHER BENEFITS.

Employer shall provide Employee with other perquisites (for example, participation in Employer's 401(k) plan based upon Employee's base salary hereunder, and stock options in the event of a public offering) comparable to those being offered to other of Employer's Executive Vice Presidents. Employee acknowledges and agrees that during the Term, his right to receive such benefits shall be pursuant to this Agreement, and Section 4.3 of the Management Agreement shall not be applicable to him. Employer may, from time to time, provide other benefits to Employee. However, any such additional benefits shall be made available only at the discretion of Employer and may be withdrawn by Employer without incurring any obligations whatsoever to Employee for so doing.

V. PROTECTION OF EMPLOYER ASSETS

A. TRADE SECRET AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

Employee recognizes and acknowledges that the acquisition and operation of, and the providing of consulting services for, parking facilities is a unique enterprise and that there are relatively few firms engaged in these businesses in the primary areas in which the Parking Companies operates. Employee further recognizes and acknowledges that as a result of employment with the Parking Companies, Employee has had and will continue to have access to confidential information and trade secrets of the Parking Companies that constitute proprietary information that the Parking Companies are entitled to protect, which information constitutes special and unique assets of the Parking Companies, including without limitation: (1) information relating to the Parking Companies' manner and methods of doing business, including without limitation, strategies for negotiating leases and management agreements; (2) the identity of the Parking Companies' clients, customers, lessors and locations, and the identity of any individuals or entities having an equity or other economic interest in any of the Parking Companies to the extent such identity has not otherwise been voluntarily disclosed by any of the Parking Companies; (3) the specific confidential terms of management agreements, leases or other business agreements, including without Limitation the duration of, and the fees, rent or other payments due thereunder; (4) the identities of beneficiaries under land trusts;
(5) the business, developments, activities or systems of the Parking Companies, including without limitation any marketing or customer service oriented programs in the development stages or not otherwise known to the general public; (6) information

3

concerning the business affairs of any individual or firm doing business with the Parking Companies; (7) financial data and the operating expense structure pertaining to any parking facility owned, operated, leased or managed by the Parking Companies or for which the Parking Companies have or are providing consulting services; and (8) other confidential information and trade secrets relating to the operation of the Employer's business (the matters described in this sentence hereafter referred to as the "Trade Secret and Confidential Information").

B. CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS.

Employee understands and acknowledges that the Employer has expended significant resources over many years to identify, develop, and maintain its clients. Employee additionally acknowledges that the Employer's clients have had continuous and long-standing relationships with the Employer and that, as a result of these close, long-term relationships, the Employer possess significant knowledge of its clients and their needs. Finally, Employee acknowledges Employee's association and contact with these clients is derived solely from employment with the Employer. Employee further acknowledges that the Employer does business throughout the United States and that Employee personally has significant contact with the Employer customers solely as a result of his relationship with the Employer in the Western Region.

C. CONFIDENTIALITY.

With respect to Trade Secret and Confidential Information, and except as may be required by the lawful order of a court of competent jurisdiction, Employee agrees that he shall:

(1) hold all Trade Secret and Confidential Information in strict confidence and not publish or otherwise disclose any portion thereof to any person whatsoever except with the prior written consent of the Employer;

(2) use all reasonable precautions to assure that the Trade Secret and Confidential Information are properly protected and kept from unauthorized persons;

(3) make no use of any Trade Secret and Confidential Information except as is required in the performance of his duties for the Employer; and

(4) upon termination of his employment with the Employer, whether voluntary or involuntary and regardless of the reason or cause, or upon the request of the Employer, promptly return to the Employer any and all documents, and other things relating to any Trade Secret and Confidential Information, all of which are and shall remain the sole property of the Employer. The term "documents" as used in the preceding sentence shall mean all forms of written or recorded information and shall include, without limitation, all accounts, budgets, compilations, computer records (including, but not limited to, computer programs, software, disks, diskettes or any other electronic or magnetic storage media), contracts,

4

correspondence, data, diagrams, drawings, financial statements, memoranda, microfilm or microfiche, notes, notebooks, marketing or other plans, printed materials, records and reports, as well as any and all copies, reproductions or summaries thereof.

Notwithstanding the above, nothing contained herein shall restrict Employee from using, at any time after the Employee's termination of employment with the Employer, information which is in the public domain or knowledge acquired during the course of his employment with the Employer which is generally known to persons of the Employee's experience in other companies in the same industry.

D. ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

Employee agrees to assign to the Employer any and all intellectual property rights including patents, trademarks, copyright and business plans or systems developed, authored or conceived by Employee while so employed and relating to the business of the Employer, and Employee agrees to cooperate with the Employer's attorneys to perfect ownership rights thereof in the Employer or any one or more of the Employer. This agreement does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or Trade Secret and Confidential Information of the Employer was used and which was developed entirely on Employee's own time, unless (a) the invention relates either to the business of the Employer or to actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Parking Companies, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Employee for the Parking Companies.

E. INEVITABLE DISCLOSURE.

Based upon the Recitals to this Agreement and the representations Employee has made in Paragraphs V.A. and V.B. above, Employee acknowledges that the Employer's business is highly competitive and that it derives significant value from both its Trade Secret and Confidential Information not being generally known in the marketplace and from their long-standing near-permanent customer relationships. Based upon this acknowledgment and the acknowledgments in Paragraphs V.A. and V.B., Employee further acknowledges that he inevitably would disclose the Employer's Trade Secret and Confidential Information, including trade secrets, should Employee serve as director, officer, manager, supervisor, consultant, independent contractor, owner of greater than 1% of the stock, representative, agent, or executive (where Employee's duties as an employee would involve any level of strategic, advisory, technical, creative sales, or other similar input) for any person, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, or other enterprise which is a competitor of the Employer engaged in providing parking facility management services because it would be impossible for Employee to serve in any of the above capacities for such a competitor of the Employer without using or disclosing the Employer's Trade Secret and Confidential Information, including trade secrets.

F. NON-SOLICITATION.

5

Employee agrees that while employed by the Employer and for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

(1) without first obtaining the express written permission of the Employer's General Counsel which permission may be withheld solely in the Employer's discretion, directly or indirectly contact or solicit business from any client or customer of the Employer with whom Employee had any contact or about whom Employee acquired any Trade Secret or Confidential Information during employment with the Employer or about whom Employee has acquired any information as a result of Employee's employment with the Employer. Likewise, Employee shall not, without first obtaining the express written permission of the Employer's General Counsel which permission may be withheld solely in the Employer's discretion, directly or indirectly contact or solicit business from any person responsible for referring business to the Employer or who regularly refers business to the Employer with whom Employee had any contact or about whom Employee acquired any Trade Secret or Confidential Information during employment with the Employer or about whom Employee has acquired any information as a result of Employee's employment with the Employer. Employee's obligations set forth in this subparagraph are in addition to those obligations and representations, including those regarding Trade Secret and Confidential Information and Inevitable Disclosure set forth elsewhere in this Agreement; or

(2) take any action to recruit or to assist in the recruiting or solicitation for employment of any officer, employee or representative of the Parking Companies.

It is not the intention of the Employer to interfere with the employment opportunities of former employees except in those situations, described above, in which such employment would conflict with the legitimate interests of the Employer. If the Employee, after the termination of his employment hereunder, has any question regarding the applicability of the above provisions to a potential employment opportunity, Employee acknowledges that it is Employee's responsibility to contact the Employer so that the Employer may inform Employee of its position with respect to such opportunity.

G. REMEDIES.

Employee acknowledges that Employer would be irreparably injured by a violation of the covenants of this Paragraph V, and agrees that Employer, in addition to any other remedies available to it by reason of such breach or threatened breach, shall be entitled to a preliminary injunction, temporary restraining order or other equivalent relief, restraining Employee from any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Paragraph V, to the extent that such an action is consistent with the provisions of

6

Paragraph VIII, below. If a bond is required to be posted in order for any Employer Entity to secure an injunction or other equitable remedy, the parties agree that said bond need not exceed a nominal sum. This paragraph shall be applicable regardless of the reason for Employee's termination of employment, and independent of any alleged action or alleged breach of any provision hereby by Employer.

VI. TERM

The term (the "Term") of Employee's employment hereunder shall be deemed to have commenced as of the date, first written above, and shall continue in full force and effect thereafter at will until terminated by either party upon written notice to the other.

VII. NOTICES

Any notice which any party shall be required or shall desire to serve upon the other shall be fully given if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed:

In the case of EMPLOYEE to:         In the case of EMPLOYER to:

Edward Simmons                      Robert N. Sacks
3190 Mountain Park Drive            Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Calabasas, California 91302         APCOA/Standard Parking
                                    900 North Michigan, Suite 1600
                                    Chicago, Illinois 60611

VIII. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES

A. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.

Employer and Employee agree to take all reasonable steps to resolve any employment-related legal and/or judicial disputes between them quickly and fairly. Should such matters remain unresolved, Employer and Employee agree that final and binding arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for any dispute between them relating to all common law, statutory, legal or judicial claims, including, but not limited to, any claims for breach of contract and for violation of laws forbidding discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, gender, age, national origin, disability, or any other legally protected status. Explicitly excluded from this provision are claims regarding or relating to amount and/or adequacy of compensation, promotion, transfer, reassignment of job duties and responsibilities, and discipline, except to the extent that such disputes involve common law, statutory, legal or judicial claims.

This Agreement does not preclude administrative claims for workers' compensation or unemployment compensation benefits or the filing of charges with government agencies.

Any controversy over whether a dispute is an arbitrable dispute or as to the interpretation or enforceability of the paragraph with respect to such arbitration shall be determined by the arbitrator. This Agreement does not affect substantive rights; it simply

7

governs forum. For example, the arbitrator is to apply the same statutes of limitations and to award the same relief that a court would in a judicial proceeding.

B. PROCEDURE.

Arbitration shall be before a single arbitrator in the city in which the Employee's immediate supervisor maintains his/her main office when the matter is submitted to arbitration, unless the parties mutually agree to hold the arbitration in a different location. The arbitration will be administered in accordance with the employment dispute rules of the American Arbitration Association (AAA), and its procedures then in effect. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, then the AAA rules will govern selection. The Employer will pay the fees of the AAA and the arbitrator. However, in the event that the Employee submits a matter to arbitration, he/she shall be responsible for contributing to such fees an amount equivalent to the amount required to file a complaint of the same type in the state court which is geographically closest to the site of the arbitration.

The arbitrator's award is to be in writing, with reasons given and evidence cited for the award. The arbitrator shall have the discretion to award fees (including administrative charges, costs and/or reasonable attorney's fees actually expended) to the prevailing party, in accordance with controlling law. Any court of competent jurisdiction may enter judgment upon the award, either by: (1) confirming the award, or; (2) vacating, modifying or correcting the award: (a) on any ground referred to in the U.S. Arbitration Act, (b) where the findings of fact are not supported by substantial evidence, or; (c) where the conclusions of law are erroneous.

IX. CHOICE OF LAW

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws and decisions of the State of Illinois.

X. MISCELLANEOUS

A. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings either oral or in writing between the parties hereto, and expresses the whole and entire agreement between the parties with reference to Employee's employment. In the event of a conflict between any of the provisions contained in this Agreement and the provisions of the Management Agreement, the provisions contained herein shall govern and control.

B. No purported change or modification or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced.

C. If any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable, the parties agree that that provision and all other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

8

D. This Agreement shall be binding upon Employee's heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives. Employee's duties hereunder are personal and may not be assigned.

E. Employee has executed and delivered this Agreement as Employee's free and voluntary act, after having determined that the provisions contained herein are of a material benefit to Employee, and that the duties and obligations imposed on Employee hereunder are fair and reasonable and will not prevent Employee from earning a livelihood following the termination of Employee's employment with Employer.

F. Employee has read and fully understands the terms and conditions set forth herein, has had time to reflect on and consider the benefits and consequences of entering into this Agreement and has had the opportunity to review the terms hereof with an attorney or other representative if Employee so chooses.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employee and Employer have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

EMPLOYER:                                        EMPLOYEE:

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.

By: /s/ James A. Wilhelm                         /s/ Edward E. Simmons
    --------------------------------             ------------------------
Name: James A. Wilhelm                           Edward E. Simmons
      ------------------------------
Title: Sr. E.V.P.
       -----------------------------

9

EXHIBIT A
TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT DATED
AS OF AUGUST 1, 1999
BETWEEN
EDWARD SIMMONS
AND
APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC.


PERFORMANCE BASED COMPENSATION PLAN

FINANCIAL & ADMINISTRATIVE SENIOR MANAGEMENT

CEO, Western Region

Name:  Ed Simmons                               Compensation Year:  1999
       ----------                                                   --------

Approved By:

VP:  N/A                                        Target Amount  $40,000.00
     -----------                                               --------------

SVP:  N/A
      ----------
                                                All based on Company Performance

EVP: __________

COMPANY PERFORMANCE

For every 1 % that the Company exceeds or falls short of budgeted adjusted EBITDA, the employee will receive a 5% increase or decrease in the targeted amount for Company performance. The maximum payment is 200% of the target, The Company must meet at least 80% of budgeted adjusted EBITDA(1) for any amount to be paid for Company performance.

Example: If the Company achieves 102% of budgeted adjusted EBITDA, the employee will receive 110% of the target for Company performance.

Total amount to be paid due to actual 1999 Company performance is:


Payment of the above Performance Based Compensation ("PBC") is contingent upon your continued employment with the Company as of December 31, 1999.


(1) EBITDA could be adjusted for any number of reasons. By way of example, EBITDA always would be adjusted to reflect any unbudgeted acquisitions that occurred during the year.

Exhibit 10.19

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of the first day of September 2003, by and between Paxton Plaza, LLC, a California limited liability company, hereinafter referred to as "Owner," and Standard Parking Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as "OPERATOR."

W I T N E S S E T H:

THAT, WHEREAS, Owner presently owns or controls a retail shopping center (described herein below) of approximately 10,000 square feet and has the authority to contract for the management of said retail shopping center; and

WHEREAS, Owner and Operator desire to enter into an agreement whereby Operator will manage the retail shopping center upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. APPOINTMENT. Owner hereby appoints and retains Operator, and Operator hereby accepts such appointment and retention, as the exclusive operator and manager of the retail shopping center known as Paxton Plaza and located at 13236 Paxton Avenue, Pacoima, California, hereinafter referred to as the "PREMISES".

2. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall be for month to month commencing on September 1, 2003 (the "Commencement Date") and continuing (a) until terminated by either party, without cause or penalty, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice, with the effective date of termination to be on the last day of the first calendar month following the month in which said notice is received, or (b) until terminated under any other provision hereof.

3. OPERATOR'S OBLIGATIONS AND SERVICES; OPERATING EXPENSES.

Operator hereby covenants and agrees that it will:

(a) Manage the operation of the Premises and render the usual and customary services incidental thereto, in a professional, businesslike and efficient manner, with discretion as to the specifics thereof as the Operator deems advisable, subject only to the limitations contained in this Agreement. Owner reserves the right to establish all rental rates to be charged retail tenants of the Premises ("Tenants") and to determine the form of leases to be entered into with said Tenants ("Tenant Leases")

1

(b) Advertise the availability of units, display "for lease" signs, cancel existing Tenant Leases and negotiate Tenant Leases with existing and prospective tenants, all upon term and conditions outlined by Owner. Al Tenant Leases shall be on Owner's standard lease form or on a lease form approved by Owner. Tenant Leases may be signed by Operator, provided Owner's form of Tenant Lease and Owner's rent schedule are used.

(c) Bill and take all reasonably necessary action to collect all rents and other amounts due Owner under the Tenant Leases in accordance with the terms of the Tenant Leases.

(d) Hire, pay, provide customary benefits for and supervise sufficient experienced and qualified personnel who will render the services required by this Agreement for the professional, businesslike and efficient operation of the Premises. Operator shall not provide any on-site employees. All persons employed to provide the services hereunder shall be employees of Operator and not of Owner, and shall have no authority to act as the agent of Owner.

(e) Handle and promptly respond to all Tenant requests and negotiations.

(f) Perform repairs and maintenance of a custodial nature and arrange and supervise routine improvements, alterations and repairs as may be required by Owner and good management standards.

(g) With Owner's prior written approval as to any contracts over $500.00, bid, negotiate and enter into, and supervise, all repair, maintenance service, material and utility contracts on behalf of Owner and the Premises.

(h) Promptly notify Owner of any matter that in Operator's reasonable judgment requires Owner's attention.

(i) Advise and cooperate with Owner in the development and implementation of rules and regulations applicable to the Premises, and enforce such applicable rules and regulations as Owner shall adopt.

(j) Obtain and maintain the policies of insurance specified in
Section 7(a) hereof.

(k) Prepare and file all necessary returns, reports and forms required by law in connection with unemployment insurance, social security taxes, worker's compensation insurance, disability benefits, Federal and state income tax withholding and other similar taxes and all other returns and reports required by any Federal, state or municipal authority (other than income and property tax returns of the Owner) and pay or make all deposits required for such taxes.

(l) Annually during the term, Operator shall prepare and deliver to Owner a budget, for Owner's reasonable approval, reflecting the Gross Receipts and Operating Expenses (defined below) which Operator expects to receive and

2

incur, respectively, during Owner's forthcoming fiscal year (the "BUDGET"), it being agreed that if Owner for any reason does not respond to any proposed Budget within thirty (30) days after Owner's receipt thereof, said Budget shall be deemed approved. If at any tine during the period covered by an approved Budget it appears to Operator that the actual total of all Operating Expenses likely to be incurred during said period will exceed the Budget's projected total by more than ten percent (10%), Operator shall promptly so advise Owner, and Owner and Operator shall jointly discuss what actions, if any, could be taken to minimize the Operating Expenses without substantially impairing operations hereunder.

The Owner shall pay Operator for expenses incurred by Operator in the performance of its duties, obligations and services pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, "OPERATING EXPENSES"). Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, all costs, charges and administrative expenses for: to the extent applicable, salaries and wages and associated payroll burden (including, without limitation, payroll taxes and fringe benefits); license and permit fees; supplies, maintenance and repair to be performed by Operator; utility charges (except to the extent paid directly by Owner); bookkeeping and administrative services; health insurance and workers' compensation. Owner shall procure the property insurance specified in Section 11 herein, but the cost shall be deemed an Operating Expense. In addition, certain Owner costs as designated in Section 9 herein below may be deemed Operating Expenses at Owner's option. Such Operating Expenses shall be paid from the Premises Account (defined in Section 4 below).

Operating Expenses shall not include (i) the costs of maintenance and repair required of Owner hereunder, or (ii) Owner's various costs associated with its ownership and/or occupancy of the Premises, including without limitation depreciation, real estate taxes and assessments, taxes on Owner's personal property, debt retirement (including without limitation mortgage interest), rent and such costs and expenses as may be necessitated to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990. Payment of such expenses and costs are the sole obligation of Owner.

"REIMBURSABLE COSTS" are any expenses which are not deemed Operating Expenses and are approved by Owner prior to expenditure.

If Owner disputes any Operating Expense or Reimbursable Cost, Owner shall give Operator written notice specifying the item disputed and the reason therefor. Payment for any Operating Expense or Reimbursable Cost which is not disputed shall not be withheld. The parties shall, in good faith, diligently pursue resolution of any disputed item within thirty (30) days of said notice.

4. GROSS RECEIPTS; NET PROFIT. All Gross Receipts collected by Operator shall be deposited in an account in the State of California (the "Premises Account") established at a federally insured bank or trust company, and Operator shall be under no liability or responsibility for any loss resulting from the insolvency of any such depository.

"GROSS RECEIPTS" shall mean (a) all cash collected by Operator from Tenants for amounts due under the Tenant Leases, whether rent, reimbursable charges, or other amounts, provided

3

all said amounts are amounts that are due under the Tenant Leases, and (b) all cash collected from all other operations whatsoever at the Premises including, without limitation, and as applicable, laundry and vending machines and billboard and other advertising.

"NET PROFIT" is the balance remaining after deducting all Operating Expenses and Reimbursable Costs from Gross Receipts. All Net Profit [less deductions for Operator's Management Fee and the amount necessary to maintain the Working Capital Level (defined in Section 6 herein below) in the Premises Account] shall be paid to Owner concurrently with the delivery of the monthly statement required in Section 8 of this Agreement.

5. MANAGEMENT FEE. As compensation for Operator's services hereunder, Owner shall pay Operator a management fee of $500.00 per month (the "MANAGEMENT FEE"), which fee may be deducted by Operator from the Premises Account. Provided this Agreement is still in effect, on September 1, 2004, and on each September 1 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, the Management Fee shall be increased annually by the greater of (a) two percent (2%) or (b) the annual percentage increase in the U.S. Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers - Los Angeles area ("CPI") (1982-84 = 100).

6. WORKING CAPITAL LEVEL. Operator is hereby authorized to and shall disburse amounts in the Premises account to pay Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs and Operator's Management Fee. Owner agrees that the balance in the Premises Account (the Account Balance") shall at all times be maintained at no less than an amount (the "Working Capital Level") sufficient to pay for all Operating Expenses reasonably projected and/or anticipated by Operator to be required in connection with operations hereunder of and the performance of Operator's duties hereunder for the immediately succeeding eight (8) week period. If the Account Balance should at any given time be less than the Working Capital Level, Owner shall deposit into the Premises Account the amount of the deficiency within five (5) days after receiving written notice thereof from Operator. If Owner fails to deposit the deficiency within said five (5) day period, Owner agrees to reimburse Operator for any and all Operating Expenses and Reimbursable Costs paid by Operator from its own funds (it being expressly agreed and understood, however, that Operator shall not be under any obligation to do so) together with interest thereon at the highest legal rate permitted by law on the unpaid balance from the date such payment became due and payable. In addition, at its option, Operator may terminate this Agreement upon written notice without waiving or limiting any of its legal remedies (including the right to recover attorneys fees and any other expenses incurred) which Operator may pursue to collect the amount owed.

7. OPERATOR'S INSURANCE COVERAGES.

(a) Operator shall carry and maintain, as an Operating Expense, the following insurance coverages:

(1) Worker's Compensation insurance in compliance with the Worker's Compensation Act of the State of California

4

(2) Employer's liability insurance on all employees for the Premises not covered by the Worker's Compensation Act, for occupational accidents or disease, for limits of not less than $1,000,000 for any one occurrence.

(b) Owner shall carry and maintain, at its expense, the following insurance coverages:

(1) Commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate limit of $2,000,000 per location.

(2) Automobile liability insurance (if applicable) covering losses for owned, non-owned or hired vehicles including comprehensive and collision coverage with a limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence.

(3) Comprehensive crime insurance including employee theft, premise, transit and depositor's forgery coverage with limits as to any given occurrence of $1,000,000.

(4) Umbrella liability insurance with an annual aggregate limit of not less than $20,000,000.

(c) The liability policies affording the coverages described in Subsection (b) above shall be primary and non-contributory to any insurance carried by Operator and endorsed (1) to cover Operator and its employees, agents, directors and officers as additional insureds and (2) to cover liability arising out of the acts or omission of said additional insureds, but only in connection with the additional insureds' occupying, managing and/or operating the Premises.

(d) As evidence of the insurance required pursuant to Subsection
(b) above, Owner shall deliver certificates of insurance to Operator. Renewal policies shall be timely obtained so that there shall never be a lapse in coverage, and Owner shall endeavor to provide Operator with certificates of renewal policies at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration. The certificates of insurance shall state that the issuing company shall mail thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the certificate holder should any of the policies be cancelled prior to the expiration date.

8. MONTHLY REPORTING. Within ten (10) days after the end of each calendar month. Operator shall mail to Owner a statement showing all Gross Receipts, Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs, the Management Fee and Net Profit for the preceding calendar month. The report of Gross Receipts shall include a schedule summarizing the status of rent payments for each Tenant

5

Lease. Within ninety (90) days following the last month of the term of this Agreement, Operator shall mail a like final statement.

Operator shall keep complete and accurate reports and records (collectively the "Records") of all Gross Receipts, Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs and Net Profit relating to the Premises. Such Records shall be kept in accordance with good accounting practices. Operator shall permit Owner to inspect Operator's Records at Operator's offices during reasonable business hours and at Owner's expense.

9. OWNER'S OBLIGATIONS. Owner shall, at its expense, be responsible for performance of the following:

(a) Maintaining the Working Capital Level in the Premises Account and maintaining the insurance required of Owner by this Agreement.

(b) Except for Operator's obligations pursuant to Section 3 above, repair and maintenance of the Premises, systems and improvements in good condition and repair, including (as applicable): heating, air conditioning, ventilating, exhaust, fire protection, alarm, utility, plumbing (including lavatory facilities), sewage, drainage, security and lighting systems; paving; painting; striping; directional signs, fencing; landscaping; windows and doors; plate glass; driveways, sidewalks and curbs (including curb cuts); elevators; sealing and waterproofing; electrical or mechanical equipment, including traffic control devices used at or in the Premises; and all structural repairs. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement Owner's costs under this subsection, at Owner's election, may be paid from the Premises Account.

(c) Providing Operator with full and complete copies of all Tenant Leases, as same may be modified or renewed from time to time, and all other documents or records necessary or desirable to properly manage the Premises, including but not limited to all correspondence regarding Tenant Leases, reports of the status of rent payments, and copies of existing service contracts.

(d) Alterations, improvements and additions that Owner deems necessary and/or as may be required by the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, and payment of architectural, engineering or consulting fees with respect thereto. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, Owner's costs under this subsection, at Owner's election , may be paid from the Premises Account.

(e) Safety and/or security personnel and equipment. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, Owner's costs under this subsection at Owner's election, may be paid from the Premises Account.

With respect to Subsection (e) above, Owner expressly acknowledges that Operator does not have knowledge or expertise as a guard or security service, and does not employ personnel for

6

that purpose, nor do Operator's employees undertake the obligation to guard or protect tenants or customers against the intentional acts of third parties. Owner shall determine, at Owner's discretion, whether and to what extent any precautionary warnings, security devices, or security services may be required to protect patrons in and about the Premises. Owner further agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless Operator from and against any claims, demand, suits, liabilities, or judgments arising from Operator's alleged failure to warn, to guard, or to protect persons in or about the Premises from and against intentional threats, harm, or injury, except for the negligent or intentionally committed acts of or by Operator or Operator's employees.

Owner agrees that any contract between Owner and a third party contractor for work on behalf of Owner at the Premises shall require (i) the third party contractor to indemnify, save and hold Owner and Operator harmless from and against and free and clear of all claims, suits, actions, and damages which may arise, occur or result from work performed by said third party contractor, and (ii) to require the third party contractor to name Owner and Operator as additional insureds on the third party contractor's policy of insurance and furnish Owner and operator with a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverages.

10. INDEMNIFICATION. Except to the extent covered by the insurance required of Owner pursuant to Section 7(b) above, Operator shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner from any and all loss and liability on account of any damage or injury and from all losses, claims and demands caused by the negligence of the Operator. Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Operator from all loss or liability on account of any damage or injury, claims and demands arising out of any failure by Owner to provide the insurance required pursuant to Section 7(b) above, or the acts or omissions of the Owner, its agents or employees, or by reason of the physical or structural condition of the Premises, or equipment contained therein, or by failure to keep said Premises or equipment in good order and repair, or by fire, gas, water, electricity failure or malfunction, or by the breaking overflowing or leaking of roofs, pipes, or walls of said Premises, or for such other damage or injury caused by any acts or events whatsoever.

11. OWNERS INSURANCE. Owner shall, at its expense, provide and maintain fire and extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and all-risk insurance coverages for buildings, improvements and any other real or personal property of Owner located on the Premises in an amount equal to the full replacement cost thereof.

12. RELEASE AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. In the event all or any part of the Premises (including any buildings, improvements or other real or personal property thereon) are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, the rights or claims of either party or its employees, agents, successors or assigns, against the other with respect to liability for such loss, destruction or damage resulting therefrom, including loss, destruction or damage suffered as a result of negligence of either party or their employees or agents, are hereby released and discharged, and any and all subrogation rights or claims are hereby waived to the extent of the actual insurance coverage carried by the parties or which is commonly covered under an all-risk insurance policy, in either case irrespective of applicable deductibles.

7

All such insurance policies shall contain a clause or endorsement providing that the insurance shall not be prejudiced if the insured has waived its rights of recovery (including subrogation rights) against any person or company prior to the date of loss, destruction or damage.

13. LICENSES AND PERMITS. Operator shall obtain and maintain all licenses and permits required by an operator of apartment complexes by any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over Operator's operations at the Premises and will abide by the terms of such licenses and permits. Any license or permit fees incurred by Operator shall be deemed an Operating Expense.

14. LAWS AND ORDINANCES. Operator shall not use all or any part of the Premises for any use or purpose which is (i) forbidden by or in violation of any law of the United States, any state law or any city ordinance, or (ii) may be dangerous to life, limb or property.

15. LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES. In case of any substantial loss of or damage to the Premises as the result of a taking under the power of eminent domain, or by fire, storm or other casualty, Owner may (i) repair or restore the Premises at Owner's expense, or (ii) abandon the operation and terminate this Agreement by giving at least ten (10) day's prior written notice to Operator. If Owner so terminates, Owner shall not be liable to Operator for Management Fees arising after the date of taking or casualty; provided, however, if any portion of the Premises remains suitable for rental housing and Operator, with Owner's prior written approval, continues its operations, Operator shall be entitled to receive its Management Fees for the period during which such operations are continued. If Owner repairs and restores the Premises, no Management Fees shall be due for the period the Premises are unsuitable for rental housing, and Operator shall not be required to provide services hereunder, but this Agreement shall continue in effect and the term shall be extended for a period equal to the period needed for repair and restoration.

16. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. No partnership or joint venture between the parties is created by this Agreement, it being agreed that Operator is an independent contractor.

17. FORCE MAJEURE. Neither party shall be in violation of this Agreement for failure to perform any of its obligations by reason of strikes, boycotts, labor disputes, embargoes, shortages of materials, acts of God, acts of the public enemy, acts of public authority, weather conditions, riots, rebellion, accidents, sabotage or any other circumstances for which it is not responsible and which are not within its control. No Management Fee shall be due to Operator if it suspends operations for any such cause or event.

18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

8

19. APPROVALS. Whenever the approval of either party is required herein, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

20. WAIVERS. No waiver of default by either party of any term, covenant or condition hereof to be performed or observed by the other party shall be construed as, or operate as, a waiver of any subsequent default of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof.

21. SEVERABILITY. If any provision hereof is held to be invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision hereof, provided such invalidity does not materially prejudice either party in its rights and obligations contained in the valid provisions of this Agreement.

22. TERMINATION. In addition to all other termination rights hereunder, either party may terminate this Agreement upon the breach by the other party of any covenant, term or condition hereof, provided the breaching party first receives written notice of such breach and fails to remedy same, within ten (10) days if a monetary breach or within twenty (20) days if a non-monetary breach, after receipt of written notice thereof, or if the breaching party fails to commence remedying such non-monetary breach within said 20-day period if such breach cannot be reasonably remedied within twenty (20) days. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event the other party files a voluntary petition or similar pleading for bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with such termination to be effective upon giving notice thereof.

So long as Operator is not in default of this Agreement, Operator shall have the right of first refusal to meet any bona fide offer by a third party to manage the Premises after the term hereof which is received by Owner during the Initial Term or any extension term of this Agreement and is acceptable to Owner. Owner, upon its receipt of any such offer and before accepting and executing an acceptance thereof and/or an agreement incorporating the terms thereof with the offeror, shall provide Operator with a true and complete copy thereof. Upon receipt of such copy from Owner, Operator shall have fifteen (15) days to notify Owner in writing, that Operator is willing to meet said offer. If Owner does not receive such notice within such fifteen (15) day period, Owner shall be free to proceed to accept such offer and enter into an agreement incorporating the terms of such offer, provided Owner notifies Operator, in writing, as to the effective date of such new agreement, which effective date shall not be any earlier than the expiration date of this Agreement.

23. SALE OF PREMISES. Subject and subordinate to all termination rights hereunder, in the event of a sale of the Premises, in whole or in part, this Agreement and Operator's rights hereunder shall not be disturbed so long as Operator keeps and performs its agreements contained herein.

24. ASSIGNMENT. Operator shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or its right, title or interest herein without the prior written consent of Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Operator is hereby given the right to assign this Agreement to an affiliate of Operator or to a corporation substantially all of the stock of which is owned by Operator and/or collaterally assign its

9

right, title and interest herein to a financial institution as security for any present or future loans to Operator.

25. NOTICES. Any notice or communication required to be given to or served upon either party hereto shall be given or served by personal service or by express delivery or by mailing the same, postage prepaid, by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following addresses:

TO OWNER:                         PAXTON PLAZA, LLC
                                  Attn: Dale Stark, Managing Member
                                  707 Wilshire Boulevard, 35th Floor
                                  Los Angeles, Ca 90017

TO OPERATOR:                      STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION
                                  Attn:  Legal Department
                                  Suite 1600
                                  900 North Michigan Avenue
                                  Chicago, IL  60611

With copy (by regular mail) to:   Standard Parking Corporation
                                  Attn:  Ed Simmons, Executive Vice President
                                  707 Wilshire Boulevard, 35th Floor
                                  Los Angeles, Ca  90017

Either party may designate a substitute address at any time hereafter by written notice thereof to the other party.

26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with all exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supercedes all representations, statements or prior agreements and understandings both written and oral with respect to the matters contained in this Agreement and exhibits hereto. No person has been authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended only by written agreement of the parties.

27. PARTIES BOUND. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, successors, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

28. NEITHER PARTY DEEMED DRAFTER. The parties to this Agreement have had sufficient time to consult legal counsel and negotiate changes regarding the terms hereof. Therefore, neither party shall be deemed the drafter of this Agreement and, as such, this Agreement shall not be construed against either party due to the drafting hereof.

10

29. ATTORNEY FEES. In the event that either party hereto should (i) retain legal counsel and/or institute any suit against the other for violation of this Agreement or to enforce any of the covenants or conditions herein, or (ii) intervene in any suit in which the other is a party to enforce or protect its interest or rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such suit shall be entitled to all of its costs, expenses and reasonable fees of its attorney(s) (if and to the extent permitted by law) in connection therewith. The rights and obligations of this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

OWNER;                                    OPERATOR:

Paxton Plaza, LLC                         Standard Parking Corporation

By:  /s/  Dale Stark                      By: /s/ Ed Simmons
   ----------------------------------     --------------------------------------
     Dale Stark                                   Ed Simmons
     Managing Member                              Executive Vice President

11

Exhibit 10.20

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of the first day of September 2003, by and between Infinity Equities, LLC, a California limited liability company, hereinafter referred to as "OWNER," and Standard Parking Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as "OPERATOR."

W I T N E S S E T H:

THAT, WHEREAS, Owner presently owns or controls a residential apartment complex (described herein below) of approximately 156 units and has the authority to contract for the management of said apartment complex; and

WHEREAS, Owner and Operator desire to enter into an agreement whereby Operator will manage the apartment complex upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. APPOINTMENT. Owner hereby appoints and retains Operator, and Operator hereby accepts such appointment and retention, as the exclusive operator and manager of the residential apartment complex known as the Elmwood Villas and located at 401 North 28th Street in Las Vegas, Nevada, hereinafter referred to as the "PREMISES."

2. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall be for month to month commencing on September 1, 2003 (the "COMMENCEMENT DATE") and continuing (a) until terminated by either party, without cause or penalty, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice, with the effective date of termination to be on the last day of the first calendar month following the month in which said notice is received, or (b) until terminated under any other provision hereof.

3. OPERATOR'S OBLIGATIONS AND SERVICES; OPERATING EXPENSES. Operator hereby covenants and agrees that it will:

(a) Manage the operation of the Premises and render the usual and customary services incidental thereto, in a professional, businesslike and efficient manner, with discretion as to the specifics thereof as the Operator deems advisable, subject only to the limitations contained in this Agreement, and provide supervision and inspection adequate to properly manage the Premises. Owner reserves the right to establish all rental rates to be charged


tenants of the Premises ("Tenants") and to determine the form of leases to be entered into with said Tenants ("Tenant Leases").

(b) Advertise the availability of units, display "for lease" signs, cancel existing Tenant Leases and negotiate Tenant Leases with existing and prospective tenants, all upon term and conditions outlined by Owner. All Tenant Leases shall be on Owner's standard lease form or on a lease form approved by Owner. Tenant Leases may be signed by Operator provided Owner's form of Tenant Lease and Owner's rent schedule are used.

(c) Bill and take all reasonably necessary action to collect all rents and other amounts due Owner under the Tenant Leases in accordance with the terms of the Tenant Leases.

(d) Hire, pay, provide customary benefits for and supervise sufficient experienced and qualified personnel who will render the services required by this Agreement for the professional, businesslike and efficient operation of the Premises. Such employees will be neatly uniformed and courteous to the public. All persons so employed shall be employees of Operator and not of Owner, and shall have no authority to act as the agent of Owner.

(e) Undertake periodic physical inspections of the Premises.

(f) Handle and promptly respond to all Tenant requests and negotiations.

(g) Perform repairs and maintenance of a custodial nature and arrange and supervise routine improvements, alterations and repairs as may be required by Owner and good management standards.

(h) With Owner's prior written approval as to any contracts over $500.00, bid, negotiate and enter into, and supervise, all repair, maintenance service, material and utility contracts on behalf of Owner and the Premises.

(i) Promptly notify Owner of any matter that in Operator's reasonable judgment requires Owner's attention.

(j) Advise and cooperate with Owner in the development and implementation of rules and regulations applicable to the Premises, and enforce such applicable rules and regulations as Owner shall adopt.

(k) Obtain and maintain the policies of insurance specified in
Section 7(a) hereof.

(l) Prepare and file all necessary returns, reports and forms required by law in connection with unemployment insurance, social security taxes, worker's

2

compensation insurance, disability benefits, Federal and state income tax withholding and other similar taxes and all other returns and reports required by any Federal, state or municipal authority (other than income and property tax returns of the Owner) and pay or make all deposits required for such taxes.

(m) Annually during the term, Operator shall prepare and deliver to Owner a budget, for Owner's reasonable approval, reflecting the Gross Receipts and Operating Expenses (defined below) which Operator expects to receive and incur, respectively, during Owner's forthcoming fiscal year (the "BUDGET"), it being agreed that if Owner for any reason does not respond to any proposed Budget within thirty (30) days after Owner's receipt thereof, said Budget shall be deemed approved. If at any time during the period covered by an approved Budget it appears to Operator that the actual total of all Operating Expenses likely to be incurred during said period will exceed the Budget's projected total by more than ten percent (10%), Operator shall promptly so advise Owner, and Owner and Operator shall jointly discuss what actions, if any, could be taken to minimize the Operating Expenses without substantially impairing operations hereunder.

The Owner shall pay Operator for expenses incurred by Operator in the performance of its duties, obligations and services pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, "OPERATING EXPENSES"). Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, all cost, charges and administrative expenses for: salaries and wages and associated payroll burden (including, without limitation, payroll taxes and fringe benefits); license and permit fees; uniforms, supplies, tools and cleaning; maintenance and repair to be performed by Operator; telephone and pagers; utility charges (except to the extent paid directly by Owner); bookkeeping and administrative services; health insurance and workers' compensation. Owner shall procure the property insurance specified in Section 11 herein, but the cost shall be deemed an Operating Expense. In addition, certain Owner's costs as designated in Section 9 herein below may be deemed Operating Expenses at Owner's option. Such Operating Expenses shall be paid from the Premises Account (defined in Section 4 below).

Operating Expenses shall not include (i) the costs of maintenance and repair required of Owner hereunder, or (ii) Owner's various costs associated with its ownership and/or occupancy of the Premises, including without limitation depreciation, real estate taxes and assessments, taxes on Owner's personal property, debt retirement (including without limitation mortgage interest), rent and such costs and expenses as may be necessitated to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990). Payment of such expenses and costs are the sole obligation of Owner.

"REIMBURSABLE COSTS" are any expenses which are not deemed Operating Expenses and are approved by Owner prior to expenditure.

3

If Owner disputes any Operating Expense or Reimbursable Cost, Owner shall give Operator written notice specifying the item disputed and the reason therefor. Payment for any Operating Expense or Reimbursable Cost which is not disputed shall not be withheld. The parties shall, in good faith, diligently pursue resolution of any disputed item within thirty (30) days of said notice.

4. GROSS RECEIPTS; NET PROFIT. All Gross Receipts collected by Operator shall be deposited in an account in the State of Nevada (the "Premises Account") established at a federally insured bank or trust company, and Operator shall be under no liability or responsibility for any loss resulting from the insolvency of any such depository.

"GROSS RECEIPTS" shall mean (a) all cash collected by Operator from Tenants for amounts due under the Tenant Leases, whether rent, reimbursable charges, or other amounts, provided all said amounts are amounts that are under the Tenant Leases and (b) all cash collected from all other operations whatsoever at the Premises including, without limitation, and as applicable, laundry and vending machines and billboard and other advertising.

"NET PROFIT" is the balance remaining after deducting all Operating Expenses and Reimbursable Costs from Gross Receipts. All Net Profit [less deductions for Operator's Management Fee and the amount necessary to maintain the Working Capital Level (defined in Section 6 herein below) in the Premises Account] shall be paid to Owner concurrently with the delivery of the monthly statement required in Section 8 of this Agreement.

5. MANAGEMENT FEE. As compensation for Operator's services hereunder, Owner shall pay Operator a management fee of $1,500.00 per month (the "MANAGEMENT FEE"), which fee may be deducted by Operator from the Premises Account. Provided this Agreement is still in effect, on August 1, 2004, and on each August 1 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, the Management Fee shall be increased annually by the greater of (a) two percent (2%) or (b) the annual percentage increase in the U.S. Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers
- Las Vegas area ("CPI") (1982-84 = 100).

6. WORKING CAPITAL LEVEL. Operator is hereby authorized to and shall disburse amounts in the Premises Account to pay Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs and Operator's Management Fee. Owner agrees that the balance in the Premises Account (the Account Balance") shall at all times be maintained at no less than an amount (the "Working Capital Level") sufficient to pay for all Operating Expenses reasonably projected and/or anticipated by Operator to be required in connection with operations hereunder of and the performance of Operator's duties hereunder for the immediately succeeding eight (8) week period. If the Account Balance should at any given time be less than the Working Capital Level, Owner shall deposit into the Premises Account the amount of the deficiency within five (5) days after receiving written notice thereof from Operator. If Owner fails to deposit the deficiency within said five (5) day period, Owner agrees to reimburse Operator for any and all Operating

4

expenses and Reimbursable Costs paid by Operator from its own funds (it being expressly agreed and understood, however, that Operator shall not be under any obligation to do so) together with interest thereon at the highest legal rate permitted by law on the unpaid balance from the date such payment became due and payable. In addition, at its option, Operator may terminate this Agreement upon written notice without waiving or limiting any of its legal remedies (including the right to recover attorneys fees and any other expenses incurred) which Operator may pursue to collect the amount owed.

7. OPERATOR'S INSURANCE COVERAGES.

(a) Operator shall carry and maintain, as an Operating Expense, the following insurance coverages:

(1) Worker's Compensation insurance in compliance with the Worker's Compensation Act of the State of Nevada.

(2) Employer's liability insurance on all employees for the Premises not covered by the Worker's Compensation Act, for occupational accidents or disease, for limits of not less than $1,000,000 for any one occurrence.

(b) Owner shall carry and maintain, at its expense, the following insurance coverages:

(1) Commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate limit of $2,000,000 per location.

(2) Automobile liability insurance (if applicable) covering losses for owned, non-owned or hired vehicles including comprehensive and collision coverage with a limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence.

(3) Comprehensive crime insurance including employee theft, premise, transmit and depositor's forgery coverage with limits as to any given occurrence of $1,000,000.

(4) Umbrella liability insurance with an annual aggregate limit of not less than $20,000,000.

(c) The liability policies affording the coverages described in Subsection (b) above shall be primary and non-contributory to any insurance carried by Operator and endorsed (1) to cover Operator and its employees, agents, directors and officers as additional insureds and (2) to cover liability

5

arising out of the acts or omission of said additional insureds, but only in connection with the additional insureds' occupying, managing and/or operating the Premises.

(d) As evidence of the insurance required pursuant to Subsection
(b) above, Owner shall deliver certificates of insurance to Operator. Renewal policies shall be timely obtained so that there shall never be a lapse in coverage, and Owner shall endeavor to provide Operator with certificates of renewal policies at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration. The certificates of insurance shall state that the issuing company shall mail thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the certificate holder should any of the policies be cancelled prior to the expiration date.

8. MONTHLY REPORTING. Within ten (10) days after the end of each calendar month, Operator shall mail to Owner a statement showing all Gross Receipts, Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs, the Management Fee and Net Profit for the preceding calendar month. The report of Gross Receipts shall include a schedule summarizing the status of rent payments for each Tenant Lease. Within ninety (90) days following the last month of the term of this Agreement, Operator shall mail a like final statement.

Operator shall keep complete and accurate reports and records (collectively the "RECORDS") of all Gross Receipts, Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs and Net Profit relating to the Premises. Such Records shall be kept in accordance with good accounting practices. Operator shall permit Owner to inspect Operator's Records at Operator's offices during reasonable business hours and at Owner's expense.

9. OWNER'S OBLIGATIONS. Owner shall, at its expense, be responsible for performance of the following:

(a) Maintaining the Working Capital Level in the Premises Account and maintaining the insurance required of Owner by this Agreement.

(b) Except for Operator's obligations pursuant to Section 3 above, repair and maintenance of the Premises, systems and improvements in good condition and repair, including (as applicable): heating, air conditioning, ventilating, exhaust, fire protection, alarm, utility, plumbing (including lavatory facilities), sewage, drainage, security and lighting systems; paving; painting; striping; directional signs, fencing; landscaping; windows and doors; plate glass; driveways, sidewalks and curbs (including curb cuts); elevators; sealing and waterproofing; electrical or mechanical equipment, including traffic control devices used at or in the Premises; and all structural repairs. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement Owner's costs

6

under this subsection, at Owner's election, may be paid from the Premises Account.

(c) Providing Operator with full and complete copies of all Tenant Leases, as same may be modified or renewed from time to time, and all other documents or records necessary or desirable to properly manage the Premises, including but not limited to all correspondence regarding Tenant Leases, reports of the status of rent payments, and copies of existing service contracts.

(d) Alterations, improvements and additions that Owner deems necessary and/or as may be required by the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, and payment of architectural, engineering or consulting fees with respect thereto. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, Owner's costs under this subsection, at Owner's election, may be paid from the Premises Account.

(e) Safety and/or security personnel and equipment. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, Owner's costs under this subsection, at Owner's election, may be paid from the Premises Account.

With respect to Subsection (e) above, Owner expressly acknowledges that Operator does not have knowledge or expertise as a guard or security service, and does not employ personnel for that purpose, nor do Operator's employees undertake the obligation to guard or protect customers against the intentional acts of third parties. Owner shall determine, at Owner's discretion, whether and to what extent any precautionary warnings, security devices, or security services may be required to protect patrons in and about the Premises. Owner further agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless Operator from and against any claims, demand, suits, liabilities, or judgments arising from Operator's alleged failure to warn, to guard, or to protect persons in or about the Premises from and against intentional threats, harm, or injury, except for the negligent or intentionally committed acts of or by Operator or Operator's employees.

Owner agrees that any contract between Owner and a third party contractor for work on behalf of Owner at the Premises shall require (i) the third party contractor to indemnify, save and hold Owner and Operator harmless from and against and free and clear of all claims, suits, actions, and damages which may arise, occur or result from work performed by said third party contractor, and (ii) to require the third party contractor to name Owner and Operator as additional insureds on the third party contractor's policy of insurance and furnish Owner and Operator with a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverages.

10. INDEMNIFICATION. Except to the extent covered by the insurance required of Owner pursuant to Section 7(b) above, Operator shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner from any and all loss and liability on account of any damage or injury and from all losses, claims and demands caused by the negligence of the Operator. Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless

7

Operator from all loss or liability on account of any damage or injury, claims and demands arising out of any failure by Owner to provide the insurance required pursuant to Section 7(b) above, or the acts or omissions of the Owner, its agents or employees, or by reason of the physical or structural condition of the Premises, or equipment contained therein, or by failure to keep said Premises or equipment in good order and repair, or by fire, gas, water, electricity failure or malfunction, or by the breaking overflowing or leaking of roofs, pipes, or walls of said Premises, or for such other damage or injury caused by any acts or events whatsoever.

11. OWNERS INSURANCE. Owner shall, at its expense, provide and maintain fire and extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and all-risk insurance coverages for buildings, improvements and any other real or personal property of Owner located on the Premises in an amount equal to the full replacement cost thereof.

12. RELEASE AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. In the event all or any part of the Premises (including any buildings, improvements or other real or personal property thereon) are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, the rights or claims of either party or its employees, agents, successors or assigns, against the other with respect to liability for such loss, destruction or damage resulting therefrom, including loss, destruction or damage suffered as a result of negligence of either party or their employees or agents, are hereby released and discharged, and any and all subrogation rights or claims are hereby waived to the extent of the actual insurance coverage carried by the parties or which is commonly covered under an all-risk insurance policy, in either case irrespective of applicable deductibles.

All such insurance policies shall contain a clause or endorsement providing that the insurance shall not be prejudiced if the insured has waived its rights of recovery (including subrogation rights) against any person or company prior to the date of loss, destruction or damage.

13. LICENSES AND PERMITS. Operator shall obtain and maintain all licenses and permits required by an operator of apartment complexes by any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over Operator's operations at the Premises and will aide by the terms of such licenses and permits. Any license or permit fees incurred by Operator shall be deemed an Operating Expense.

14. LAWS AND ORDINANCES. Operator shall not use all or any part of the Premises for any use or purpose which is (i) forbidden by or in violation of any law of the United States, any state law or any city ordinance, or (ii) may be dangerous to life, limb or property.

15. LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES. In case of any substantial loss of or damage to the Premises as the result of a taking under the power of eminent domain, or by fire, storm or other casualty, Owner may (i) repair or restore the Premises at Owner's expense, or (ii)

8

abandon the operation and terminate this Agreement by giving at least ten
(10) day's prior written notice to Operator. If Owner so terminates, Owner shall not be liable to Operator for Management Fees arising after the date of taking or casualty; provided, however, if any portion of the Premises remains suitable for rental housing and Operator, with Owner's prior written approval, continues its operations, Operator shall be entitled to receive its Management Fees for the period during which such operations are continued. If Owner repairs and restores the Premises, no Management Fees shall be due for the period the Premises are unsuitable for rental housing, and Operator shall not be required to provide services hereunder, but this Agreement shall continue in effect and the term shall be extended for a period equal to the period needed for repair and restoration.

16. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. No partnership or joint venture between the parties is created by this Agreement, it being agreed that Operator is an independent contractor.

17. FORCE MAJEURE. Neither party shall be in violation of this Agreement for failure to perform any of its obligations by reason of strikes, boycotts, labor disputes, embargoes, shortages of materials, acts of God, acts of the public enemy, acts of public authority, weather conditions, riots, rebellion, accidents, sabotage or any other circumstances for which it is not responsible and which are not within its control. No Management Fee shall be due to Operator if it suspends operations for any such cause or event.

18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

19. APPROVALS. Whenever the approval of either party is required herein, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

20. WAIVERS. No waiver of default by either party of any term, covenant or condition hereof to be performed or observed by the other party shall be construed as, or operate as, a waiver of any subsequent default of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof.

21. SEVERABILITY. If any provision hereof is held to be invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision hereof, provided such invalidity does not materially prejudice either party in its rights and obligations contained in the valid provisions of this Agreement.

22. TERMINATION. In addition to all other termination rights hereunder, either party may terminate this Agreement upon the breach by the other party of any covenant, term or condition hereof, provided the breaching party first receives written notice of such breach and fails

9

to remedy same, within ten (10) days if a monetary breach or within twenty (20) days if a non-monetary breach, after receipt of written notice thereof, or if the breaching party fails to commence remedying such non-monetary breach within said 20-day period if such breach cannot be reasonably remedied within twenty
(20) days. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event the other party files a voluntary petition or similar pleading for bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with such termination to be effective upon giving notice thereof.

23. SALE OF PREMISES. Subject and subordinate to all termination rights hereunder, in the event of a sale of the Premises, in whole or in part, this Agreement and Operator's rights hereunder shall not be disturbed so long as Operator keeps and performs its agreements contained herein.

24. ASSIGNMENT. Operator shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or its right, title or interest herein without the prior written consent of Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Operator is hereby given the right to assign this Agreement to an affiliate of Operator or to a corporation substantially all of the stock of which is owned by Operator and/or collaterally assign its right, title and interest herein to a financial institution as security for any present or future loans to Operator.

25. NOTICES. Any notice or communication required to be given to or served upon either party hereto shall be given or served by personal service or by express delivery or by mailing the same, postage prepaid, by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt request, to the following addresses:

TO OWNER:                         INFINITY EQUITIES, LLC
                                  Attn:  Dale Stark, Managing Member
                                  707 Wilshire Boulevard, 35th Floor
                                  Los Angeles, CA 90017

TO OPERATOR:                      STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION
                                  Attn:  Legal Department
                                  Suite 1600
                                  900 North Michigan Avenue
                                  Chicago, IL  60611

With copy (by regular mail) to:   Standard Parking Corporation
                                  Attn:  Ed Simmons, Executive Vice President
                                  707 Wilshire Boulevard, 35th Floor
                                  Los Angeles, CA  90017

10

Either party may designate a substitute address at any time hereafter by written notice thereof to the other party.

26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with all exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supercedes all representations, statements or prior agreements and understandings both written and oral with respect to the matters contained in this Agreement and exhibits hereto. No person has been authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended only by written agreement of the parties.

27. PARTIES BOUND. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, successors, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

28. NEITHER PARTY DEEMED DRAFTER. The parties to this Agreement have had sufficient time to consult legal counsel and negotiate changes regarding the terms hereof. Therefore, neither party shall be deemed the drafter of this Agreement and, as such, this Agreement shall not be construed against either party due to the drafting hereof.

29. ATTORNEY FEES. In the event that either party hereto should (i) retain legal counsel and/or institute any suit against the other for violation of this Agreement or to enforce any of the covenants or conditions herein, or (ii) intervene in any suit in which the other is a party to enforce or protect its interest or rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such suit shall be entitled to all of its costs, expenses and reasonable fees of its attorney(s) (if and to the extent permitted by law) in connection therewith. The rights and obligations of this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

OWNER; OPERATOR:

INFINITY EQUITIES, LLC STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

By:    /s/  Dale Stark                    By:  /s/ Ed Simmons
     -----------------------------------  --------------------------------------
       Dale Stark                                  Ed Simmons
       Managing Member                             Executive Vice President

11

Exhibit 10.21

AGREEMENT OF LEASE made as of the 4th day of June, 1998, hereinafter referred to as the "Lease") between LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, as successor to LASALLE NATIONAL TRUST, N.A. as successor Trustee to LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, under that certain Trust Agreement dated March 1, 1984 and known as Trust No. 107701 (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and APCOA, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

WITNESSETH:

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby accepts from Landlord, the premises (hereinafter referred to as the "Premises") containing approximately 36,931 square feet of rentable area and designated on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit A, comprised of the entire 16th floor (approximately 24,246 square feet of rentable area) and a portion of the 17th floor of the Office Section, hereinafter defined, of the mixed use building containing retail, office, hotel, residential and garage components (hereinafter referred to as the "Building"), commonly known as 900 North Michigan and located within the block bounded by Michigan, Walton, Rush and Delaware, in Chicago, Illinois subject to the covenants, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease. The "Office Section" means that portion of the Building consisting of approximately five hundred fifty-three thousand (553,000) gross square feet and which includes the following areas:

A. the portion of Levels 1, -2 and -3 containing the office service elevator and adjacent vestibule;

B. the portion of Level 1 containing the office lobby and adjacent elevator lobby;

C. all office elevator shafts;

D. the portion of Level 8 containing the office lobby, office elevator lobbies, toilet rooms, office leasable area, and the portion of Level 8 containing the mechanical equipment serving such areas;

E. Level 9 except the hotel mechanical rooms, elevator machine rooms, corridors, and hotel and condominium elevator shafts;

F. Levels 10 through 28 except the hotel and condominium elevator shafts;

G. the portion of Level 29 containing the mechanical equipment serving the office areas of Levels 9 through 28; and

H. office elevator machine room on Level 29.

The Premises specifically excludes any ceilings, floors or walls (with the exception of the inner surfaces thereof and with the further exception of any walls which are constructed solely to partition space within the Premises).

In consideration thereof, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree as follows:

1

1. TERM.

The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall, subject to the early occupancy provisions of Paragraph 2.2, commence on October 1, 1998 as said date may be extended pursuant to the terms hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall end on September 30, 2008 (the "Termination Date"), unless sooner terminated as provided herein.

2. POSSESSION.

2.1 Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant, so that Tenant can start its construction, in stages. The first portion of the Premises ("Phase 1") shall be delivered on or before June 1, 1998, and the second portion of the Premises ("Phase 2") shall be delivered on or before June 22, 1998. Phase 1 and Phase 2 shall be located approximately as set forth in Exhibit A-1. Tenant shall cause certain tenant improvements to be installed in the Premises in the manner provided in Exhibit B attached hereto. The fact that Landlord may leave in the Premises during Tenant's construction period certain items required to keep operational the space adjacent to the Premises (which will be occupied by the vacating occupant of the Premises), including but not limited to computer lines, shall not be deemed a delay in delivery of the Premises; provided, however, that such items shall not unreasonably affect Tenant's construction work. Except as expressly set forth in Exhibit B, no delay in Tenant's construction of its tenant improvements shall cause any postponement of the Commencement Date.

2.2 From and after the date on which possession of any portion of the Premises is delivered by Landlord to Tenant for purposes of Tenant's construction to and including the day immediately preceding the Commencement Date, all of the covenants and conditions of this Lease, except those pertaining to the payment of Rent, shall be binding upon the parties hereto with respect to the portion of the Premises so delivered to Tenant as if the Commencement Date had been fixed as the date when Tenant took possession of such whole or part of the Premises. Tenant currently plans to occupy the Premises in two stages, but shall not be obligated to do so. If Tenant shall occupy the Premises or any part thereof for any purpose other than completing Tenant's construction, prior to the Commencement Date, all of the covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding upon the parties hereto with respect to such whole or part of the Premises as if the Commencement Date had been fixed as the date when Tenant took possession of such whole or part of the Premises and Tenant shall pay Rent for the period of such occupancy prior to the Commencement Date at the rate of the annual Base Rent set forth in Paragraph 3 hereof prorated for such period of occupancy and, if less than the whole Premises are occupied, for the proportionate area of the total Premises so occupied.

2.3 If either Phase 1 or Phase 2 is delivered more than one week after the delivery date set forth in paragraph 2.1, the October 1, 1998 date shall be extended by one day for each day of such late delivery. Under no circumstances shall the occurrence of any of the events described in this Paragraph 2 be deemed to accelerate or defer the Termination Date.

2

2.4 Tenant shall have the right to use the north fire stairway (and, in connection with such use, to make minor decorations to such stairway reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) for the purpose of access between the floors of the Premises, subject to and in accordance with reasonable rules, regulations and requirements which may be promulgated from time to time by Landlord and all requirements of law and governmental authorities. (Landlord makes no representation or warranty that such right to use such stairway is permitted by requirements of law and governmental authorities, and Tenant's obligations under this Lease are not conditioned upon its ability to use such stairway.) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall be fully responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any alterations of such stairway required to comply with any requirements of law or governmental authorities and Landlord's reasonable requirements, including but not limited to installation of motion detectors (on the floor above and below), local alarms and card key overrides (on both sides of each door), and all maintenance of the stairway and the items installed by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant's rights under this Paragraph 2.4 if Tenant fails to comply with any of the terms or conditions of this Paragraph 2.4 or if, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, Tenant otherwise abuses its rights under this Paragraph 2.4 if Landlord provides notice of such failure or abuse to Tenant and Tenant fails to cure such failure or abuse within thirty (30) days after such notice.

3. BASE RENT.

Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord's agent at 900 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in coin or currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, annual Base Rent at the rate specified below in equal monthly installments in advance on or before the first day of each and every month during the Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever:

                                 Base Rent Per
                                 Square Foot of        Annual                Monthly
Period                           Rentable Area         Base Rent             Base Rent
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commencement Date
to 9/30/1999                     $  24.85              $    917,735.35       $  76,477.95
10/1/1999 to 9/30/2000           $  25.35              $    936,200.85       $  78,016.74
10/1/2000 to 9/30/2001           $  25.85              $    954,666.35       $  79,555.53
10/1/2001 to 9/30/2002           $  26.35              $    973,131.85       $  81,094.32
10/1/2002 to 9/30/2003           $  26.85              $    991,597.35       $  82,633.11
10/1/2003 to 9/30/2004           $  27.35              $  1,010,062.90       $  84,171.90
10/1/2004 to 9/30/2005           $  27.85              $  1,028,528.40       $  85,710.96
10/1/2005 to 9/30/2006           $  28.35              $  1,046,993.90       $  87,249.49
10/1/2006 to 9/30/2007           $  28.85              $  1,065,459.40       $  88,788.28
10/1/2007 to 9/30/2008           $  29.35              $  1,083,924.90       $  90,327.07

3

If the Term commences other than on the first day of a month or ends other than on the last day of a month, the Base Rent for such month shall be prorated. The prorated Base Rent for the portion of the month in which the Term commences shall be paid on the first day of the first full month of the Term.

4. ADDITIONAL RENT.

4.1 In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Paragraph 3 hereof, Tenant shall pay as "Additional Rent" the amounts determined as hereinafter set forth. The Base Rent and the Additional Rent are sometimes herein collectively referred to as the "Rent". All amounts due under this Paragraph 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Paragraph 4 shall survive the expiration of the Term with respect to obligations accruing during the Term. For any partial Calendar Year, Tenant shall be obligated to pay only a pro rata share of the Additional Rent, based on the number of the days of the Term falling within such Calendar Year.

4.2 As used in this Paragraph 4, the terms:

4.2.1 "Base Year" shall mean the calendar year 1998.

4.2.2 "Calendar Year" shall mean each calendar year in which any part of the Term falls, through and including the year in which the Term expires.

4.2.3 Intentionally deleted.

4.2.4 "Tenant's Prorata Share" shall mean 7.32%, being the rentable area of the Premises specified above divided by 504,375, being the rentable area of the Office Section.

4.2.5 "Taxes" shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Office Section) which Landlord shall pay during any Calendar Year, (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such government or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Office Section and the land associated therewith (the "Land") as Landlord shall allocate, if not separately assessed, between the Office Section and the other components of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be excluded from Taxes all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord's general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Building). If the method of taxation of real estate prevailing at the time of

4

execution hereof shall be, or has been altered, so as to cause the whole or any part of the taxes now, hereafter or heretofore levied, assessed or imposed on real estate to be levied, assessed or imposed on Landlord, wholly or partially, as a capital levy or otherwise, or on or measured by the rents received therefrom, then such new or altered taxes attributable to the Building shall be included within the term "Taxes", except that the same shall not include any enhancement of said tax attributable to other income of Landlord. Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes in the Calendar Year such expenses are paid. Tax refunds shall be deducted from Taxes in the Calendar Year they are received by Landlord. If Taxes for any period during the Term or any extension thereof shall be increased after payment thereof by Landlord for any reason, including without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant's Prorata Share of such increased Taxes. Tenant acknowledges that the exclusive right to contest or appeal any Taxes shall be Landlord's, in Landlord's sole discretion, and Tenant hereby waives any and all rights now or hereafter conferred upon it by law to independently contest or appeal any Taxes.

4.2.6 "Operating Expenses" shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts (including Taxes) of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Calendar Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, repair, replacement, restoration and operation of the Office Section including without limitation, any amounts paid for: (a) utilities for the Office Section, including but not limited to electricity, power, gas, steam, oil or other fuel, water, sewer, lighting, heating, air conditioning and ventilating, (b) permits, licenses and certificates necessary to operate, manage and lease the Office Section, (c) insurance applicable to the Office Section, not limited to the amount of coverage Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, (d) supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Office Section, (e) accounting and professional services (including inspection and consultation), (f) any equipment rental agreements or management agreements (including the cost of any customary management fee and the fair rental value of any office space provided thereunder), (g) reasonable wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons (including the level of building manager and below) engaged in the operation, maintenance or security of the Office Section, and employer's Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits, (h) payments under any easement, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs within the Building, and (i) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all Systems and Equipment (defined in subparagraph 4.2.7 below) and components thereof, janitorial service, alarm and security service, window cleaning, trash removal, cleaning of walks, parking facilities and building walls, removal of ice and snow, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities, maintenance and renovation of elevators, maintenance and replacement of trees and other landscaped items, drainage facilities, curbs, and walkways, separate operations, repair to roofs and re-roofing. Landlord shall allocate any of such expenses, costs and amounts, the expenditure of which benefits both the Office
Section and other portions of the Building, in accordance with sound management and accounting principles, and shall in no event be reimbursed more than 100% of such expenses, costs and amounts. If the Building is not fully occupied during all or a portion of any Calendar Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment (based upon an assumed 95% occupancy) to the variable components of operating expenses for such year employing sound

5

accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of operating expenses that would have been paid had the Building been fully occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(i) depreciation of the Building or portions thereof, interest and amortization on mortgages, and other debt costs or ground lease payments, if any; legal fees incurred in negotiating and enforcing tenant leases; real estate brokers' leasing commissions; improvements or alterations to tenant spaces; the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by, any tenant; any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease; costs of any items to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party other than Expense Adjustment Amount payments by tenants in the Building (such proceeds to be deducted from Operating Expenses in the year in which received), except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Expenses;

(ii) costs of capital improvements, except those: (a) intended to reduce Operating Expenses, or minimize any increase therein, or to comply with any governmental requirements (other than governmental requirements attributable to a violation as of the date of this Lease of governmental requirements in existence as of the date of this Lease) or
(b) for replacements (as opposed to additions or new improvements) of Systems and Equipment (hereinafter defined) or items located in the common areas of the Office Section and the Building required to keep such areas in good condition; provided, for purposes of this Lease, all such permitted capital expenditures shall be amortized (even if Landlord pays the entire cost when the work is performed) over their useful lives at an annual rate of interest which is 200 basis points above the corporate base rate of interest from time to time charged by The First National Bank of Chicago; and

(iii) expenses incurred in advertising and other promotional fees relating to the Building; open houses to attract new tenants and leasing expenses relating to other tenants or other leases, including without limitation broker's fees, space planning fees, expenses of demolishing, constructing or renovating space for other tenants, court costs, professional fees and other legal fees incurred in negotiating other leases, resolving disputes with or enforcing the obligation of any other tenants; accounting and legal fees related to title to the Property, disputes with the Building manager, disputes with any other tenant, defending any alleged violation of a law in existence on the date hereof, and disputes solely relating to the retail portions of the Building; the cost to cure any other tenant's default under its lease, including the cost to restore such tenant's premises or to correct any damage caused by any other tenant to the common areas; costs to relocate any other tenant; costs of repairs, alterations or replacements caused by the exercise of the right of eminent domain; any contribution to any reserve (whether voluntary or required by law, generally accepted accounting principles, or pursuant to any agreement to which Landlord is a party, including the ground lease or any mortgage) to any debt loss, Rent loss or other reserve for bad debt; any contribution to other reserves or escrows required by the Ground Lessor, any mortgagee, or deemed prudent by Landlord, except as expressly required pursuant to paragraph 4.3 of this Lease; interest, amortization or other costs (including legal fees) associated with any mortgage, loan or refinancing of the Land, Building or the common areas or the negotiation or renegotiation of the ground lease; expenses incurred for any necessary replacement of any item to the extent reimbursed

6

pursuant to a warranty; the cost of special services rendered to any tenant which are not generally available to other tenants in the Building; the cost of any item or service to the extent that any other tenant separately reimburses Landlord or pays to third parties therefor; any interest or penalty, cost or expense in curing Landlord's defaults under any lease, ground lease, any mortgage or other agreement to which landlord is a party, or any interest, penalty or fine relating to any violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Building; any cost or expense incurred in correcting a violation, in existence as of the date hereof, of any law, governmental regulation or rule in effect on the date hereof and relating to the Building, the physical conditions or operations thereof, including without limitation: (a) any cost incurred to test, survey, cleanup, contain, abate, remove or otherwise remedy existing Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) or asbestos or asbestos containing materials in violation as of the date of this Lease of existing laws relating thereto, , (b) any cost to remedy violations as of the date of this Lease of the Illinois Accessibility Code or the Americans With Disabilities Act or similar laws, or (c) the cost of correcting any applicable building or fire code violations or violations of any other applicable law relating to the Building, the common area or the Land as of the date of this Lease; the cost of repairs, alterations or replacements caused by casualty losses (provided that Operating Expenses may include a reasonable deductible); the cost of correcting defects in the construction of the Building, the common areas or the Land; payment of any personal property taxes of the Landlord or for equipment or items not used in the operation or maintenance of the Building; any expenses incurred for sculpture, paintings, or other works of art including costs incurred with respect to the purchase, ownership, lease, repair, maintenance, insurance costs or other expenses with respect to such works of art; all expenses resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees; political and charitable contributions made by Landlord or any manager of the Building; wages, salaries or other compensation paid for with respect to clerks or attendants in concessions, newsstands, athletic, or cafeteria facilities operated by the Landlord, or any other concessions or kiosks; and expenses in excess of those which are reasonable in comparison to similar expenses incurred by other owners of other comparable Class A mixed use office buildings in the City of Chicago.

4.2.7 "Systems and Equipment" shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve in whole or in part the Office Section.

4.3 Commencing with the first Calendar Year after the Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Landlord's agent as Additional Rent, in addition to the Base Rent required by Paragraph 3 hereof, an amount ("Expense Adjustment Amount") equal to Tenant's Prorata Share of the Operating Expenses in excess of the amount paid by Landlord in the Base Year (subject to adjustment pursuant to Subparagraph 4.4 hereof) incurred with respect to each Calendar Year. The Expense Adjustment Amount with respect to each Calendar Year shall be paid in monthly installments, in an amount estimated from time to time by Landlord and communicated by written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall cause to be kept books and records showing Operating Expenses in accordance with an appropriate system of accounts and accounting practices, consistently maintained. Within 120 days following the close of each Calendar Year (or as soon thereafter as is

7

reasonably feasible), Landlord shall cause the amount of the Expense Adjustment Amount for such Calendar Year to be computed based on Operating Expenses for such Calendar Year and Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of such amount and Tenant shall pay any deficiency to Landlord as shown by such statement within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement. If the total of the estimated monthly installments paid by Tenant during any Calendar Year exceed the actual Expense Adjustment Amount due from Tenant for such Calendar Year, at Landlord's option such excess shall be either credited against payments next due hereunder or refunded by Landlord, provided Tenant is not then in default hereunder. Delay in computation or billing of the Expense Adjustment Amount shall not be deemed a default hereunder or a waiver of Landlord's right to collect the Expense Adjustment Amount. Within sixty (60) days after receipt of the statement of the Expense Adjustment Amount for the prior Calendar Year, Tenant shall have the right to notify Landlord that Tenant desires to exercise its right to audit Landlord's books and records relating to the computation of Operating Expenses. Any such audit shall be conducted by a nationally recognized accounting firm approved by Landlord prior to such audit, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event such audit reveals errors in the calculation of Operating Expenses, the party owing such amount shall pay the amount owed within ten (10) business days of notice of such error. In the event Landlord has overstated Operating Expenses by five percent (5%) or more, Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of such audit; otherwise, Tenant shall pay.

4.4 If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed for the purposes of this Paragraph to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant.

5. USE OF PREMISES.

Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises solely for offices and for no other purpose.

6. CONDITION OF PREMISES.

Tenant shall accept the Premises in an "as is" condition without any allowance provided by Landlord. Tenant has been given the opportunity to inspect the Premises, including but not limited to their physical condition and compliance with code and exiting requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall be fully responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any alterations of the Premises required pursuant to comply with Americans with Disabilities Act or required to comply with any other requirements of law or governmental authorities, and for the installation of corridors, demising walls and separations, (together with the reconnection of all HVAC, electrical and other systems and facilities on both sides of such walls), all fire exit doors (with alarms) required by code for the Premises and the adjacent space on the 17th floor (Tenant hereby acknowledging that such fire exit doors are acceptable), and all fire strobes required by code, if any. Such work shall be performed in accordance with Exhibit B. Tenant shall also be responsible for any items of damage to the Premises caused by Tenant or its agents, employees, independent contractors or suppliers. No promise of the Landlord to alter, remodel or

8

improve the Premises or the Building and no representation by Landlord or its agents respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made to Tenant or relied upon by Tenant.

7. SERVICES.

7.1 Landlord shall provide the following services on all days during the Term, except Sundays and holidays, unless otherwise stated:

7.1.1 Subject to all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, heating and air conditioning when necessary for normal comfort in the Premises, from Monday through Friday, during the period from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. and on Saturday during the period from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. Tenant will pay for all heating and air conditioning requested and furnished prior to or following such hours or required due to special heat-producing equipment installed by Tenant at rates to be established from time to time by Landlord. Requests for any additional services shall be in writing and delivered to Landlord no later than 2:00 P.M. of the preceding day.

7.1.2 Adequate electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant's lighting fixtures and incidental uses, provided that (a) the connected electrical load of the incidental use equipment does not exceed an average of two (2) watts per useable square foot of the Premises, (b) the electricity so furnished for incidental uses will be at a nominal one hundred twenty (120) volts and no electrical circuit for the supply of such incidental use will have a current capacity exceeding twenty (20) amperes; (c) the connected electrical load of Tenant's lighting fixtures does not exceed an average of three (3) watts per useable square foot of the Premises, and (d) the electricity so furnished for Tenant's lighting will be at a nominal one hundred twenty (120) volts. If Tenant's requirements for electricity are in excess of those set forth in the preceding sentence hereof, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to install the conduit, wiring and other equipment necessary to supply electricity for such excess use requirements at the Tenant's expense. Tenant shall be responsible for the replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures within the Premises.

7.1.3 At all times, City water from the regular Office

Section outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

7.1.4 Janitorial services Monday through Friday in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with first-class office buildings in Chicago, Illinois.

                        7.1.5   Non-exclusive automatic passenger elevator
service at all times.

                        7.1.6   Non-exclusive freight elevator services subject

to scheduling by Landlord.

7.1.7 At all times, access to the Premises.

9

7.1.8 Security in a manner comparable to other Class A mixed use office buildings in downtown Chicago for a twenty-four (24) hour building.

7.1.9 Extermination and pest control when necessary.

7.1.10 Maintenance of the common area facilities in a manner consistent with Class A mixed use office buildings in downtown Chicago, including but not limited to cleaning, HVAC, electrical, snow removal, repairs, trash removal and landscaping.

7.1.11 Condenser water for Tenant's air conditioning unit in its computer room; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay for all hook up costs, and Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to pay a reasonable charge for such condenser water.

7.2 Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord's beneficiaries shall be liable for damages (by abatement of Rent or otherwise) for interruption in or failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service, or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such interruption, failure, delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control; and such interruption, failure, delay or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of the Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve the Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that if such services are interrupted or materially diminished for a period of five (5) business days or more after notice by Tenant to an extent which renders the Premises unusable or inaccessible, Rent shall abate for the period of such interruption or diminution continuing after such five (5) business day period (and shall abate during such five (5) business day period if and to the extent that Landlord receives proceeds covering such period from any rental interruption insurance policy Landlord may elect to maintain).

7.3 Charges for any service for which Tenant is required to pay from time to time hereunder, excluding hoisting services but including without limitation after hours heating or air conditioning, shall be due and payable at the same time as the installment of Rent with which they are billed, or if billed separately, shall be due and payable within ten (10) days after such billing. If Tenant shall fail to make payment for any such services, Landlord may, with not less than ten (10) days' notice to Tenant, discontinue any or all of such services and such discontinuance shall not be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of the Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its other obligations under this lease.

7.4 Tenant shall pay for the use of all electrical service to the Premises (other than the electrical service necessary for Landlord to fulfill its obligation to provide heating and air conditioning as provided in Subparagraph 7.1.1 hereof). The 16th floor of the Premises is separately metered. Tenant shall have the right, at its cost and expense, to cause the Premises on the 17th floor to be separately metered. As to any portion of the Premises which is separately metered, if Tenant is billed directly by such utility company, Tenant agrees to pay each bill promptly in accordance with

10

its terms, and if Tenant is not billed directly, Landlord shall forward each bill received by it with respect to the Premises to Tenant and Tenant shall pay it promptly in accordance with its terms.

If any portion of the Premises is not separately metered for any reason, Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent, in monthly installments at the time prescribed for monthly installments of Rent, an annual amount, as estimated by Landlord from time to time, which Tenant would pay for such electricity if the same were separately metered to the Premises by the local electric utility company and billed to Tenant at such utility company's then current rates.

8. REPAIRS.

Tenant will, at Tenant's own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Term, and Tenant shall promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken fixtures and appurtenances, under the supervision and subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord. If the Tenant does not do so, Landlord may, upon not less than ten (10) days' notice to Tenant, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Office Section) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord's involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Upon 48 hour prior notice to Tenant (except in an emergency), Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises or to the Building or to any equipment located in the Building, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, except as provided in the second sentence of this paragraph 8 and except to the extent that they shall constitute Operating Expenses, as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree.

11

9. ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS.

9.1 Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, make any alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises; PROVIDED THAT, Tenant shall not be obligated to obtain the consent of Landlord if the cost of any improvement, alteration or addition does not exceed $100,000, does not involve any modification to the structure of the Building or any Systems and Equipment serving any other Premises, and is not visible from the exterior of the Premises. If Landlord is required to and does consent to said alterations, improvements or additions, it may impose such reasonable conditions with respect thereto as Landlord deems appropriate, including, without limitation, requiring Tenant to furnish Landlord with security for the payment of all costs to be incurred in connection with such work, a lien waiver from Tenant's general contractor, insurance against liabilities which may arise out of such work and plans, specifications and permits necessary for such work. In no event shall such work incorporate any asbestos material. The work necessary to make any alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises, whether prior to or subsequent to the Commencement Date, shall be done at Tenant's expense by contractors approved by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being acknowledged that the process for approval of Tenant's contractors with respect to the work being performed by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date is set forth in Exhibit B). Tenant shall promptly pay, when due, the cost of all such work and of all repairs to the Building required by reason thereof. If such work has a cost of $100,000 or more, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord a percentage of the cost of such work, not to exceed 2% or $50,000 whichever is less if Tenant is performing the work (such percentage to be established on a uniform basis for the Office Section), sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord's involvement with such work; provided that, Tenant shall not be liable for any fee incurred in connection with the work performed prior to the Commencement Date. Upon completion of such work Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, if payment is made directly to contractors, evidence of payment, contractors' affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials. Tenant shall defend and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, damages, liens and expenses related to such work. All work done by Tenant or its contractors pursuant to Paragraphs 8 or 9 shall be done in a first-class workmanlike manner using only good grades of materials and shall comply with all insurance requirements and all applicable laws and ordinances and rules and regulations of governmental departments or agencies.

9.2 All alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises made or paid for by Landlord or Tenant shall without compensation to Tenant become Landlord's property at the termination of this lease by lapse of time or otherwise and shall, unless Landlord requests their removal (in which case Tenant shall remove the same as provided in Paragraph 17), be relinquished to Landlord in good condition, ordinary wear excepted.

9.3 Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires, cables and related devices (collectively, the "Lines") in the Building or serving the Premises, provided:

12

(a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Subparagraph 9.1 hereof;

(b) any such installation, maintenance, replacement, removal or use shall not interfere with the use of any then existing Lines at the Building;

(c) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Building, as determined in Landlord's reasonable opinion;

(d) If Tenant at any time uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field exceeding the normal insulation ratings or ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation, the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent such excessive electro-magnetic fields or radiation;

(e) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises;

(f) Tenant's rights shall be subject to the rights of any regulated telephone company; and

(g) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection with the rights and obligations of Tenant set forth in this Subparagraph 9.3.

Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any laws, ordinances, rules or regulations or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition (whether such Lines were installed by Tenant or any other party), within thirty
(30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord unless such Lines create a dangerous condition, in which event they shall be removed as quickly as is necessary.

Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to): (i) in-stall new Lines at the Building; (ii) create additional space for Lines at the Building; and (iii) reasonably direct, monitor and/or supervise the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of, the allocation and periodic re-allocation of available space (if any) for, and the allocation of excess capacity (if any) on, any Lines now or hereafter installed at the Building by Landlord, Tenant or any other party (but Landlord shall have no right to monitor or control the information transmitted through such Lines). Such rights shall not be in limitation of other rights that may be available to Landlord by law or otherwise. If Landlord exercise any such rights, Landlord may charge Tenant for the costs attributable to Tenant, or may include those costs and all other costs in Operating Expenses under Subparagraph 4.2.6 hereof (including without limitation, costs for acquiring and installing Lines and risers to accommodate new Lines and spare Lines, any associated computerized system and software for maintaining records of Line connections, and the fees of any consulting engineers and other experts); provided, any capital expenditures included in Operating Expenses hereunder shall be

13

amortized (together with reasonable finance charges) over the period of time prescribed by Subparagraph 4.2.6.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any or all Lines installed by or for Tenant within or serving the Premises upon termination of this Lease, provided Landlord notifies Tenant prior to or within thirty (30) days prior to such termination. Any Lines not required to be removed pursuant to this Subparagraph 9.3 shall, at Landlord's option, become the property of Landlord (without payment by Landlord). If Tenant fails to remove such Lines as required by Landlord, or violates any other provision of this Subparagraph 9.3, Landlord may, after twenty (20) days written notice to Tenant, remove such Lines or remedy such other violation, at Tenant's expense (without limiting Landlord's other remedies available under this Lease or applicable Law). Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, grant to any third party a security interest or lien in or on the Lines, and any such security interest or lien granted without Landlord's written consent shall be null and void. Except to the extent arising from the intentional or negligent acts of Landlord or Landlord's agents or employees, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that Tenant's use of any Lines will be free from the following (collectively, the "Line Problems"): (x) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties; (y) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant's requirements; or (z) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other tenants or occupants at the Building, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines or any associated equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause. Under no circumstances shall any Line Problems be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, render Landlord liable to Tenant for abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that if such Line Problems were caused by Landlord's willful or negligent act and if such Line Problems continue for a period of five (5) business days or more after notice by Tenant and render the Premises unusable or inaccessible, Rent shall abate for the period after such five (5) business day period during which such Line Problems so continue (and shall abate during such five (5) business day period if and to the extent that Landlord receives proceeds covering such period from any rental interruption insurance policy Landlord may elect to maintain). Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from any Line Problems.

10. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS.

Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Land, Building, the Office Section or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant's interest only. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Land, Building, the Office Section or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be immediately released and removed of record or bonded against. In the event that such lien is not

14

immediately released and removed or bonded against, Landlord, at its sole option, may take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, including but not limited to payment of same, (without any duty to investigate the validity or amount thereof) and Tenant shall promptly upon notice reimburse Landlord for all sums, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien.

11. INSURANCE.

11.1 Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and every claim for recovery from the other for any and all loss of or damage to the Building or Premises or to the contents thereof, which loss or damage is covered by valid and collectible physical damage insurance policies, to the extent that such loss or damage is recoverable under said insurance policies. Inasmuch as this mutual waiver will preclude the assignment of any such claim by subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or any other person), Landlord and Tenant each agree to give to each insurance company which has issued, or in the future may issue, to it policies of physical damage insurance, written notice of the terms of this mutual waiver, and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason of said waiver.

11.2 Tenant shall purchase and maintain insurance during the entire Term for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord (as their interests may appear) with terms, coverages and in companies satisfactory to Landlord, and with such increases in limits as Landlord may from time to time request, but initially Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts:

11.2.1 General Public Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant's operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, for limits of liability not less than:

Personal Injury and $3,000,000 each occurrence Property Damage Liability $3,000,000 annual aggregate

11.2.2 Comprehensive Automobile Insurance covering all owned, non-owned and hired automobiles of Tenant including the loading and unloading of any automobile with limits of liability not less than:

Personal Injury and $3,000,000 each occurrence Property Damage Liability $3,000,000 annual aggregate

11.2.3 Physical Damage Insurance covering all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant's property on the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on an "all risks" of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance.

11.3 Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of the Term and thereafter not later than 30 days prior to the expiration date of any insurance coverage, furnish to Landlord certificates

15

evidencing such coverage, which certificates shall state that such insurance coverage may not be cancelled or the limits reduced below the required amounts without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and Tenant and shall name Landlord, Landlord's mortgagee and ground lessor with respect to the Land, Landlord's beneficiary and Landlord's management agent and such other parties as Landlord shall reasonably request as additional insureds, provided that Tenant has been notified of the names and addresses of such additional insureds. Any policies purchased by Tenant shall contain a clause pursuant to which the insurance carrier waives all rights of subrogation against the Landlord with respect to losses payable under such policies.

11.4 Landlord agrees to keep in force and effect a risk-financing program, which may be either insured or self-insured, on the Office Section against fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and such other risks as may be included in extended coverage insurance from time-to-time available in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full insurable replacement value of the Office Section or such lesser amount as is sufficient to prevent Landlord from becoming a co-insurer under the terms of any applicable policies and public liability insurance in an amount of not less than $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Any policies purchased pursuant to said program shall contain a replacement cost endorsement and a clause pursuant to which the insurance carriers waive all rights of subrogation against the Tenant with respect to losses payable under such policies.

11.5 Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws and ordinances, all orders and decrees of court and all requirements of other governmental or quasi-governmental authorities, and shall not, directly or indirectly, make any use of the Premises which may thereby be prohibited or be dangerous to person or property or which may jeopardize any insurance coverage or may increase the cost of insurance or require additional insurance coverage. If by reason of the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Subparagraph 11.5, any insurance coverage is jeopardized or insurance premiums are increased, Landlord shall have the option either to terminate this Lease or to require Tenant to make immediate payment of the increased insurance premium.

12. FIRE OR CASUALTY.

12.1 If the Premises or any common areas of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, restore the Premises and such common areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Premises and common areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Office Section or any other modifications to the common areas deemed desirable by Landlord (provided access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises is not materially impaired), and except that Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any of Tenant's furniture, furnishing, fixtures or equipment. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant's business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof, except that Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Rent during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease or access to the Premises is materially and adversely affected, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof.

16

12.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord may elect not to perform restoration work, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of damage (such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety
[90] days to vacate the Premises), but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or the Office Section shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause (whether or not the Premises are affected) such that: (a) repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced without the payment of overtime or other premiums, (b) the holder of any mortgage on the Office Section or ground lessor with respect to the Land shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt (or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be), or (c) the damage is not fully covered (except for deductible amounts) by Landlord's insurance policies. Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have under any applicable law to terminate the Lease by reason of damage to the Premises or the Office Section, except that it shall have the right to terminate the lease, by notifying Landlord within sixty (60) days after the date of damage (such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety [90] days to vacate the Premises), if the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause or access to the Premises is materially and adversely affected such that repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty.

13. WAIVER OF CLAIMS - INDEMNIFICATION.

To the extent not prohibited by law, and except for claims arising from Landlord's intentional or grossly negligent acts that are not covered by insurance, Landlord, its beneficiary, the partners of its beneficiary and their respective officers, agents, servants and employees shall not be liable for any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof sustained by Tenant due to the Building or any part thereof or any appurtenances thereof becoming out of repair, or due to the happening or any accident or event in or about the Building, or due to any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building, including the Premises, or of any other person. This provision shall apply particularly, but not exclusively, to damage caused by gas, electricity, snow, frost, steam, sewage, sewer gas or odors, fire, water or by the bursting or leaking of pipes, faucets, sprinklers, plumbing fixtures and windows, and shall apply without distinction as to the person whose act or neglect was responsible for the damage and whether the damage was due to any of the causes specifically enumerated above or to some other cause of an entirely different kind. Tenant further agrees that all personal property upon the Premises, or upon loading docks, receiving and holding areas, or freight elevators of the Building, shall be at the risk of Tenant only, and that Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage thereto or theft thereof. Without limitation of any other provisions thereof, and except to the extent arising from the intentional or grossly negligent acts of Landlord that are not covered by insurance, Tenant agrees to defend, protect, indemnify and save harmless Landlord, its beneficiary, the partners of its beneficiary and their respective officers, agents, servants and employees from and against all liability to third parties (including but not limited to the officers, agents, contractors and business associates of Tenant) arising out of Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises or the acts or omissions of Tenant (whether or not such acts or omissions constitute a violation of applicable law or of this Lease) and its servants, agents, employees, contractors, suppliers, workers and invitees.

17

Except to the extent arising from the intentional or grossly negligent acts of Tenant that are not covered by insurance, Landlord agrees to defend, protect, indemnify and save harmless Tenant from and against all liability to third parties arising out of Landlord's use and occupancy of the common areas (exclusive of the parking areas) in the Building.

14. NONWAIVER.

No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of Landlord to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation be continued or repeated subsequently, and no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of moneys by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Term or of Tenant's right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such moneys, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgement for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgement.

15. CONDEMNATION.

If the whole or any part of the Premises or Building shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises or Building, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. If more than ten percent (10%) of the rentable area of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant's personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Term, and for moving expenses (so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Land or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant). All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date possession of the Premises or Building, or portion thereof, is taken by the condemning authority, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated.

16. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

16.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Article 16, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, as

18

further described below: (i) assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, (ii) permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, (iii) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or (iv) permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant, its employees and affiliates (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as "Transfers" and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "Transferee"). If Tenant shall desire Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (a "Transfer Notice"), which notice shall include: (a) the proposed effective date (which shall not be less than thirty
[30] days nor more than one hundred eighty [180] days after Tenant's notice),
(b) the portion of the Premises to be Transferred (herein called the "Subject Space"), (c) all of the material terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all documentation then available pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (d) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, and any other information to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee's business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without Landlord's prior written consent shall, at Landlord's option, be null, void and of no effect, and any acceptance of rent by Landlord from any purported Transferee shall not be deemed a consent to a Transfer or a waiver of any of Landlord's rights or remedies hereunder. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay $300.00 towards Landlord's review and processing expenses, as well as any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

16.2 Landlord will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in Tenant's notice. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following applies (without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent): (i) the Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building, (ii) the Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease, (iii) the Transfer will result in more than a reasonable and safe number of occupants per floor within the Subject Space, (iv) the Subject Space is not regular in shape with appropriate means of ingress and egress suitable for normal renting purposes, (v) the Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof; (vi) the proposed transferee is not solvent or does not in Landlord's reasonable judgment have an adequate net worth, (vii) Tenant has committed a default under this Lease not cured at the time Tenant requests consent to the proposed Transfer, or (vii) the proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of any other leases or agreements to which Landlord is a party, or would give any occupant of the Building a right to cancel its lease.

16.3 If Landlord consents to a Transfer, and as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium received by Tenant from such Transfer. "Transfer Premium" shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (on a monthly basis during the Term, and prorated on a per rentable square

19

foot basis, if less than all of the Premises is transferred), less any reasonable costs of the Transfer incurred by Tenant (amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the Transfer). If part of the consideration for such Transfer shall be payable other than in cash, Landlord's share of such non-cash consideration shall be in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Such percentage of the Transfer Premium shall be paid promptly by Tenant upon Tenant's receipt from time to time of periodic payments from such Transferee or such other time as Tenant shall realize a Transfer Premium from such Transfer.

16.4 (a) In the event Tenant shall desire to effect a Transfer of the Premises, Tenant shall have the option to give Landlord written notice of Tenant's intent to Transfer the Premises (a "NOTICE OF INTENT"). The Notice of Intent shall state: (i) the effective date on which Tenant intends to effect a Transfer (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), (ii) the Subject Space, (iii) the term of the Transfer to be effected, if less than the entire term remaining in the Lease, and (iv) the nature of the Transfer to be effected.

(b) Upon receipt of a Notice of Intent or a Transfer Notice (if no Notice of Intent had been previously delivered), Landlord shall have the option to recapture the Subject Space. Landlord must exercise its option to recapture the Subject Space within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Notice of Intent or Transfer Notice.

(c) If Landlord delivers a recapture notice to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord's recapture notice, to withdraw its Notice of Intent or Notice of Transfer, as applicable, in which event Landlord shall have no right to recapture the Subject Space.

(d) In the event Landlord exercises its right to recapture and Tenant shall not have rescinded its Notice of Intent or Transfer Notice, as applicable, the Lease shall terminate with respect to the Subject Space as of the Effective Date stated in Tenant's Notice of Intent or Transfer Notice, as applicable. Upon such termination, Tenant shall have no further obligations or liability to Landlord with respect to the Subject Space after such Effective Date.

(e) If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Notice of Intent and Landlord fails to exercise its right to recapture within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such Notice of Intent, Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its rights to recapture the Subject Space if it receives a Transfer Request relating to and consistent with the Transfer specified in the Notice of Intent at any time prior to sixty (60) days after the Effective Date set forth in the applicable Notice of Intent.

(f) If Landlord exercises its right to recapture pursuant to this Section 16.4 and this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Base Rent reserved herein shall be recalculated based upon the number of square feet remaining in the Premises and the rental rates set forth in Article 3 and Section 4.2.4, and this Lease, as so amended, shall continue in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same.

20

16.5 If Landlord consents to a Transfer: (a) the terms and conditions of this Lease, including among other things, Tenant's liability for the Subject Space, shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified,
(b) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (c) no Transferee shall succeed to any rights provided in this Lease or any amendment hereto to extend the Term of this Lease, expand the Premises, or lease additional space, any such rights otherwise being deemed personal to Tenant (provided that an assignee of the entire Premises for the entire Term, including but not limited to a successor in interest contemplated in paragraph 16.6.2, shall have such rights), (d) in connection with such Transfer, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer including but not limited to an assumption agreement by the Transferee in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (e) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord's request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant's chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after demand pay the deficiency, and Landlord's costs of such audit, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall have the right to cancel this Lease upon thirty (30) days notice. Any sublease hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any sublease, Landlord shall have the right to:
(i) treat such sublease as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such subtenant attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such sublease.

16.6.1 Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 16.6.2, for purposes of this Lease, the term "Transfer" shall also include (a) if Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of a majority of the partners or members (as the case may be), or transfer of a majority of partnership or membership interests (as the case may be), within a twelve (12) month period, or the dissolution of the partnership or limited liability company, and (b) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or within a twelve (12) month period: (i) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death) or (ii) the sale of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant.

16.6.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following shall not be deemed to be a "Transfer" hereunder:

(i) any assignment or transfer of all of Tenant's interest under the Lease (whether voluntary or by operation of law) to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity as a result of the sale, acquisition, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets or business of Tenant;

(ii) any consolidation, reorganization, conversion by Tenant to another type of legal entity;

21

(iii) any merger by Tenant with and into another entity or type of entity, whether or not Tenant is the surviving entity; or

(iv) any sale of securities of Tenant (whether debt or equity) in connection with any public offering;

PROVIDED THAT, the Transferee or the surviving entity, as applicable, in connection with transactions contemplated in Section (i), (ii) or (iii) shall have a net worth greater than Tenant immediately prior to the date any event permitted pursuant to the foregoing is effected. Tenant shall give Landlord immediate notice of any event permitted pursuant to Section (i), (ii), (iii) or
(iv) above. Landlord shall have no right of recapture with respect to any transaction contemplated in Section (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv). Upon the occurrence of events set forth in Section (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), Tenant (if Tenant remains in existence) and Tenant's successor shall continue to be liable for all obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease.

16.7 In no event shall Tenant assign this Lease or enter into any sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived by any person from the Premises leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and Tenant agrees that all assignments, subleases, licenses, concessions or other agreements for use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises shall provide that the person having an interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of the Premises shall not enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of space in the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived by any person from the Premises leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales). Tenant further agrees that any such purported assignment, sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises.

17. SURRENDER OF POSSESSION.

Upon the expiration of the Term or upon the termination of Tenant's right of possession, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall forthwith surrender the Premises to Landlord in good order, repair and condition, ordinary wear excepted, and shall, if Landlord so requires, restore the Premises to the condition existing at the beginning of the Term (except that Tenant shall not be required to remove any initial tenant improvements installed by Tenant pursuant to Exhibit B unless Landlord so requires in connection with its approval of the plans therefor). Any interest of Tenant in the alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises made or paid for by Landlord or Tenant shall, without compensation to Tenant, become Landlord's property at the termination of this lease by lapse of time or otherwise and such alterations, improvements and additions shall be relinquished to Landlord in good condition, ordinary wear excepted. Upon the termination of the Term or of Tenant's right of possession, Tenant shall remove office furniture,

22

trade fixtures, office equipment and all other items of Tenant's property on the Premises. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises and to the Building caused by any such removal. If Tenant shall fail or refuse to remove any such property from the Premises, Tenant shall be conclusively presumed to have abandoned the same, and title thereto shall thereupon pass to Landlord without any cost either by set-off, credit, allowance or otherwise, and Landlord may at its option accept the title to such property or at Tenant's expense may (i) remove the same or any part thereof in any manner that Landlord shall choose, (ii) repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal, and (iii) store, destroy or otherwise dispose of the same without incurring liability to Tenant or any other person.

18. HOLDING OVER.

In addition to performing all of Tenant's other obligations hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount as Rent equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of one-twelfth the Base Rent and one hundred fifty percent (150%) of one-twelfth the Additional Rent paid by Tenant during the previous Calendar Year herein provided during each month or portion thereof for which Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the termination of the Term or of Tenant's right of possession, whether by lapse of time or otherwise. Tenant shall also shall pay all actual damages (but not consequential damages) sustained by Landlord on account of such hold over if such hold over exceeds sixty (60) days. If the hold over exceeds six (6) months, the aforesaid one hundred fifty percent (150%) factor shall, in lieu of Landlord's right to seek consequential damages, be automatically increased to a two hundred percent (200%) factor from and after the expiration of such six (6) month period. Such hold over shall constitute a month to month tenancy. The provisions of this Paragraph 18 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law.

19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

Tenant agrees, that, from time to time upon not less that ten
(10) days prior request by Landlord, the Tenant, or Tenant's duly authorized representative having knowledge of the following facts, will deliver to Landlord a certificate in writing certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which Rent and other charges have been paid; (iii) that the Landlord is not in default under any provision of this Lease, or, if in default, the nature thereof in detail and
(iv) such matters as are shown on Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, or (v) such further matters as may reasonably be requested, it being intended that any such statement may be relied upon by any mortgagees or prospective mortgagees of the Land, Building and/or Office Section, or any prospective assignee of any mortgagee thereof or any prospective or actual purchaser of the Office Section or Building or an interest therein. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes, and in the event Tenant fails so to do within ten business (10) days after demand in writing, Tenant shall be considered in default under this lease.

23

20. SUBORDINATION.

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Land and to the lien of any first mortgage or first trust deed, now or hereafter in force against the Land and the Office Section, or any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such first mortgage or first trust deed, unless the holders of such first mortgage or first trust deed, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases require in writing that this Lease shall be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such first mortgage, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale if so requested to do so by such purchaser, and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease. Tenant shall at Landlord's request execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such first mortgage, first trust deed, ground leases or underlying leases; provided, however, that Tenant shall not (unless it is in default under this Lease) be required to subordinate to any documents that are entered into after the Commencement Date unless Tenant is furnished with an Agreement of Subordination, Non-Disturber and Attornment in the mortgagee's or lessor's usual form in connection with any request for subordination. Tenant hereby grants to Landlord an irrevocable power of attorney, coupled with an interest, to execute and deliver in the name of Tenant any such instrument or instruments if Tenant fails to do so, provided that such shall in no way relieve Tenant from the obligation of executing such instruments of subordination or superiority. Tenant shall execute and deliver, upon the execution of this Lease, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the mortgagee and ground lessor to execute and deliver to Tenant, as promptly as feasible after the execution of this Lease, an Agreement of Subordination, Non-Disturber and Attornment in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof.

21. CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD.

Landlord shall have the following rights, each of which Landlord may exercise without notice to Tenant and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business on account of the exercise thereof, and the exercise of any such rights shall not be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use or possession of the Premises and shall not give rise to any claim for set-off or abatement of rent and any other claim:

21.1 To change the Building's name or street address.

21.2 To install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Building.

21.3 To decorate or to make repairs, alterations, additions, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise (including alterations in the location or configuration of the common areas), in and about the Building, or any part thereof, and for such purposes to enter upon the Premises, upon five
(5) days' prior notice (except in an emergency), and during the continuance of any of said work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space and corridors in the Building

24

and to interrupt or temporarily suspend services or use of facilities, all without affecting any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, so long as the Premises are reasonably accessible and usable.

21.4 To furnish door keys or other entry device for the entry door(s) in the Premises at the commencement of the Term and to retain at all times, and to use in appropriate instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises. Tenant agrees to purchase only from Landlord or Landlord's designee additional duplicate keys as required, to change no locks, and to affix no locks on doors without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Notwithstanding the provisions for Landlord's access to Premises, Tenant relieves and releases the Landlord of all responsibility to Tenant arising out of theft, robbery, pilferage and personal assault. Upon the expiration of the Term or of Lessee's right to possession, Tenant shall return all keys to Landlord and shall disclose to Landlord the combination of any safes, cabinets or vaults left in the Premises.

21.5 To designate and approve all window coverings used in the Building.

21.6 To approve the weight, size and location of safes, vaults and other heavy equipment and articles in and about the Premises and the Building so as not to exceed the legal live load per square foot designated by the structural engineers for the Building, and to require all such items and furniture and similar items to be moved into or out of the Building and Premises only at such times and in such manner as Landlord shall direct in writing. Tenant shall not install or operate machinery or any mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant's ordinary use of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant's movements of property into or out of the Building or Premises and within the Building are entirely at the risk and responsibility of Tenant, and Landlord reserves the right to require permits before allowing any property to be moved into or out of the Building or Premises.

21.7 To establish controls for the purpose of regulating all property and packages, both personal and otherwise, to be moved into or out of the Building and Premises and all persons using the Building after normal office hours.

21.8 To regulate delivery and service of supplies in order to maintain the cleanliness and security of the Premises and Building and to avoid congestion of the loading docks, receiving areas and freight elevators.

21.9 To show the Premises to prospective tenants with prior verbal notice at reasonable hours during the last twelve months of the Term and, if the Premises have been vacated or abandoned, to show the Premises at any time to prospective tenants with prior verbal notice (if Tenant has left a notice address).

21.10 To erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits, and appurtenances thereto, in and through the Premises at reasonable locations, provided such pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits do not materially and adversely affect the use of the Premises or are unnecessarily obtrusive.

21.11 To enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises after reasonable notice to Tenant.

25

21.12 To grant to any person or to reserve unto itself the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building. If Landlord elects to make available to tenants in the Building any services or supplies in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or the Systems and Equipment, or arranges a master contract therefor, Tenant agrees to obtain its requirements, if any, therefor from Landlord or under any such contact, provided that the charges therefor are reasonable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord retains ABMI, Inc. to provide services to the Building, so long as such company is affiliated with a major competitor of Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to exclude such company from the Premises by notice to Landlord, which notice shall contain Tenant's agreement to provide such services to the Premises at its sole cost and expense.

22. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

Tenant shall, and shall cause all of its subtenants and occupants, its and their agents, employees, invitees and licensees to observe faithfully and comply strictly with the following rules and regulations, as they may be supplemented and revised by Landlord from time to time, and such other rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord, as in the Landlord's judgment may be desirable for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and the Premises, or for the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of such rules and regulations by, or for Landlord's failure to enforce the same against, any other tenant, its subtenants and occupants and its and their agents, employees, invitees or licensees, nor shall any such violation or failure constitute, or be treated as contributing to, an eviction, actual or constructive, or affect Tenant's covenants and obligations hereunder, or allow Tenant to reduce, abate or offset the payment of Rent or other sum under this Lease.

22.1 Any sign, lettering, picture, notice, or advertisement installed within Tenant's Premises which is visible to the public from within the Building shall be installed at Tenant's cost and in such manner, character and style as Landlord may approve in writing; provided, however, that Tenant may install signage reasonably acceptable to Landlord in the elevator lobby of tenant's whole floor. No sign, lettering, picture, notice or advertisement shall be placed on any outside window or in any position so as to be visible from outside the Building.

22.2 Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Building in advertising or other publicity, without prior written consent of Landlord.

22.3 Tenant, its subtenants and its and their agents, employees, invitees, licensees customers and guests shall not obstruct sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, corridors, vestibules, halls, elevators and stairways in and about the Building. Each of said parties shall lend its full cooperation to keep such areas free from all obstruction and in a clean and sightly condition, and move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all such items and waste (other than waste customarily removed by Building employees) that are at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to all courts, passageways, entrances, exits, loading or shipping areas, elevators, stairways, corridors, halls and roofs by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety or security of the Building or

26

its occupants. None of said parties shall enter into areas reserved for the exclusive use of Landlord or its agents, employees, licensees or invitees.

22.4 Tenant shall not make noises, cause disturbances, create vibrations, odors or noxious fumes or use or operate any electrical or electronic devices or other devices that emit sound waves (other than cellular telephones, electric transmitters and similar devices generally in use in offices in the Building) or are dangerous to other tenants and occupants of the Building or that would interfere with the operation of any device or equipment or radio or television broadcasting or reception from or within the Building or elsewhere, and shall not place or install any projections, antennae, aerials or similar devices inside or outside of the Premises.

22.5 Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvass to solicit business from other tenants in the Building, and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange any item or services in or from the Premises unless ordinarily embraced within the Tenant's use of the Premises as specified in its lease.

22.6 Tenant shall not waste electricity or water and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building's heating and air conditioning and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls. Tenant shall keep public corridor doors closed.

22.7 Bicycles shall not be permitted in the Building in other than Landlord-designated locations.

22.8 Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting its space from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed and secured.

22.9 Peddlers, solicitors and beggars shall be reported to the office of the Building or as Landlord otherwise requests.

22.10 Tenant shall neither install nor operate machinery or any mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant's ordinary use of the Premises without the written permission of the Landlord.

22.11 No person or contractor not employed by Landlord shall be used to perform window washing, cleaning, decorating, repair or other work in the Premises.

22.12 Unless Landlord so consents, Tenant shall not, and Tenant shall not permit or suffer anyone to:

(i) Cook in the premises (other than the use of microwaves, toaster-ovens and similar devices generally in use in offices in the Building);

(ii) Place vending or dispensing machines of any kind in or about the Premises (other than vending machines for the exclusive use of Tenant's employees); or

27

(iii) At any time sell, purchase or give away, or permit the sale, purchase or gift of, food in any form.

22.13 Tenant shall not:

(i) Use the Premises for lodging or for any immoral or illegal purposes.

(ii) Use the Premises to engage in the manufacture or sale of, or (unless it shall first have delivered to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has obtained dram shop insurance in amounts and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, naming Landlord as an additional insured, and that any such use shall be in accordance with all laws relating thereto) permit the use of, any spirituous, fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic beverages on the Premises.

(iii) Use the Premises to engage in the manufacture or sale of, or permit the use of, any illegal drugs on the Premises.

22.14 In no event shall any person bring into the Building inflammables such as gasoline, kerosene, naphtha and benzene, or explosives or firearms or any other article of intrinsically dangerous nature. If by reason of the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this paragraph, any insurance premium payable by Landlord for all or any part of the Building shall at any time be increased above normal insurance premiums for insurance not covering the items aforesaid, Landlord shall have the option to either terminate the Lease or to require Tenant to make immediate payment for the whole of the increased insurance premium.

22.15 Tenant shall cooperate with and participate in all security programs affecting the Building.

22.16 Tenant shall cause all floors within the Premises to be carpeted; provided that areas such as kitchens, utility closets, entrances, production rooms, computer rooms, photocopying areas and other similar areas may contain another type of floor-covering if Tenant first obtains written approval from Landlord.

22.17 Tenant shall not drill, or permit to be drilled, any holes in any window frames (mullions) located within the Premises.

22.18 Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles may be brought into the Building only at times and in the manner (including use of freight elevators and the loading area) designated by Landlord, and always at Tenant's sole responsibility. Landlord may direct and control the location of safes and all other heavy articles and, if considered necessary by Landlord, require supplementary supports at the expense of Tenant of such material and dimensions as Landlord may deem necessary to properly distribute the weight. Any damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight, safes or any other articles shall be repaired at the expense of tenant. All furniture, equipment, cartons and similar articles desired to be removed from

28

the Premises or the Building shall be listed in writing by Tenant with Landlord and a removal permit therefor shall first be obtained from Landlord.

Landlord shall have the right from time to time to prescribe additional rules and regulations which, in its judgement, may be desirable for the use, entry, operation and management of the Premises and Office Section, each of which rules and regulations and any amendments thereto shall become a part of this Lease without further action of the parties. Tenant shall comply with all such rules and regulations; provided, however, that such rules and regulations shall not substantially diminish any right or privilege herein expressly granted to Tenant.

23. LANDLORD'S REMEDIES.

If default shall be made in the payment of the Rent or any installment thereof or in the payment of any other sum required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease or under the terms of any other agreement between Landlord and Tenant and such default shall continue for five (5) days after written notice to Tenant, or if default shall be made in the observance or performance of any of the other covenants or conditions in this Lease which Tenant is required to observe and perform and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant (or such additional time as may reasonably be required if such default cannot be reasonably cured within thirty
(30) days, provided in no event shall such additional time exceed forty-five
(45) additional days), or if a default involves a hazardous condition and is not cured by Tenant as promptly as is necessary to remove the hazardous condition but in any event within five (5) business days after written notice to Tenant, or if the interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be levied on under execution or other legal process which is not dismissed within thirty (30) days, or if any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for corporate reorganization or any similar relief shall be filed by Tenant, or if any involuntary petition in bankruptcy shall be filed against Tenant under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency act and shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days from the filing thereof, or if a receiver shall be appointed for Tenant or any of the property of Tenant by any court and such receiver shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days from the date of his appointment, or if Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if Tenant shall admit in writing Tenant's inability to meet Tenant's debts as they mature, then Landlord may treat the occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing events as a breach of this Lease, and thereupon at its option may, without notice or demand of any kind to Tenant or any other person, have any one or more of the following described remedies in addition to all other rights and remedies provided at law or in equity or elsewhere herein:

(i) Landlord may terminate this Lease and the Term created hereby by giving Tenant written notice of Landlord's election to do so and the effective date thereof, in which event Landlord may forthwith repossess the Premises and be entitled to recover forthwith, in addition to any other sums or damages for which Tenant may be liable to Landlord, as liquidated damages a sum of money equal to the excess of the present value of the Rent provided to be paid by Tenant for the balance of the Term over the present value of the fair market rental value of the Premises, after deduction of all anticipated expenses of reletting, for said period (such present value to be computed on the basis of a per annum discount rate equal to three percent (3%) plus the effective annual yield on U.S. Treasury obligations maturing closest to the Termination Date

29

calculated on the date specified in said notice). Should the fair market rental value of the Premises, after deduction of all anticipated expenses of reletting, for the balance of the Term exceed the value of the Rent provided to be paid by Tenant for the balance of the Term, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay to Tenant the excess or any part thereof or to credit such excess or any part thereof against any other sums or damages for which Tenant may be liable to Landlord.

(ii) Landlord may terminate the right of Tenant to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant that Tenant's right to possession shall end on the date stated in such notice, whereupon the right of Tenant to possession of the Premises or any part thereof shall cease on the date stated in such notice. If Landlord terminates the right of Tenant to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease, the present value of the Rent (at the then current rates therefor) for the period from the date stated in the notice terminating possession to the Termination Date over the present value of the fair market rental value of the Premises, after deduction of all anticipated expenses of reletting, for said period (such present value to be computed as set forth in clause (i) above) shall, at the option of Landlord, be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, together with any other monies due hereunder, and Landlord shall have the right of immediate recovery of all such amounts. In the alternative, Landlord shall have the right from time to time to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall remain liable for all Rent not theretofore accelerated and paid pursuant to the foregoing sentence and any other sums thereafter accruing as they become due under this Lease during the period from the date of such notice of termination of possession to the Termination Date. In any such case, Landlord may (but shall be under no obligation to, except as may be required by law) relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant for such rent, from time to time (which may be for a term extending beyond the Term of this Lease) and upon such terms as Landlord in Landlord's sole discretion shall determine, and Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or to observe any instructions given by Tenant relative to such reletting. Also, in any such case, Landlord may change the locks or other entry devices of the Premises and make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent deemed by Landlord necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall upon written demand pay the cost thereof together with Landlord's expenses of reletting, including without limitation, brokerage commissions payable to Landlord's agent or to others. Landlord may collect the rents from any such reletting and apply the same first to the payment of the expenses of reentry, redecoration, repair and alterations and the expenses of reletting and second to the payment of Rent therein provided to be paid by Tenant, and any excess or residue shall operate only as an offsetting credit against the amount of Rent due and owing or paid as a result of acceleration or as the same thereafter becomes due and payable hereunder, but the use of such offsetting credit to reduce the amount of Rent due Landlord, if any, shall not be deemed to give Tenant any right, title or interest in or to such excess or residue and any such excess or residue shall belong to Landlord solely; provided that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to a credit on its indebtedness to Landlord in excess of either the aggregate sum due and owing or paid as a result of acceleration or which would have been paid by Tenant for the period for which the credit to Tenant is being determined, had no default occurred, as applicable. No such reentry, repossession, repairs, alterations, additions or reletting shall be construed as an eviction or ouster of Tenant or as an election on Landlord's part to terminate this Lease, unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant, or shall operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, and Landlord may, at any time and from time to

30

time, sue and recover judgment for any deficiencies from time to time remaining after the application from time to time of the proceeds of any such reletting.

(iii) Landlord, without thereby waiving such default, may perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant, without notice in a case of emergency or in case of correction of a dangerous or hazardous condition, and in any other case if such default continues after ten
(10) days from the date of the giving by Landlord to Tenant of written notice of intention so to do. Bills for any expense incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by Landlord for the account of Tenant, and shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms of said bills, and if not paid when due, the amounts thereof shall immediately become due and payable as Additional Rent under this Lease.

24. EXPENSES OF ENFORCEMENT.

The Tenant shall pay upon demand all Landlord's reasonable costs, charges and expenses including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel, agents and others retained by Landlord incurred in enforcing the Tenant's obligations hereunder or incurred by the Landlord in any litigation, negotiation or transaction in which the Tenant causes the Landlord without the Landlord's fault to become involved or concerned, provided such expenses shall not include expenses incurred in the negotiation of this Lease.

25. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT.

Landlord covenants that the Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of the Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

26. CESSATION OF OCCUPANCY.

If Tenant shall cease to occupy the Premises for a period of at least one (1) month during the last six (6) months of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice in writing to Tenant, which notice shall set forth the effective date of termination.

27. REAL ESTATE BROKER.

Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and its beneficiaries, employees, agents, their officers and partners, harmless from and against any claims made by any broker or finder other than Mesirow-Stein for a commission or fee in connection with this Lease, provided that Landlord has not in fact retained such other broker or finder. Landlord shall be responsible for any commission or fee which may be payable to Mesirow-Stein. This paragraph is not intended to create any third party beneficiary rights, including but not limited to any rights in favor of Mesirow-Stein.

31

28. RIGHTS CUMULATIVE.

All rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other rights and remedies allowed by law.

29. INTEREST.

All payments becoming due under this Lease, whether from Landlord to Tenant or from Tenant to Landlord, and remaining unpaid when due shall bear interest until paid at the rate of the greater of (i) fourteen percent (14%) per annum or (ii) three percent (3%) per annum above the corporate base rate charged from time to time by The First National Bank of Chicago (the "Interest Rate").

30. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

31. CONSENT OF LANDLORD.

Where, under the terms of this Lease, the consent or approval of Landlord shall be required, such consent or approval, unless otherwise expressly provided for herein to the contrary, may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion, but any such decision to withhold consent shall be made in good faith. If Tenant shall request Landlord's consent and Landlord shall fail to refuse to give such consent, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding by Landlord of its consent, it being intended that Tenant's sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance or injunction.

32. TERMS.

The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed.

33. BINDING EFFECT.

Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of the Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 16 hereof.

34. LEASE CONTAINS ALL TERMS.

All of the representations and obligations of Landlord are contained herein, and no modification, waiver or amendment of this Lease or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be

32

binding upon the Landlord unless in writing signed by Landlord or by a duly authorized agent of Landlord empowered by a written authority signed by Landlord.

35. DELIVERY FOR EXAMINATION.

Submission of the form of the Lease for examination shall not bind Landlord in any manner, and no Lease or obligations of the Landlord shall arise until this instrument is signed by both Landlord and Tenant and delivery is made to each.

36. NO AIR RIGHTS.

No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.

37. MODIFICATION OF LEASE.

Should any prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Office
Section require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are required therefor and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor. Should any such prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of lease for recording (containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the term of this Lease), Tenant agrees to execute such short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

38. SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES.

38.1 At any time from and after September 1, 2003, Landlord shall have the right (which right may be exercised only one [1] time during the Term) to substitute for the premises then being leased or to be leased hereunder (the "Existing Premises") other premises within the Office Section (the "New Premises"), provided that the New Premises shall be located on a contiguous higher floor or floors and shall include at least one (1) entire floor (and the remainder of the space shall be on a single, contiguous floor), shall be of substantially the same size and shall either have substantially the same perimeter configuration or a perimeter configuration substantially as usable for the purposes for which the Existing Premises were being used by Tenant or, if possession of the Existing Premises had not yet been received by Tenant, then for the purposes for which the Existing Premises were to be used by Tenant. As a condition precedent to Tenant's obligation to relocate in accordance with the provisions of this Section, Landlord shall grant to Tenant equivalent rights of First Opportunity and Option Expansion Space, as set forth in Rider Two and Rider Three, all in form reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, relating to space contiguous to the substitute premises.

38.2 Intentionally Omitted.

33

38.3 Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Existing Premises not later than the later of the ninetieth (90th) day after the date that Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord's intent to make the substitution in question or the fifteenth (15th) day after Landlord shall have fully completed the work to be done (including punch list items) by Landlord in the New Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 38.3. As of the sooner of such fifteenth (15th) day or the date of such surrender and vacation, the New Premises shall be the Premises leased under this Lease and the Existing Premises shall cease to be the Premises leased under this Lease. Landlord shall (i) pay the actual out-of-pocket expenses of Tenant's moving of its property from the Existing Premises to the New Premises, and (ii) shall improve the New Premises so that they are similar in all material respects (including quality of design, workmanship and materials) to the Existing Premises and promptly reimburse Tenant for its actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs in connection with the relocation of any telephone or other communications equipment and lines from the Existing Premises to the New Premises. Tenant shall receive a one-month abatement of Rent.

38.4 Except as provided above, Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation for any inconvenience or interference with Tenant's business, nor to any abatement or reduction in rent, nor shall Tenant's obligations under this Lease be otherwise affected, as a result of the substitution, except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 38 Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord so as to facilitate the prompt completion by Landlord of its obligations under this Paragraph 38. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, Tenant agrees to promptly provide Landlord with such approvals, instructions, plans, specifications or other information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

39. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST.

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Land and Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder after the date of transfer. Such transferee shall have no liability under this Lease with regard to Landlord's obligations prior to such date of transfer. The liability of any transferee of Landlord shall be limited to the interest of such transferee in the Land and Building and such transferee shall be without personal liability under this Lease, Tenant hereby expressly waiving and releasing said personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

40. LANDLORD'S TITLE.

Landlord's title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

34

41. PROHIBITION AGAINST RECORDING.

Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord's election.

42. CAPTIONS.

The captions of Paragraphs and subparagraphs are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Paragraphs or subparagraphs.

43. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS.

All of the covenants of Tenant hereunder shall be deemed and construed to be "conditions", if Landlord so elects, as well as "covenants" as though the words specifically expressing or importing covenants and conditions were used in each separate instance.

44. RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.

Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

45. APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.

Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease (regardless of Tenant's designation of such payments) to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts, as Landlord in its sole discretion, may elect.

46. TIME OF ESSENCE.

Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

47. GOVERNING LAW.

Interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the law of the state in which the Premises is located.

48. PARTIAL INVALIDITY.

If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease (or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those in respect of which it is invalid or

35

unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

49. NOTICES.

All notices to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and either hand delivered or deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered mail with return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Landlord:         c/o JMB Realty Corporation
                        900 North Michigan Avenue
                        Chicago, Illinois 60611
                        Attn: Thomas Omundson

Copy to:                JMB Realty Corporation
                        900 North Michigan Avenue
                        Chicago, Illinois 60611
                        Attention: Legal Department

or to such other person or such other address designated by notice sent by Landlord to Tenant.

If to Tenant:           Michael Swartz
                        Senior Vice President
                        Standard Parking Corporation
                        200 East Randolph Drive, Suite 4800
                        Chicago, IL 60603

Copy to:                Standard Parking Corporation
                        200 East Randolph Drive, Suite 4800
                        Chicago, IL 60603
                        Attention: Legal Department

and after occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, at the Premises, or to such other address as is designated by Tenant in a notice to Landlord.

Notice by mail shall be deemed to have been given upon deposit in the United States mail as aforesaid.

50. NO WARRANTY.

In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representation (including, but not limited to, any representation whatsoever as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord

36

is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis), warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the Exhibits attached hereto.

51. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal or release of any biologically or chemically active or other hazardous substance, or materials. Tenant shall not allow the storage or use of such substances or materials in any manner not sanctioned by law or by the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances or materials, nor allow to be brought into the Building any such materials or substances except to use in the ordinary course of Tenant's business, and then only after written notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such substances or materials. Without limitation, hazardous substances and materials shall include those described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S. C. Section 6901 et seq., any applicable state or local laws and regulations adopted under these acts. If any lender or governmental agency shall ever require testing to ascertain whether or not there has been any release of hazardous materials, then the reasonable costs thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as additional charges if such requirement applies to the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations and the like from time to time at Landlord's request concerning Tenant's best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of hazardous substances or materials on the Premises. In all events, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord in the manner elsewhere provided in this lease from any release of hazardous materials on the Premises occurring while Tenant is in possession, or elsewhere if caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant. The within covenants shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the lease term.

52. TRUSTEE EXCULPATION.

It is expressly understood and agreed that this Lease is executed on behalf of LaSalle National Bank, not personally but as Trustee as aforesaid, in the exercise of the power and authority conferred upon and invested in it as such Trustee, and under the direction of the beneficiaries of a certain Trust Agreement dated March 1, 1984, and known as Trust No. 107701. It is further expressly understood and agreed that LaSalle National Bank, as Trustee as aforesaid, has no right or power whatsoever to manage, control or operate said real estate in any way or to any extent and is not entitled at any time to collect or receive for any purpose, directly or indirectly, the rents, issues, profits or proceeds of said real estate or any lease or sale or any mortgage or any disposition thereof. Nothing in this Lease contained shall be construed as creating any personal liability or personal responsibility of the Trustee or any of the beneficiaries of the Trust as a lien or otherwise, and, in particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there shall be no personal liability to pay any indebtedness accruing hereunder or to perform any covenant, either expressly or implied herein contained, or to keep, preserve or sequester any property of said Trust or for said Trustee to continue as said Trustee; and that so far as the parties herein are concerned, the owner of any indebtedness or liability accruing hereunder shall look solely to the Trust estate from time-to-time subject to the provisions of said Trust Agreement for payment thereof, Tenant hereby expressly

37

waiving and releasing said personal liability and personal responsibility on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

53. EXHIBITS AND RIDERS.

Attached hereto and made a part hereof are the following Exhibits and Riders:

Exhibit A--Plan
Exhibit A-1--Location of Phase 1 and Phase 2 Exhibit B--Work Agreement Exhibit C--Estoppel Letter Exhibit D--Agreement of Subordination, Non-Disturber and Attornment
Rider One--Option to Extend Rider Two--Subordinated Right of First Opportunity Rider Three--Option Expansion Space

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

LANDLORD:

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,
as successor Trustee as aforesaid
and not personally,

By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
      ---------------------------------
Its:  SR. VICE PRESIDENT
      ---------------------------------

TENANT:

APCOA, INC., a
Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
      ---------------------------------
Its:  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
      ---------------------------------

38

EXHIBIT A

[GRAPHIC]

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING                                               [ILLEGIBLE]

16TH FLOOR LEASING INFORMATION                                         1 JUNE 98

                                    EXHIBIT A

[GRAPHIC]

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING                                               [ILLEGIBLE]

17TH FLOOR LEASING INFORMATION                                         1 JUNE 98

                                   EXHIBIT A-1

[GRAPHIC]

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING                                               [ILLEGIBLE]

16TH FLOOR PHASING PLAN                                                1 JUNE 98

                                   EXHIBIT A-1

[GRAPHIC]

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING                                               [ILLEGIBLE]

17TH FLOOR PHASING PLAN                                                1 JUNE 98

                                                                 JMB 105E (2/89)
                                                                  WORK AGREEMENT
                                                              TENANT PERFORMANCE

EXHIBIT B

WORK AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the day of JUNE 4, 1998, between LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, as successor trustee to LASALLE NATIONAL TRUST, N.A., as successor trustee to LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, under that certain Trust Agreement, dated March 1, 1984, and known as Trust No. 107701 ("Landlord") and APCOA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

Reference is made to the lease agreement bearing even date herewith (the "Lease") for premises located on the entire 16th floor and a portion of the 17th floor (the "Premises"), located in the property known as 900 North Michigan (the "Property").

1. The Work. Under the Lease, Tenant has agreed to accept the Premises "as is," without any obligations for the performance of improvements or other work by Landlord, and Tenant desires to perform certain improvements thereto (the "Work"). Such Work shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Work Agreement. Performance of the Work shall not serve to abate or extend the time for the commencement of Rent under the Lease, except to the extent Landlord delays approvals beyond the times permitted below.

2. Cost of the Work. Tenant shall pay all costs (the "Costs of the Work") associated with the Work whatsoever, including without limitation, all permits, inspection fees, fees of space planners, architects, engineers, and contractors, utility connections, the cost of all labor and materials, bonds, insurance, and any structural or mechanical work, additional HVAC equipment or sprinkler heads, or modifications to any building mechanical, electrical, plumbing or other systems and equipment or relocation of any existing sprinkler heads, either within or outside the Premises required as a result of the layout, design, or construction of the Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall pay to Tenant $.07 per square foot for space planning expense. Such amount shall be paid by Landlord concurrently with or promptly after the execution of this Lease.

3. Space Plan and Specifications.

A. No later than ten (10) days after the date of this Work Agreement set forth above, Tenant shall submit two (2) sets of a "Space Plan" (as described in Section 16) to Landlord for approval.

1

B. Landlord shall, within five (5) working days after receipt thereof, either approve said Space Plan, or disapprove the same advising Tenant of the reasons for such disapproval. In the event Landlord disapproves said Space Plan, Tenant shall modify the same, taking into account the reasons given by Landlord for said disapproval, and shall submit two sets of the revised Space Plan to Landlord within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord's initial disapproval.

4. Working Drawings and Engineering Report.

A. No later than ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord's approval of the Space Plan, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for approval two (2) sets of "Working Drawings" (as defined in Section 16), and a report (the "Engineering Report") from Tenant's mechanical, structural and electrical engineers indicating any special heating, cooling, ventilation, electrical, heavy load or other special or unusual requirements of Tenant.

B. Landlord shall, within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, either approve the Working Drawings and Engineering Report, or disapprove the same advising Tenant of the reasons for disapproval. If Landlord disapproves of the Working Drawings or Engineering Report, Tenant shall modify and submit revised Working Drawings, and a revised Engineering Report, taking into account the reasons given by Landlord for disapproval, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord's initial disapproval.

5. Landlord's Approval. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold approval of any Space Plans, Working Drawings, or Engineering Report submitted hereunder if they provide for a customary office layout with finishes and materials generally conforming to building standard finishes and materials currently being used by Landlord at the Property, are compatible with the Property's shell and core construction, and if no modifications will be required for the Property electrical, heating, air-conditioning, ventilation, plumbing, fire protection, life safety, or other systems or equipment, and will not require any structural modifications to the Property, whether required by heavy loads or otherwise.

6. Space Planners, Architects, Engineers. Landlord hereby approves
(i) Mekus Studios as the space planner for the Work; (ii) ESD as the engineer for the Work; and (iii) Interior Construction Group, Inc. as the general contractor for the Work. Performance bonds shall not be required of any of the above or of any subcontractor. Tenant may substitute another licensed, bonded, reputable and qualified space planner, architect, engineer, contractor (and shall use a mechanical subcontractor) who will work in harmony with each other and those of Landlord so as to ensure proper maintenance of good labor relationships, and in compliance with all applicable labor agreements existing between trade unions and the relevant chapter of the Association of General Contractors of America. Such substitutions (and Tenant's selection of its mechanical subcontractor) may be made only with Landlord's prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such approval shall be granted or denied within fifteen (15) days after Landlord receives from Tenant a written request for such substitution, containing a reasonable designation of the proposed party's background, references and qualifications. Any such substitution shall not serve to delay the times for submission of the Space Plan, Working Drawings

2

and Engineering Report required herein, except to the extent that Landlord delays granting or denying approval beyond the aforementioned fifteen (15) day period.

7. Change Orders. No changes, modifications, alterations or additions to the approved Space Plan or Working Drawings which increases the cost of the Work in the aggregate by more than $200,000, which affects the structure, the Systems and Equipment or which is visible from the exterior of the Premises may be made without the prior written consent of the Landlord after the written request therefor by Tenant. Modifications in the Space Plan or Working Drawings relating to color, brand and decorative features in the interior of the Premises shall not be deemed to be changes for the purposes of this section. In the event that the Premises are not constructed in accordance with said approved Space Plan and Working Drawings, then Tenant shall not be permitted to occupy the Premises until the Premises reasonably comply in all respects with said approved Space Plan and Working Drawings; in such case, the Rent shall nevertheless commence to accrue and be payable as otherwise provided in the Lease.

8. Compliance. Tenant's Work shall comply in all respects with the following: (a) the Building Code of the City and State in which the Building is located and State, County, City or other laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other such person, (b) applicable standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and National Electrical Code, and (c) building material manufacturer's specifications.

9. Guarantees. Each contractor, subcontractor and supplier participating in Tenant's Work shall guarantee that the portion thereof for which he is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. Every such contractor, subcontractor and supplier shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without any additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract which shall become defective within one (1) year after completion thereof. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of Tenant's Work and/or the Property and/or common areas, or work which may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to Tenant's Work shall be contained in the contract or subcontract which shall be written such that said warranties or guarantees shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give Landlord any assignment or other assurances necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement. Copies of all contracts and subcontracts shall be furnished to Landlord promptly after the same are entered.

10. Performance.

A. Tenant's Work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion, subject to delays for reasons beyond Tenant's control (except financial matters). All Work shall be in conformance, subject to change orders and modifications permitted pursuant to Section 7, with the Working Drawings approved by Landlord in writing, and Landlord may periodically inspect the

3

Work for such compliance. Tenant's Work shall be coordinated under Landlord's direction with the work being done or to be performed for or by other tenants in the Property so that Tenant's Work will not interfere with or delay the completion of any other construction work in the Property.

B. Tenant's Work shall be performed in a thoroughly safe, first-class and workmanlike manner in conformity with the approved Space Plan and Working Drawings, and shall be in good and usable condition at the date of completion.

C. Tenant shall be required to obtain and pay for all necessary permits and/or fees with respect to Tenant's Work, and the same shall be shown to Landlord prior to commencement of the Work.

D. Each contractor and subcontractor shall be required to obtain prior written approval from Landlord for any space outside the Premises within the Property, which such contractor or subcontractor desires to use for storage, handling, and moving of his materials and equipment, as well as for the location of any facilities for his personnel.

E. The contractors and subcontractors shall be required to remove from the Premises and dispose of, at least once a week and more frequently as Landlord may direct, all debris and rubbish caused by or resulting from the construction. Upon completion of Tenant's Work, the contractors and subcontractors shall remove all surplus materials, debris and rubbish of whatever kind remaining within the Property which has been brought in or created by the contractors and subcontractors in the performance of Tenant's Work. If any contractor or subcontractor shall neglect, refuse or fail to remove any such debris, rubbish, surplus material or temporary structures within two (2) days after notice to Tenant from Landlord with respect thereto, Landlord may cause the same to be removed by contract or otherwise as Landlord may determine expedient, and charge the cost thereof to Tenant as additional Rent under the Lease.

F. Tenant shall obtain and furnish Landlord all approvals with respect to electrical, water and telephone work as may be required by the respective company supplying the service. Tenant shall obtain utility service, including meter, from the utility company supplying service, unless Landlord elects to supply service and/or meters.

G. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to furnish bonds or other security in form and amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord for the prompt and faithful performance and payment for Tenant's Work.

H. Landlord's acceptance of Tenant's Work as being complete in accordance with the approved Space Plan and Working Drawings shall be subject to Landlord's inspection and written approval. Tenant shall give Landlord five
(5) days' prior written notification of the anticipated completion of Tenant's Work.

I. Intentionally Omitted.

4

J. Tenant shall, at its cost and expense construct, purchase, install and perform any and all items of Tenant's Work, stock its merchandise and employ its personnel so as to obtain any governmentally required certificate of occupancy and to occupy the Premises as soon as possible, and in all cases on or before the date required therefor hereunder or under the Lease.

K. If an expansion joint occurs within the Premises, Tenant shall install finish floor covering to or covering such joint in a workmanlike manner, and Landlord shall not accept responsibility for any finish floor covering applied to or installed over the expansion joint.

L. Copies of "as built" drawings shall be provided to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days after completion of the Work.

M. Landlord's approval of Tenant's plans and specifications, and Landlord's recommendations or approvals concerning contractors, subcontractors, space planners, engineers or architects, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the quality or adequacy of the Work, or the design thereof, or of its compliance with Laws, codes and other legal requirements.

N. Tenant shall conduct its labor relations and relations with employees so as to avoid strikes, picketing and boycotts of, on or about the Premises or Property. If any employees strike, or if picket lines or boycotts or other visible activities objectionable to Landlord are established, conducted or carried out against Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors or suppliers, in or about the Premises or Property, Tenant shall immediately close the Premises and remove or cause to be removed all such employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and suppliers until the dispute has been settled.

0. Landlord shall not be responsible for any disturbance or deficiency created in the air conditioning or other mechanical, electrical or structural facilities within the Property or Premises as a result of the Work. If such disturbances or deficiencies result, Tenant shall correct the same and restore the services to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction, within a reasonable time.

P. If performance of the Work shall require that additional services or facilities (including without limitation, extra or after-hours elevator usage or cleaning services) be provided, Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable charges therefor.

Q. Tenant's contractors shall comply with the rules of the Property and Landlord's requirements respecting the hours of availability of elevators and manner of handling materials, equipment and debris. Demolition (and other work) which is likely to cause inconvenience or annoyance to other occupants must be performed after normal business hours, as specified in Paragraph 7.1.1 of the Lease. Delivery of materials, equipment and removal of debris must be arranged to avoid any inconvenience or annoyance to other occupants. The Work and all cleaning in the Premises must be controlled to prevent dirt, dust or other matter from infiltrating into adjacent tenant or mechanical areas.

R. Landlord may impose reasonable additional requirements from time to time in order to ensure that the Work, and the construction thereof does not disturb or interfere with any

5

other tenants of the Property, or their visitors, contractors or agents, nor interfere with the efficient, safe and secure operation of the Property.

11. Insurance. All contractors and sub-contractors shall carry Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all of their respective employees in the statutory amounts. Employer's Liability Insurance in the amount of at least $500,000 per occurrence, and general public liability insurance of at least $3,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury, death, or property damage; and the policies therefor shall cover Landlord and Tenant as additional insureds, as well as the contractor or subcontractor. Tenant shall carry builder's risk insurance coverage respecting the construction and improvements to be made by Tenant, in the amount of the anticipated cost of construction of the Work (or any guaranteed maximum price). All insurance carriers hereunder shall be rated at least A and X in Best's Insurance Guide. Certificates for all such insurance shall be delivered to Landlord before the construction is commenced or contractor's equipment is moved onto the Property. All policies of insurance must require that the carrier give Landlord twenty (20) days' advance written notice of any cancellation or reduction in the amounts of insurance. In the event that during the course of Tenant's Work any damage shall occur to the construction and improvements being made by Tenant, then Tenant shall repair the same at Tenant's cost.

12. Signage. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall cause signage of building standard material and design to be placed on or near the door of the Premises (or in the elevator lobby of any floor in which Tenant occupies the entire floor) and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof to Landlord upon demand. The amount due from Tenant therefor shall be deemed "Rent" under the Lease. Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord what name or names Tenant wishes for said signage. The content of all signage shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval. No other signage may be installed or placed outside the Premises by Tenant.

13. Asbestos. If the Property was constructed at a time when asbestos was commonly used in construction, Tenant acknowledges that asbestos-containing materials ("ACM") may be present at the Property, and that airborne asbestos fibers may involve a potential health hazard unless proper procedures are followed. In such case, before commencing the Work, Tenant and its contractor shall consult with Landlord and Landlord's asbestos consultant concerning appropriate procedures to be followed, Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, undertake any necessary asbestos abatement work, prior to Landlord's delivery of Phase I of the Premises to Tenant and before Tenant commences the Work. (To Landlord's actual knowledge, the Property was not constructed at a time when asbestos was commonly used in construction, so that no such abatement work will be required.) During performance of the Work, Tenant shall require that its contractor comply with all laws, rules, regulations and other governmental requirements, as well as all directives of Landlord's asbestos consultant as Tenant's attorney-in-fact for purposes of supervising and directing any asbestos-related aspects of the Work (but such appointment shall not relieve Tenant from its obligations hereunder, nor impose any affirmative requirement on Landlord to provide such supervision or direction).

14. Liens. Tenant shall keep the Property and Premises free from any mechanic's, materialmen's or similar liens or other such encumbrances in connection with the Work, and shall

6

indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments, or costs (including attorneys' fees) arising in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of the Work (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws), to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount paid shall be deemed additional rent under the Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease. Nothing contained herein shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord's title to the Property or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Property or Premises arising in connection with the Work shall be null and void, or at Landlord's option shall attach only against Tenant's interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord's title to the Property and Premises.

15. Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord (and Landlord's principals, partners, agents, trustees, beneficiaries, offices, employees and affiliates) from and against any claims, demands, losses, damages, injuries, liabilities, expenses, judgments, liens, encumbrances, orders and awards, together with attorneys' fees and litigation expenses arising out of or in connection with the Work, or Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions hereof or any failure by Tenant's contractors, subcontractors or their employees to comply with the provisions hereof, except to the extent caused by Landlord's intentional or negligent acts.

16. Certain Definitions.

A. "Space Plan" herein means a floor plan, drawn to scale, showing: (1) demising walls, corridor doors, interior partition walls and interior doors, including any special walls, glass partitions or special corridor doors, (2) any restrooms, kitchens, computer rooms, file rooms and other special purpose rooms, and any sinks or other plumbing facilities, or other special facilities or equipment, (3) any communications system, indicating telephone and computer outlet locations, and (4) any other details or features required to reasonably delineate the Work to be performed.

B. "Working Drawings" herein means fully dimensioned architectural construction drawings and specifications, and any required engineering drawings (including mechanical, electrical, plumbing, air-conditioning, ventilation and heating), and shall include any applicable items described above for the Space Plan, and if applicable: (1) electrical outlet locations, circuits and anticipated usage therefor, (2) reflected ceiling plan, including lighting, switching and any special ceiling specifications, (3) duct locations for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment, (4) details of all millwork, (5) dimensions of all equipment and cabinets to be built in, (6) furniture plan showing details of space occupancy, (7) keying schedule, (8) lighting arrangement, (9) location of print machines, equipment in lunch rooms, concentrated file and library loadings and any other equipment or systems (with brand names wherever possible) which require special consideration relative to air-conditioning, ventilation, electrical, plumbing,

7

structural, fire protection, life-fire-safety system, or mechanical systems,
(10) special heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment and requirements, (11) weight and location of heavy equipment, and anticipated loads for special usage rooms, (12) demolition plan, (13) partition construction plan,
(14) type and color of floor and wall-coverings, wall paint and any other finishes, and any other details or features required to completely delineate the Work to be performed.

17. Taxes. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges or other governmental impositions (including without limitation, any real estate taxes or assessments, sales tax or value added tax) assessed against or levied upon Tenant's fixtures, furnishings, equipment and personal property located in the Premises and the Work to the Premises under this Agreement. Whenever possible, Tenant shall cause all such items to be assessed and billed separately from the property of Landlord. In the event any such items shall be assessed and billed with the property of Landlord, Tenant shall pay its share of such taxes, charges or other governmental impositions to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers a statement and a copy of the assignment or other documentation showing the amount of such impositions applicable to Tenant.

18. INCORPORATED INTO LEASE; DEFAULT. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS WORK AGREEMENT ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED BY THIS REFERENCE INTO THE LEASE FULLY AS THOUGH SET FORTH THEREIN. In the event of any express inconsistencies between the Lease and this Work Agreement, the latter shall govern and control. If Tenant shall default under this Work Agreement, Landlord may order that all Work being performed in the Premises be stopped immediately, and that no further deliveries to the Premises be made, until such default is cured, without limitation as to Landlord's other remedies. Any amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid as additional rent under the Lease. Any default by the other party hereunder shall constitute a default under the Lease and shall be subject to the remedies and other provisions applicable thereto under the Lease.

LANDLORD:

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,
as successor Trustee as aforesaid
and not personally

By:   /s/  [ILLEGIBLE]
      ---------------------------------
Its:  SR VICE PRESIDENT
      ---------------------------------

TENANT:

APCOA, INC., a
Delaware corporation

By:   /s/  [ILLEGIBLE]
      ---------------------------------
Its:  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
      ---------------------------------

8

EXHIBIT C

OFFICE SPACE

ESTOPPEL LETTER

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association 730 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10071

Re: Tenant Office space for
_____________________________("Premises) at 900 North Michigan
Your Appl. #ILL-666

Gentlemen:

It is our understanding that you have placed a mortgage upon the Premises and as a requirement thereof, have required this certification by the undersigned.

The undersigned, as Tenant, under that certain Office Lease (the "Lease") dated ________________, 199___ made with LaSalle National Bank, not personally but as Trustee under Trust Agreement dated March 1, 1984 and known as Trust No. 107701, as Landlord, hereby ratifies said Lease and certifies that:

1. The undersigned entered into occupancy of the Premises described in the Lease on___________________, 199__;

2. The undersigned is presently open and conducting business in the Premises;

3. Base Rent (as that term is defined in the Lease) in the amount of $_________________________ per month was payable from the Commencement Date (as that term is defined in the Lease) subject to any rent concessions provided for in the Lease;

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as provided immediately below, and neither party thereto is in default thereunder,

5. The Lease represents the entire agreement between the parties as to this leasing of the Premises;

1

6. The term of the Lease expires on ____________________, (unless sooner terminated or extended as provided therein;

7. All conditions under the Lease to be performed by the Landlord have been satisfied thereunder,

8. All required contributions by Landlord to Tenant, if any, have been received by Tenant, except for $___________due Tenant;

9. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets which the undersigned has against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord;

10. No more than one month's Base Rent has been paid in advance and that a security deposit in the following amount has been deposited with Landlord (if none, state so):_____________________; and

11. Base Rent for the period ___________________, has been paid.

Very truly yours,


(Name of Tenant)

By:

Its:

2

EXHIBIT D

AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION,
NON-DISTURBER AND ATTORNMENT

THIS AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBER AND ATTORNMENT (this
"Agreement") made the _____ day of _____, 1998, by and among TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation, having its principal office and post office address at 730 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (hereinafter called "Teachers"), LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, as successor Trustee under Trust Agreement dated September 1, 1988 and known as Trust No. 113495, having its principal office and post office address at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois ("Ground Lessor") and __________________________, having its principal office and post office address at _________________________ (hereinafter called "Tenant").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Ground Lessor is the owner in fee simple of those certain premises situate, lying and being in the City of Chicago, County of Cook, State of Illinois, as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the Demised Premises"); and

WHEREAS, under the terms of a certain Lease Agreement dated October 7, 1988 (hereinafter called "Ground Lease"), a short form of which has been recorded on October 7, 1988 in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Cook County, Illinois as Document No. 88-464426, Ground Lessor did lease, let and demise the Demised Premises to LaSalle National Bank, not personally but solely as Trustee under Trust Agreement dated March 1, 1984 and known as Trust No. 107701 (hereinafter called "Landlord") for a term of approximately 75 years ending on June 30, 2064, upon the terms and conditions therein more particularly set forth;

WHEREAS, Teachers is the owner and holder of certain promissory notes dated October 7, 1988, secured by Mortgage and Security Agreements (the "Mortgages"), recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Cook County, Illinois as Document Nos. 88-464427, 88-464428, 88-464429, 88-464437 and 88-464438 constituting a lien upon the leasehold estate created by the Ground Lease;

WHEREAS, under the terms of a certain lease dated _________, 199__ (hereinafter called "Sublease), Landlord did lease, let and demise, subject to the Ground Lease, a portion of the Demised Premises as therein more particularly described; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to establish additional rights of quiet and peaceful possession for the benefit of the Tenant under the Sublease and further to define the terms, covenants and conditions precedent for such additional rights.

1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective demises and of the sum of One ($ 1.00) Dollar and other good and valuable consideration, each to the other in hand paid, it is hereby mutually covenanted and agreed as follows:

1. That Ground Lessor does hereby represent, covenant and warrant:

(a) The Ground Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified.

(b) That there is no existing default under the provisions of the Ground Lease or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or warranties thereof on the part of either Ground Lessor or Landlord to be observed and performed thereunder.

2. That Ground Lessor and Teachers consents to and approves the Sublease.

3. That Teachers and Tenant do hereby consent and agree that the Mortgages shall be and the same are hereby made SUBORDINATE to the Sublease with the same force and effect as if the Sublease had been executed, delivered and recorded prior to the execution, delivery and recording of the Mortgages,

EXCEPT, HOWEVER, that this Subordination shall not affect nor be applicable to and does hereby expressly exclude:

(a) The prior right and claim under, and prior lien of, the Mortgages in, to and upon any award or other compensation theretofore or hereafter to be made for any taking by eminent domain of any part of the Demised Premises, and as to the right of disposition thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Mortgages,

(b) The prior right and claim under, and the prior lien of, the Mortgages in, to and upon any proceeds payable under all policies of fire and rent insurance upon the Demised Premises and as to the right of disposition thereof in accordance with the terms of the Mortgages, and

(c) Any lien, right, power or interest, if any, which may have arisen or intervened in the period between the recording of the Mortgages and the execution of the Sublease or any judgment which may arise at any time under the terms of the Sublease,

That in the event of the cancellation or termination of the Ground Lease or of the surrender thereof, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, prior to the expiration date of the Sublease, including any extensions and renewals of the Sublease now provided thereunder, and subject to the observance and performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Sublease on the part of Tenant to be observed and performed, Ground Lessor or Teachers (as leasehold mortgagee following the exercise of the option to obtain a new ground lease or extend the Ground Lease as provided in the Ground Lease) does hereby covenant and warrant as follows:

(a) The quiet and peaceful possession of Tenant under the Sublease;

2

(b) That the Sublease shall continue in full force and effect and Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be, shall recognize the Sublease and the Tenant's rights thereunder and will thereby establish direct privity of estate and contract as between Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be, and Tenant, with the same force and effect and with the same relative priority in time and right as though the Sublease were originally made directly from Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be, in favor of Tenant, but not in respect of any amendment to such Sublease not previously approved in writing by Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be;

(c) To assume such of the obligations on the part of the Landlord under the Sublease which are deemed to run with the land and for so long as Ground Lessor shall be the owner in fee of the Demised Premises or Teachers shall be in possession under the new Ground Lease aforesaid, as the case may be, provided, however, Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be, shall not in any way or to any extent be liable to Tenant:

(1) For any past act or default on the part of the original or any prior landlord under the Sublease and Tenant shall have no right to assert same or any damages arising therefrom as an offset or defense against Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be;

(2) For the commencement or completion of any construction or any contribution toward construction or installation of any improvements upon the Demised Premises required under the Sublease, or any expansion or rehabilitation of existing improvements thereon, or for restoration of improvements following any casualty not required to be insured under such Sublease or for the costs of any restoration in excess of the proceeds recovered under any insurance required to be carried under such Sublease;

(3) For any prepayment of rent or deposit, rental security or any other sums deposited with the original or any prior landlord under such Sublease and not delivered to Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be; or

(4) For any restriction on competition beyond the Demised Premises.

5. That in the event of the cancellation or termination of the Ground Lease or of the surrender thereof, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, prior to the expiration date of the Sublease, including any extensions and renewals of the Sublease now provided thereunder, Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to make full and complete attornment to Ground Lessor (or Teachers as ground lessee following the exercise of the option for a new ground lease or extended ground lease as aforesaid, as the case may be), for the balance of the term of the Sublease, including any extensions and renewals thereof, now provided thereunder, upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as therein provided, so as to establish direct privity of estate and contract as between Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be, and Tenant and with the same force and effect and relative priority in time and right as though the Sublease were originally made directly from Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be, to Tenant, and Tenant will thereafter make all rent payments thereafter directly to Ground Lessor or Teachers, as the case may be.

3

6. That the terms, covenants and conditions hereof shall insure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

7. This instrument is executed by the undersigned Trustee, LaSalle National Bank, not personally but solely as Trustee under the terms of that certain Trust Agreement dated September 1, 1988 and known as Trust No. 113495, and it is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, that each and all of the undertakings, covenants, representations and agreements herein made are made and intended, not as personal undertakings, covenants, representations and agreements of the trustee individually, or for the purpose of binding it personally, but this instrument is executed and delivered by it as trustee solely in the exercise of the powers conferred upon it as such trustee under said Trust Agreement, and no personal liability or personal responsibility is assumed by, nor shall at any time be asserted or enforced against it on account hereof or on account of any covenant, undertaking, representation, warranty or agreement herein contained, either expressed or implied, all such personal liability, if any, being hereby expressly waived and released by the parties hereto and by all persons claiming by, through or under said parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this writing to be signed sealed and delivered in their respective name and behalf, and, if a corporation, by its officers duly authorized, the day and year first above written.

                                            TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
ATTEST:                                     ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA

By:                                         By:
   ----------------------                        -------------------------------
 Its:                                       Its:
     -------------------                         -------------------------------


ATTEST:                                     LaSALLE NATIONAL BANK,
                                            as successor Trustee as aforesaid

By:                                         By:
   ----------------------                        -------------------------------
 Its:                                       Its:
     -------------------                         -------------------------------

4

TENANT'S AGREEMENT

The undersigned, as Tenant under the Sublease herein described, does hereby accept and agree to the terms of the foregoing Agreement, which shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned and the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

ATTEST:                                     APCOA, INC.
By:                                         By:
   ----------------------                        -------------------------------
 Its:                                       Its:
     -------------------                         -------------------------------

                                        5

STATE OF ___________________________   )
                                       )SS.
COUNTY OF___________________________   )

I, ___________________________, the undersigned, a Notary Public in the aforesaid County, in the State aforesaid, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT _____________________, ___________ President of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, a New York corporation, and ____________________, _________ Secretary of said corporation, who are personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument as such ______________ President and ___________ Secretary, respectively, appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that they signed and delivered said instrument as their own free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth; and said ______________ Secretary then and there acknowledged that he, as custodian of the corporate seal of said corporation, did affix the corporate seal of said corporation to said instrument as his free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.

GIVEN under my hand and notarial seal this _____________ day of _______, 199__.


NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:


6

STATE OF ___________________________   )
                                       )SS.
COUNTY OF___________________________   )

I, __________________________, the undersigned, a Notary Public in the aforesaid County, in the State aforesaid, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT ______________, ___________ President of LaSALLE NATIONAL BANK., and _______________, ________ Secretary of said corporation, who are personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument as such ___________ President and ___________ Secretary, respectively, appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that they signed and delivered said instrument as their own free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth; and said _______________ Secretary then and there acknowledged that he, as custodian of the corporate seal of said corporation, did affix the corporate seal of said corporation to said instrument as his free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.

GIVEN under my hand and notarial seal this __________ day of _________, 199__.


NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:


7

STATE OF ___________________________   )
                                       )SS.
COUNTY OF___________________________   )

I, _________________________, the undersigned, a Notary Public in the aforesaid County, in the State aforesaid, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT ______________, __________ President of ___________________________, a _________________ corporation, and ___________________________, ______________ Secretary of said corporation, who are personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument as such _________________ President and ___________ Secretary, respectively, appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that they signed and delivered said instrument as their own free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth; and said ______________ Secretary then and there acknowledged that he, as custodian of the corporate seal of said corporation, did affix the corporate seal of said corporation to said instrument as his free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.

GIVEN under my hand and notarial seal this ______________ day of ______, 199__.


NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:


8

OPTION TO EXTEND
(PREVAILING RATE ADJUSTMENT)

(ARBITRATION)

RIDER ONE

Tenant is hereby granted an option to extend the Term for a single additional period of five (5) consecutive Lease Years ("Extension Period"), on the same terms and conditions in effect under the Lease immediately prior to the Extension Period, except that monthly Base Rent shall be increased to the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate (and the other economic terms described in the last sentence in the next succeeding paragraph shall also be taken into consideration to the extent set forth therein), and Tenant shall have no further option to extend. The option to extend may be exercised only as hereinafter set forth. Tenant shall give to Landlord a revocable written notice of its interest in exercising its option no earlier than eighteen (18) months and no later than fourteen (14) months prior to the commencement of the Extension Period. Landlord shall, no later than thirteen (13) months prior to the commencement of the Extension Period, notify Tenant in writing as to its determination of the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate. Tenant shall, if it wishes to exercise its option, give Landlord irrevocable and unconditional written notice thereof no later than twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Extension Period. If Tenant disputes Landlord's determination of the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate, it shall so notify Landlord at the time it exercises its option (but such dispute shall not affect the exercise of such option). If Tenant fails to dispute Landlord's determination thereof, such determination shall be binding upon the parties. Said exercise shall, at Landlord's election, be null and void if Tenant has received a notice of default which default has not been cured within the time period provided therefor under the Lease at the date of said notice or if Tenant at any time thereafter and prior to commencement of the Extension Period receives a notice of default which default is not cured within the time period provided therefor under the Lease. The term "Lease Year" herein means each twelve month annual period, commencing with the first day of the Extension Period, without regard to calendar years.

"Prevailing Extension Rental Rate" means the average per square foot rental rate per month for all renewal leases for renewal periods approximately as long as the Extension Period, executed by tenants for similar uses and lengths of time for comparable space in the Office Section during the six (6) months immediately prior to the date upon which Tenant exercised its option to extend, where such renewal rates were not set by the terms of such leases, subject to reasonable adjustments for comparable space on more or less desirable floors or areas of the Property and subject to reasonable adjustments to reflect a renewal rate as of the commencement of the Extension Period. If no such comparable space has been renewed during such six (6) month period, the rental rates used for purposes of this provision shall be adjusted to the rental rates for comparable leases in comparable Class A mixed use buildings in downtown Chicago, subject to the foregoing adjustments. In all cases, such rates shall be determined without regard to any free rent periods, improvement allowances, take-over lease obligations, or other economic incentives; however, any such economic incentives generally provided by Landlord in such comparable renewal leases shall also be provided to Tenant. In addition, if such comparable leases include base years, stop levels, or

1

other provisions respecting taxes or operating expenses, or include any other economic provisions, such as but not limited to consumer price provisions, utility reimbursements, or fixed rent increases, the same shall be included in Tenant's renewal terms.

If the parties are unable to agree on the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate within thirty (30) days after Tenant disputes Landlord's determination thereof, either party may request that the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate be determined by arbitration, under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Such determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. In the event that the Prevailing Rental is not determined until after the commencement of the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay, during the Extension Period until the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate is determined, 110% of the amount of Rent then in effect (including Base Rent, and all other charges). If the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate is determined to be greater than such amount, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request therefor, the difference between the amount required by such determination of the Prevailing Extension Rental Rate, and the amount of Rent theretofore paid by Tenant during the Extension Period.

If Tenant shall fail to exercise the option herein provided, said option shall terminate, and shall be null and void and of no further force and effect. Tenant's exercise of said option shall not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in the Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default. If the Lease or Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant shall exercise the option herein provided, then immediately upon such termination, the option herein granted to extend the Term shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void. Such option is personal to Tenant. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall a sublessee, or an assignee of less than the entire Lease or an assignee for a period which is less than the entire Term, have any right to exercise the option to extend granted herein. Time is of the essence of this provision.

2

SUBORDINATED RIGHT OF FIRST OPPORTUNITY
(PREVAILING RATE ADJUSTMENT)

RIDER TWO

During the initial Term of the Lease, Tenant shall have a right of first opportunity to lease the entire 18th floor (but not a portion of such floor) of the Building (the "Opportunity Expansion Space") prior to the Opportunity Expansion Space being leased to a third party (after the current tenancies expire), in an "as is" condition, on the same terms and provisions then in effect under the Lease, except that monthly Base Rent for the Opportunity Expansion Space shall be increased to reflect the Prevailing Rental Rate (and the other economic terms described in the last sentence in this paragraph shall also be taken into consideration to the extent set forth therein). During the portion of the initial Term of the Lease commencing on March 1, 2004, the Opportunity Expansion Space shall also include any portion of the Option Expansion Space (defined in Rider Three) not previously leased by Tenant (after any then current tenancies expire) upon the terms and conditions set forth in the previous sentence. "Prevailing Rental Rate" means the average per rentable square foot rental rate per month for all leases for comparable space and approximately the same number of months, executed by tenants in the Office
Section for office space expansions during the six (6) months immediately prior to the date upon which such Prevailing Rental Rate is to become effective and payable under the terms of this Lease, where the rates for such expansions were not set in such leases, subject to reasonable adjustments for comparable space on more desirable, or less desirable, floors or areas of the Property. If no such comparable space has been leased during such six (6) month period, the rental rates used for purposes of this provision shall be adjusted to the rental rates for comparable leases in comparable Class A mixed use buildings in downtown Chicago, subject to the foregoing adjustments. In all cases, such rates shall be determined without regard to any free rent periods, improvement allowances, take-over lease obligations, or other economic incentives; however, any such economic incentives generally provided by Landlord in such comparable expansion leases shall also be provided to Tenant. In addition, if such comparable expansion leases include base years, stop levels or other provisions respecting taxes or operating expenses, or include any other economic provisions, such as but not limited to consumer price index provisions, utility reimbursements or fixed rent increases, the same shall be included in the expansion terms provided to Tenant.

Landlord shall notify Tenant when Landlord enters or intends to enter serious negotiations with a third party to lease the Opportunity Expansion Space if it is then subject to Tenant's rights under this Rider Two (and Landlord's good faith determination of whether serious negotiations have been entered or are about to be entered shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties; provided that Landlord's presentation of any proposal to lease the Opportunity Expansion Space to a third party shall be evidence that negotiations have commenced), and Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to notify Tenant as to such Opportunity Expansion Space when it becomes or is about to become available (but not more than eighteen (18) months in advance of such availability) without the necessity of entering or intending to enter such negotiations. Such notice shall include Landlord's determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate. Tenant shall then have

1

twenty (20) days in which to notify Landlord in writing exercising Tenant's right to lease the Opportunity Expansion Space on the terms described above. If Tenant disputes Landlord's determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, it shall so notify Landlord at the time it exercises its right (but such dispute shall not affect such exercise). If Tenant fails to dispute Landlord's determination thereof, such determination shall be binding upon the parties. If Tenant exercises the right to lease the Opportunity Expansion Space, said lease shall commence the later of thirty (30) days after Tenant's notice exercising the right, or the date the Opportunity Expansion Space is available for occupancy, and shall continue for the duration of the Term of the Lease, including any option periods. After Tenant validly exercises the expansion right provided herein, the parties shall execute an amendment to the Lease, adding the Opportunity Expansion Space, or a new lease for the Opportunity Expansion Space, or such other documentation as Landlord shall require, promptly after Landlord shall prepare the same, in order to confirm the leasing of such Opportunity Expansion Space to Tenant, but an otherwise valid exercise of the expansion rights contained herein shall be fully effective, whether or not such confirmatory documentation is executed.

If the parties are unable to agree on the Prevailing Rental Rate within thirty (30) days after Tenant disputes Landlord's determination thereof, either party may request that the Prevailing Rental Rate be determined by arbitration under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. If the Prevailing Rental Rate is not determined until after the commencement of the lease for the Opportunity Expansion Space, Tenant shall pay, as Rent for the Opportunity Expansion Space, until the Prevailing Rental Rate is determined, 110% of the amount of Rent then in effect under the Lease on a per rentable square foot basis (including Base Rent and all other charges). If the Prevailing Rental Rate is determined to be greater than such amount, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request therefor, the difference between the amount required by such determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, and the amount theretofore paid by Tenant for the Opportunity Expansion Space.

If Tenant shall fail to exercise such expansion right after notice by Landlord as provided herein, Landlord may freely lease the portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space described in Landlord's notice, on any terms in Landlord's sole discretion, and, whether or not Landlord so leases such portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space, Tenant's rights under this Rider Two shall be of no further force or effect; provided, however, that Tenant's rights under this Rider Two shall become effective again (i) if Landlord shall not have leased such portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space within one (l) year after Tenant's failure to exercise such expansion right and (ii) after the expiration of the term of any such lease which is entered into within such one (1) year period, as such term may be extended either pursuant to the terms of such lease or by a later amendment thereof. If the Opportunity Expansion Space or any portion thereof is the subject of serious lease negotiations which include other space at the Property, or if Landlord intends to enter such negotiations as further described above, the foregoing expansion rights shall, at Landlord's option, apply to the entire space which is subject to such negotiations, and at Landlord's option, Tenant shall be obligated to either accept or refuse the opportunity to lease such entire space on the terms provided herein. The foregoing expansion right shall be subject and subordinate to any other rights of any other parties to lease the Opportunity Expansion Space, if such rights have already been granted prior to the date of this Lease, and to any other rights of J. Walter Thompson, Heitman Financial and JMB Realty Corporation, their successors, assigns, affiliates and current subtenants,

2

whether granted prior to or after the date of this Lease (including but not limited to rights of such entities to renew their leases or occupancy agreements, whether pursuant to options to extend previously granted or otherwise).

If Tenant shall exercise the expansion right granted herein, Landlord does not guarantee that the Opportunity Expansion Space will be available on the commencement date for the lease thereof for any reason beyond Landlord's reasonable control, including but not limited to hold over by existing tenants thereof. In such event, Rent with respect to the Opportunity Expansion Space shall be abated until Landlord legally delivers the same to Tenant, as Tenant's sole recourse. Tenant's exercise of such expansion right shall not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in the Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default. The expansion right herein shall, at Landlord's election, be null and void, if Tenant has received a notice of default which has not been cured within the time period provided therefor under the Lease on the date Tenant exercises its rights hereunder or on the date of the scheduled commencement of the Lease for the Opportunity Expansion Space. If the Lease or Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant shall exercise the right herein provided, then immediately upon such termination the right to lease the Opportunity Expansion Space herein granted shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void. Such right is personal to Tenant. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall a sublessee, or an assignee of less than the entire Lease or an assignee for a period which is less than the entire Term, have any right to exercise the expansion right granted herein. Tenant agrees that time in giving notices hereunder is of the essence of this provision.

3

RIDER THREE
OPTION EXPANSION SPACE

1. EXPANSION SPACE. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right to lease the portion of the 17th floor of the Building not included in the Premises-- approximately 11,561 rentable square feet of space (the "Option Expansion Space")--upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Rider.

2. EXPANSION OPTION.

2.1 Tenant's expansion option (the "Expansion Option") shall consist of the Initial Expansion Option, described hereinafter in this Paragraph 2.1, and the Remainder Expansion Option described in Paragraph 2.2 below. Tenant may exercise the "Initial Expansion Option" in two (2) increments of approximately 3,000 square feet of rentable floor area each by notice to Landlord as to either or both increments at any time within the period ("the Option Exercise Period") commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on March 1, 2003. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the portion of the Option Expansion Space pursuant to which the Initial Expansion Option is exercised within ninety (90) days after each such exercise.

2.2 Tenant may exercise the "Remainder Expansion Option" in two (2) increments of approximately 3,000 square feet of rentable floor area each by notice to Landlord as to either or both increments at any time within the Option Exercise Period. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the portion of the Option Expansion Space pursuant to which the Remainder Expansion Option is exercised within one hundred twenty (120) days after such exercise.

2.3 The Option Expansion Space and the increments thereof referred to above are located in the approximate configuration shown on Exhibit
A. Tenant may exercise the Expansion Option with respect to such increments in any order, provided that each increment as to which an election is made is contiguous to the Premises, as it may have been expanded. The first two (2) increments shall constitute the Initial Expansion Option, and the second two (2) increments shall constitute the Remainder Expansion Option.

3 TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The Option Expansion Space shall be subject to the same terms and conditions then in effect under the Lease. All calculations based upon square footage shall be increased to reflect the additional rentable square footage of the portion of the Option Expansion Space which is added to the Premises from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (a) the Base Rent for the Option Expansion Space shall be the Base Rent per rentable square foot then payable pursuant to the Lease, subject to the same escalations per rentable square foot per year set forth in Article 3 of the Lease, (b) the Base Year for the Option Expansion Space shall be Calendar Year 1998, and (c) Tenant's Prorata Share shall be increased to reflect the additional rentable square footage.

1

4 CONSTRUCTION OF OPTION EXPANSION SPACE. Tenant shall take the Option Expansion Space in its "as is" condition, without any allowance by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the work described in Paragraph 6 of the Lease. The construction of any other improvements in the Option Expansion Space which Tenant may elect to construct shall comply with the terms of Article 8 of the Lease.

5. AMENDMENT TO LEASE. If Tenant timely exercises Tenant's right to lease Option Expansion Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days thereafter execute an amendment adding such Option Expansion Space to the Lease and to the Premises. Tenant shall commence payment of Rent for each portion of the Option Expansion Space as to which its Expansion Option is exercised, and the term of the Option Expansion Space shall commence as to such portion, upon the date of delivery of such portion of the Option Expansion Space to Tenant. The lease term of the Option Expansion Space shall expire on the Expiration Date.

6 MISCELLANEOUS. If Tenant shall exercise the Expansion Option granted herein, Landlord does not guarantee that the Option Expansion Space will be available on the date(s) set forth above for any reason beyond Landlord's reasonable control. In such event, Rent with respect to the Option Expansion Space shall be abated until Landlord delivers the same to Tenant, as Tenant's sole recourse. Tenant's exercise of such Expansion Option shall not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in the Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default. The Expansion Option (including any future exercise rights) shall, at Landlord's election, be null and void, if Tenant has received a notice of default which has not been cured within the time period provided therefor under the Lease on the date Tenant exercises its rights hereunder or on the date designated for commencement of the term for the Option Expansion Space. If the Lease or Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant shall exercise the right herein provided, then immediately upon such termination, the right to lease the Option Expansion Space herein granted shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void. Such right is personal to Tenant. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall a sublessee, or an assignee of less than the entire Lease or an assignee for a period which is less than the entire Term, have any right to exercise the expansion right granted herein. Tenant agrees that time in giving notices hereunder is of the essence of this provision.

2

Exhibit 10.21.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE ("AMENDMENT") is made and entered into as of the 1st day of May, 1999, by and between LaSalle Bank National Association formerly known as LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A., as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank, as Trustee under that certain Trust Agreement dated March 1, 1984 and known as Trust No. 107701 ("LANDLORD") and APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. F/K/A APCOA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("TENANT")

RECITALS:

A. Landlord, or its predecessor in interest, and Tenant are parties to that certain Agreement of Lease dated June 4, 1998, including Rider 1, Rider 2 and Rider 3 incorporated therein by reference (the "LEASE") pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, the "PREMISES" (as therein defined), in the property known as 900 North Michigan Building ("BUILDING") the address of which is 900 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60611.

B. Rider 3 of the Lease provides Tenant with an Expansion Option and Tenant hereby exercises its Initial Expansion Option as to approximately 2,898 square feet of rentable area on the 17th floor of the Building (the "INITIAL EXPANSION SPACE") as shown on Exhibit "A" attached hereto.

C. The parties now desire to amend the Lease to provide for the addition to the Premises of the Initial Expansion Space.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreement herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. THE PREMISES. As of May 1, 1999 (the "INITIAL EXPANSION DATE"), the Initial Expansion Space shall be added to the Premises and shall hereinafter be deemed a part of the Premises. Therefore, as of the Initial Expansion Date, the Premises shall consist of approximately 39,829 square feet of rentable area, approximately 15,583 rentable square feet of which shall be located on the 17th floor of the Building.


2. BASE RENT. As of the date hereof, Section 3 of the Lease shall be amended by striking the rent payment table and inserting in its place the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               BASE RENT
                            PER SQUARE FOOT
          PERIOD            OF RENTABLE AREA     ANNUAL BASE RENT      MONTHLY BASE RENT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Commencement Date
   to 4/30/1999                  24.85               $917,735.35           $76,477.95
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   5/1/99 -9/30/99               24.85                989,750.65            82,479.22
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/l/99-9/30/00               25.35              1,009,665.15            84,138.76
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/00-9/30/01               25.85              1,029,579.65            85,798.30
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/01-9/30/02               26.35              1,049,494.15            87,457.85
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/02-9/30/03               26.85              1,069,408.65            89,117.39
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/03-9/30/04               27.35              1,089,323.15            90,776.93
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/04-9/30/05               27.85              1,109,237.65            92,436.47
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/05-9/30/06               28.35              1,129,152.15            94,096.01
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/06-9/30/07               28.85              1,149,066.65            95,755.55
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10/1/07-9/30/08               29.35              1,168,981.15            97,415.10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. TENANT'S PRO RATA SHARE. As of the date hereof, Section 4.2.4 of the Lease shall be amended by changing "Tenants' Pro Rata Share" from 7.32% to 7.90%, based upon the increase in square footage of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 1 above.

4. WHOLE AGREEMENT. This Amendment sets forth the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. As amended herein, the Lease between the parties shall remain in full force and effect. In case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the latter provisions shall govern and control. Except as expressly amended herein, the original terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect including, without limitation, Tenant's rights of further expansion of the Premises and extension or renewal of the Term under the Lease.

5. NOT AN OFFER. Neither party shall be bound by this Amendment until Landlord and Tenant both have executed and delivered the same to the other party.

6. CAPITALIZED TERMS. All Capitalized Terms defined herein shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Lease.

7. TRUST CLAUSE. It is expressly understood and agreed that this Amendment is executed on behalf of LaSalle Bank National Association formerly known as LaSalle National Bank, not personally but as Trustee as aforesaid, in the exercise of the power and authority conferred upon and invested in it as such Trustee, and under the direction of the beneficiaries of that certain Trust Agreement specified above. It is further expressly understood and agreed that LaSalle Bank National Association formerly known as LaSalle National Bank, as Trustee as aforesaid, has no right or power whatsoever to manage, control or operate said real estate in any way or to any extent and is not entitled at any time to collect or receive for any purpose, directly

2

or indirectly, the rents, issues, profits or proceeds of said real estate or any lease or sale or any mortgage or any disposition thereof. Nothing in this Amendment contained shall be construed as creating any personal liability or personal responsibility of the Trustee or any of the beneficiaries of the Trust, and, in particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there shall be no personal liability to pay any indebtedness accruing hereunder or to perform any covenant, either expressly or impliedly herein contained, or to keep, preserve or sequester any property of said Trust or for said Trustee to continue as said Trustee; and that so far as the parties herein are concerned, the owner of any indebtedness or liability accruing hereunder shall look solely to the Trust estate from time to time subject to the provisions of said Trust Agreement for payment thereof, Tenant hereby expressly waiving and releasing said personal liability and personal responsibility on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the year and date above first written.

LANDLORD:

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
FORMERLY KNOWN AS LASALLE
NATIONAL BANK, as Trustee aforesaid and not
personally

By: [Illegible]

Its: [Illegible]

TENANT:

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. F/K/A
APCOA, INC., a Delaware corporation

By: [Illegible]

Its: Senior Vice President

3

EXHIBIT A

INITIAL EXPANSION SPACE

[FLOOR PLAN]


EXHIBIT B

THE PREMISES

[FLOOR PLAN]


Exhibit 10.21.2

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE ("AMENDMENT") is made and entered into as of the 27th day of July, 2000, by and between LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, formerly known as LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A., as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank, as Trustee under that certain Trust Agreement dated March 1, 1984 and known as Trust No. 107701 ("LANDLORD") and APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC., F/K/A APCOA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("TENANT").

RECITALS:

A. Landlord, or its predecessor in interest, and Tenant are parties to that certain Agreement of Lease dated June 4, 1998, including Rider 1, Rider 2 and Rider 3 incorporated therein by reference (the "ORIGINAL LEASE") pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, the "PREMISES" (as therein defined), in the property known as 900 North Michigan Building ("BUILDING") the address of which is 900 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60611. The Original Lease was amended by that certain First Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated May 1, 1999 (the "FIRST AMENDMENT"). The Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment is referred to herein as the "LEASE."

B. Rider Three of the Lease provides Tenant with an Expansion Option to lease approximately 11,561 rentable square feet of space. Pursuant to the First Amendment, Tenant exercised the first increment of the Initial Expansion Option and the Premises was increased to include the Initial Expansion Space (as defined in the First Amendment).

C. Tenant has notified Landlord that it intends to exercise the second increment of the Initial Expansion Option, and Landlord and Tenant have agreed that, notwithstanding the terms of Rider Three of the Lease, the exercise of the second increment of the Initial Expansion Option shall be as to approximately 5,000 square feet of rentable area on the 17th floor of the Building (the "SECOND EXPANSION SPACE") as shown on EXHIBIT "A" attached hereto.

D. The parties now desire to amend the Lease to provide for the addition to the Premises of the Second Expansion Space and to modify Rider Three of the Lease to reflect the changes to the increments in which the Option Expansion Space has been and shall be added to the Premises.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreement herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. THE PREMISES. As of April 15, 2000 (the "SECOND EXPANSION DATE"), the Second Expansion Space shall be added to the Premises and shall hereinafter be deemed a part of the Premises. Therefore, as of the Second Expansion Date, the Premises shall consist of approximately 44,829 square feet of rentable area, approximately 20,583 rentable square feet of


which shall be located on the 17th floor of the Building. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in Rider Three of the Lease to the contrary, the Initial Expansion Space (as defined in the First Amendment) and the Second Expansion Space shall be deemed to have been added to the Premises pursuant to the Initial Expansion Option (as defined in Section 2.1 of Rider Three of the Lease).

2. BASE RENT. As of the Second Expansion Date, Section 3 of the Lease shall be amended by striking the rent payment table and inserting it its place the following:

                             BASE RENT
                          PER SQUARE FOOT
       PERIOD             OF RENTABLE AREA        ANNUAL BASE RENT      MONTHLY BASE RENT
---------------------   --------------------   ---------------------   --------------------
Commencement
Date to 4/30/1999              24.85                  917,735.35             76,477.95

5/1/99-9/30/99                 24.85                  989,750.65             82,479.22

10/1/99-4/14/00                25.35                1,009,665.15             84,138.76

4/15/00-9/30/00                25.35                1,136,415.15             94,701.26

10/1/00-9/30/01                25.85                1,158,829.65             96,569.14

10/1/01-9/30/02                26.35                1,181,244.15             98,437.01

10/1/02-9/30/03                26.85                1,203,658.65            100,304.89

10/1/03-9/30/04                27.35                1,226,073.15            102,172.76

10/1/04-9/30/05                27.85                1,248,487.65            104,040.64

10/1/05-9/30/06                28.35                1,270,902.15            105,908.51

10/1/06-9/30/07                28.85                1,293,316.65            107,776.39

10/1/07-9/30/08                29.35                1,315,731.15            109,644.26

3. TENANT'S PRO RATA SHARE. As of the Second Expansion Date, Section 4.2.4 of the Lease shall be amended by changing "Tenant's Pro Rata Share" from 7.90% to 8.89%, based upon the increase in square footage of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 1 above.

4. MODIFICATIONS TO RIDER 3. Section 2.2 of Rider Three of the Lease shall be amended by deleting the first sentence thereof and inserting the following in its place: "Tenant may exercise the "Remainder Expansion Option" in one increment of approximately 3,663 square feet of rentable floor area as shown on Exhibit A to the Second Amendment to this Lease (and identified on Exhibit A to the Second Amendment as the "Third Expansion Space") by notice to Landlord at any time within the Option Exercise Period."

5. WHOLE AGREEMENT. This Amendment sets forth the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. As amended herein, the Lease between the parties shall remain in full force and effect. In case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the latter provisions shall govern and control. Except as expressly amended herein, the original terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

6. NOT AN OFFER. Neither party shall be bound by this Amendment until Landlord and Tenant both have executed and delivered the same to our other party.

2

7. CAPITALIZED TERMS. All Capitalized Terms defined herein shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Lease.

8. TRUST CLAUSE. It is expressly understood and agreed that this Amendment is executed on behalf of LaSalle Bank National Association, not personally but as Trustee aforesaid, in the exercise of the power and authority conferred upon and invested in it as such Trustee, and under the direction of the beneficiaries of that certain Trust Agreement specified above. It is further expressly understood and agreed that LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee as aforesaid, has no right or power whatsoever to manage, control or operate said real estate in any way or to any extent and is not entitled to collect or receive for any purpose, directly or indirectly, the rents, issues, profits or proceeds of said real estate or any lease or sale or any mortgage or any disposition thereof. Nothing in this Amendment contained shall be construed as creating any personal liability or personal responsibility of the Trustee or any of the beneficiaries of the Trust, and, in particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there shall be no personal liability to pay any indebtedness accruing hereunder or to perform any covenant, either expressly or impliedly herein contained, or to keep, preserve or sequester any property of said Trust or for said Trustee to continue as said Trustee; and that so far as the parties herein are concerned, the owner of any indebtedness or liability accruing hereunder shall look solely to the Trust estate from time to time subject to the provisions of said Trust Agreement for payment thereof, Tenant hereby expressly waiving and releasing said personal liability and personal responsibility on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the year and date above first written.

LANDLORD:

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee aforesaid and not personally

By:  /s/ Annette N. Brusca
     ----------------------------------
Print Name:  Annette N. Brusca
             --------------------------
Title:  Vice President
        -------------------------------

This instrument is executed by the undersigned Land Trustee, not personally but solely as Trustee in the exercise of power and authority conferred upon and vested in it as such Trustee. It is expressly understood and agreed that all the warranties, indemnities, representations, covenants undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trustee are undertaken by it solely in its capacity as Trustee and not personally. No personal liability or personal responsibility is assumed by or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against the Trustee on account of any warranty, indemnity, representation, covenant, undertaking or agreement of the Trustee in this instrument

TENANT:

APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC. F/K/A
APCOA, INC., a Delaware corporation

By: Michael B. [Illegible]

Print Name: Michael B. [Illegible] Title: Sr. Vice President

4

EXHIBIT A

Expansion Space

[Floor Plan]


EXHIBIT 10.21.3

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE (this "AMENDMENT") is made and entered into as of the 11th day of September, 2003, by and between LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, formerly known as LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A., as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank, as Trustee under that certain Trust Agreement dated March 1, 1984 and known as Trust No. 107701 ("LANDLORD") and STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION, F/K/A APCOA/STANDARD PARKING, INC., F/K/A APCOA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("TENANT").

RECITALS:

A. Landlord, or its predecessor in interest, and Tenant, or its predecessor in interest, are parties to that certain Agreement of Lease dated June 4, 1998, including Rider One, Rider Two and Rider Three incorporated therein by reference (the "ORIGINAL LEASE") pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, the "PREMISES" (as therein defined), in the property known as 900 North Michigan Building ("BUILDING") the address of which is 900 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60611. The Original Lease was amended by that certain First Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated May 1, 1999 (the "FIRST AMENDMENT"), and that certain Second Amendment to Agreement of Lease, dated July 27, 2000 (the "SECOND AMENDMENT"). The Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment is referred to herein as the "LEASE." The Term of the Lease (as therein defined) expires on September 30, 2008 (the "TERMINATION DATE").

B. The Premises currently constitutes approximately 44,829 square feet of rentable area in the Building, of which approximately 24,246 rentable square feet thereof is located on the 16th floor of the Building (the "16TH FLOOR SPACE") and approximately 20,583 rentable square feet thereof is located on the 17th floor of the Building (the "17TH FLOOR SPACE").

C. Tenant desires to reduce the size of the Premises by surrendering the 17th Floor Space and by adding an area located on the 10th floor of the Building (the "10TH FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE") constituting approximately 5,000 rentable square feet as shown on EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

D. Tenant desires to extend the Term of the Lease for five (5) years, such that the Termination Date shall be extended from September 30, 2008 to September 30, 2013.

E. The parties now desire to amend the Lease to provide for the reduction of the Premises, to extend the Term, and to make certain other modifications to the Lease in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreement herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties do hereby agree as follows:


1. TERM. Section 1 of the Lease shall be amended by extending the "TERMINATION DATE" for a period of five (5) years from September 30, 2008 to September 30, 2013.

2. PREMISES.

2.1 As of December 1, 2003 (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), the 10th Floor Expansion Space shall be added to the Premises and shall be deemed a part of the Premises. Therefore, as of the Effective Date, the Premises shall consist of approximately 49,829 square feet of rentable area, approximately 5,000 rentable square feet of which shall be located on the 10th floor of the Building.

2.2 Tenant shall accept the 10th Floor Expansion Space in an "as is" condition without any allowance provided by Landlord. Tenant has been given the opportunity to inspect the 10th Floor Expansion Space, including but not limited to its physical condition and compliance with code and exiting requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall be fully responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any alterations, improvements or additions to the 10th Floor Expansion Space. The making of any alterations, improvements or additions to the 10th Floor Expansion Space by Tenant shall fully comply with the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, including but not limited to those provisions of Article 9 of the Lease.

2.3 As of December 31, 2003 (the "SURRENDER DATE"), the 17th Floor Space shall be deemed surrendered by Tenant (the "SURRENDER") and shall no longer constitute a portion of the Premises. Therefore, as of the Surrender Date, the Premises shall consist of approximately 29,246 square feet of rentable area located on the 10th and 16th floors of the Building.

3. PARTIAL SURRENDER.

3.1 In connection with the Surrender of the 17th Floor Space, Tenant shall: (i) vacate the 17th Floor Space no later than October 31, 2003 (the "VACATION DATE"); (ii) fully comply with all obligations under the Lease through the Vacation Date with respect to the 17th Floor Space, including those provisions relating to the condition of the Premises and removal of Tenant's personal property upon expiration of the Lease (which shall apply as if the Lease had expired as of the Vacation Date); (iii) leave behind, in addition to those improvements, fixtures and equipment Tenant is required to leave in the Premises in accordance with the Lease, thirty (30) "KNOLL REFF"work stations and one (1) wood work station located in the southeast corner of the 17th Floor Space, and Tenant hereby transfers all right, title and interest in such items to Landlord, fully as if by bill of sale, and represents and warrants that Landlord and its successors and assigns shall hold and enjoy the same free of claims by any other party; and (iv) continue to pay all Rent under the Lease through the Surrender Date, all of which shall be prorated on a per diem basis. Notwithstanding anything in this Amendment to the contrary, Tenant's sole obligation with regard to the 17th Floor Space during the period of time from the Vacation Date to the Surrender Date shall be the payment of Rent with respect thereto. Any undetermined charges may be billed to Tenant when determined (and Tenant's obligation to pay the same shall survive the Surrender), or Landlord may reasonably estimate such

2

charges and require that Tenant pay the same within thirty (30) days after Landlord bills the same, subject to adjustment after the actual charges have been determined.

3.2 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord, GMAC Mortgage Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation ("GMAC"), and their contractors shall have the right to access the 17th Floor Space at any time after the Vacation Date in order to prepare such space for occupancy by GMAC in accordance with that certain lease (the "GMAC LEASE") captioned "OFFICE LEASE," dated September 29, 1989, by and between Landlord and Koenig & Strey, Inc., an Illinois corporation (GMAC's predecessor-in-interest), as amended by that certain Expansion and Extension Agreement dated as of April 12, 1993, by that certain Second Expansion and Extension Agreement, dated as of November 18, 1998, by that certain letter agreement dated as of January 6, 2000, and by that certain Third Expansion and Extension and Relocation Agreement, dated on or about the same date hereof.

3.3 Tenant represents to Landlord that it has not made any assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of the Lease (with respect to the 17th Floor Space) or any interest in the 17th Floor Space except for that certain Temporary Use Agreement by and between GMAC and Tenant, and has no knowledge of any existing or threatened claim, demand, obligation, liability, action or cause of action arising from or in any manner connected with the Lease (with respect to the 17th Floor Space) or the 17th Floor Space by any other party. Tenant represents that Tenant has not, at any time, done or suffered, and will not do or suffer, any act or thing whereby the 17th Floor Space or any part thereof is or may be in any way charged, affected or covered by any lien or claim, and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all liability, expenses, damages or costs arising from same, including without limitation attorneys' fees.

4. BASE RENT. As of the Effective Date, Section 3 of the Lease shall be amended by deleting the rent payment table and inserting the following in its place:

3.1 Base Rent for the 16th Floor Space shall be calculated as follows:

                     BASE RENT PER
                    SQUARE FOOT OF
     PERIOD         RENTABLE AREA      ANNUAL BASE RENT     MONTHLY BASE RENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10/1/03-9/30/04        $ 13.97           $ 338,716.62          $ 28,226.39
10/1/04-9/30/05        $ 14.47           $ 350,839.62          $ 29,236.64
10/1/05-9/30/06        $ 14.97           $ 362,962.62          $ 30,246.89
10/1/06-9/30/07        $ 15.47           $ 370,085.62          $ 31,257.14
10/1/07-9/30/08        $ 15.97           $ 387,208.62          $ 32,267.39
10/1/08-9/30/09        $ 20.87           $ 506,014.02          $ 42,167.83
10/1/09-9/30/10        $ 21.50           $ 521,289.00          $ 43,440.75
10/1/10-9/30/11        $ 22.16           $ 537,291.36          $ 44,774.28
10/1/11-9/30/12        $ 22.82           $ 553,293.72          $ 46,107.81
10/1/12-9/30/13        $ 23.50           $ 569,781.00          $ 47,481.75

3

3.2 Base Rent for the 17th Floor Space shall be calculated as follows:

                    BASE RENT PER
                    SQUARE FOOT OF
     PERIOD         RENTABLE AREA      ANNUAL BASE RENT     MONTHLY BASE RENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10/1/03-12/31/03       $ 13.97           $ 287,544.51          $ 23,962.04

3.3 Base Rent for the 10th Floor Expansion Space shall be calculated as follows:

                      BASE RENT
                    PER SQUARE FOOT
     PERIOD         OF RENTABLE AREA   ANNUAL BASE RENT     MONTHLY BASE RENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12/1/03-9/30/04          $ 15.50         $  77,500.00          $ 6,458.33
10/1/04-9/30/05          $ 15.97         $  79,850.00          $ 6,654.17
10/1/05-9/30/06          $ 16.45         $  82,245.50          $ 6,853.79
10/1/06-9/30/07          $ 16.94         $  84,717.50          $ 7,059.79
10/1/07-9/30/08          $ 17.45         $  87,241.00          $ 7,270.08
10/1/08-9/30/09          $ 17.97         $  89,867.50          $ 7,488.96
10/1/09-9/30/10          $ 18.51         $  92,545.50          $ 7,712.13
10/1/10-9/30/11          $ 19.07         $  95,326.50          $ 7,943.88
10/1/11-9/30/12          $ 19.64         $  98,210.50          $ 8,184.21
10/1/12-9/30/13          $ 20.23         $ 101,146.00          $ 8,428.83

5. ADDITIONAL RENT. Article 4 of the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

5.1 Section 4.2.1 is hereby deleted in its entirety.

5.2 As of the Effective Date, Section 4.2.4 of the Lease shall be amended by changing "Tenant's Pro Rata Share" from 8.89% to 9.88%, based upon the increase in square footage of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 2.1 above. As of the Surrender Date, Section 4.2.4 of the Lease shall be amended by changing "Tenant's Pro Rata Share" from 9.88% to 5.80%, based upon the decrease in square footage of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 2.3 above.

5.3 Section 4.3 of the Lease shall be amended by deleting the first sentence thereof and inserting the following in its place: "Commencing with the Effective Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Landlord's agent as Additional Rent, in addition to the Base Rent required by Paragraph 3 hereof, an amount ("EXPENSE ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT") equal to Tenant's Pro Rata Share of the Operating Expenses (subject to adjustment pursuant to Subparagraph 4.4 hereof) incurred with respect to each Calendar Year." In addition, all references to the term "Base Year" contained in the Lease shall be deleted.

4

6. TEMPORARY SPACE. Landlord shall provide Tenant with approximately 6,000 rentable square feet of temporary space, Rent free, on the south side of the 11th floor of the Building as shown on EXHIBIT B attached hereto (the "TEMPORARY SPACE"), for a period not to exceed three (3) months, beginning on a date between September 1, 2003 and September 30, 2003, to accommodate Tenant while Tenant reconstructs the 16th Floor Space and the 10th Floor Expansion Space. Upon the expiration of Tenant's occupancy of the Temporary Space, Tenant shall surrender and restore the Temporary Space to the condition existing at the beginning of Tenant's occupancy of the Temporary Space, ordinary wear and tear excepted. All of the other terms of the Lease and of this Amendment shall apply to Tenant's use and occupancy of any temporary space provided by Landlord pursuant to this Section 6.

7. MODIFICATIONS TO RIDER ONE. Rider One of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

8. MODIFICATIONS TO RIDER TWO. Rider Two of the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

8.1 The first paragraph of Rider Two of the Lease shall be amended by deleting the first sentence thereof and inserting the following in its place:

"During the Term of the Lease, provided that Tenant or an affiliate of Tenant is then leasing and occupying all of the 16th Floor Space, Tenant shall have a right of first opportunity to lease any portion of the 17th floor of the Building (the "OPPORTUNITY EXPANSION SPACE") prior to the Opportunity Expansion Space being leased to a third party (after the current tenancies expire) in an "as is" condition, on the same terms and provisions then in effect under the Lease, except that monthly Base Rent for the Opportunity Expansion Space shall be increased to reflect the Prevailing Rental Rate (and the other economic terms described in the last sentence in this paragraph shall also be taken into consideration to the extent set forth therein)."

8.2 The first paragraph of Rider Two of the Lease shall be further amended by deleting the second sentence thereof in its entirety.

8.3 The fourth paragraph of Rider Two of the Lease shall be amended by deleting the last sentence thereof and inserting the following in its place:

"Tenant's right of first opportunity with respect to the Opportunity Expansion Space shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of GMAC Mortgage Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation ("GMAC"), and its successors, assigns or affiliates to lease the Opportunity Expansion Space granted pursuant to that certain lease captioned "OFFICE LEASE," dated September 29, 1989, by and between Landlord and Koenig & Strey, Inc., an Illinois corporation (GMAC's predecessor-in-interest), as amended by that certain Expansion and Extension Agreement dated as of April 12, 1993, by that certain Second Expansion and Extension Agreement, dated as of November 18, 1998, by that certain letter agreement dated as of January 6, 2000, and by that certain Third Expansion and

5

Extension and Relocation Agreement, dated on or about the same date hereof (including but not limited to rights of such entities to renew their leases or occupancy agreements, whether pursuant to options to extend previously granted or otherwise)."

8.4 The following paragraph shall be added to the end of Rider Two of the Lease:

"The Opportunity Expansion Space shall be leased in its then existing, "as-is" condition and otherwise on the terms and conditions of this Lease, except (1) the rentable area of the Premises shall be increased by the rentable area of the Opportunity Expansion Space, (2) Tenant's Pro Rata Share shall be increased to reflect the addition of the Opportunity Expansion Space to the Premises, (3) the Base Rent due under this Lease shall be increased by an amount equal to the product of (x) the rentable square feet of the Opportunity Expansion Space and
(y) the Prevailing Rental Rate applicable to the Opportunity Expansion Space, and (4) Tenant shall commence paying Rent for the Opportunity Expansion Space as of the date it begins occupying the Opportunity Expansion Space."

9. MODIFICATIONS TO RIDER THREE. Rider Three of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

RIDER THREE
OPTION EXPANSION SPACE

1. EXPANSION OPTION. Landlord hereby grants Tenant the option (the "OPTION EXPANSION") to lease between 4,000 rentable square feet and 6,000 rentable square feet of space, which space shall be located on one of floors nine through twenty of the Building (the "OPTION EXPANSION SPACE"), effective at such time as the Option Expansion Space is "available to lease," on the same terms and conditions in effect under the Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent with respect to the Option Expansion Space shall be the then Prevailing Rental Rate (as defined below). The precise amount of and the location of the Option Expansion Space shall be designated by Landlord. The term "available to lease" means the date that the Option Expansion Space is not subject to a lease for such space by any tenant of the Building. The Option Expansion Space must be available to lease at some time during the period beginning on April 1, 2008 and ending on March 31, 2009 (the "EXPANSION WINDOW"), the exact date (the "EXPANSION DATE") to be determined by Landlord. In the event that Tenant timely exercises the Option Expansion, the Option Expansion Space shall be added to and become a part of the Premises demised under this Lease, effective on the Expansion Date. The lease term of the Option Expansion Space shall be coterminous with the Term of the Lease, and shall expire on the Termination Date.

Tenant shall give Landlord written notice ("TENANT'S NOTICE") of Tenant's desire to exercise the Option Expansion on or before August 1, 2007. Landlord shall respond to Tenant by written notice ("LANDLORD'S NOTICE"), which notice shall include Landlord's determination of the Expansion Date, the location of the Option Expansion Space, and the Prevailing Rental Rate, within thirty (90) days of receipt of Tenant's Notice. If Tenant elects to exercise the Option

6

Expansion, Tenant must deliver written notice thereof to Landlord within thirty
(30) days of Tenant's receipt of Landlord's Notice, otherwise Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to exercise the Option Expansion. If Tenant disputes Landlord's determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, it shall so notify Landlord at the time it exercises the Option Expansion (but such dispute shall not affect such exercise). If Tenant fails to dispute Landlord's determination thereof, such determination shall be binding upon the parties. Time shall be of the essence with respect to Tenant's exercise of the Option Expansion.

If the parties are unable to agree on the Prevailing Rental Rate within thirty (30) days after Tenant disputes Landlord's determination thereof, either party may request that the Prevailing Rental Rate be determined by arbitration under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. If the Prevailing Rental Rate is not determined until after the commencement of the lease for the Option Expansion Space, Tenant shall pay, as Rent, for the Option Expansion Space, until the Prevailing Rental Rate is determined, 110% of the amount of Rent then in effect under the Lease on a per rentable square foot basis (including Base Rent and all other charges). If the Prevailing Rental Rate is determined to be greater than such amount, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request therefor, the difference between the amount required by such determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, and the amount theretofore paid by Tenant for the Option Expansion Space.

2. CONDITIONS TO OPTION EXPANSION. Tenant's right to exercise the Option Expansion is subject to the following terms and conditions:

2.1 PREVAILING RENTAL RATE. For purposes of this Rider Three, "PREVAILING RENTAL RATE" means the average per rentable square foot rental rate per month for all leases for comparable space and approximately the same number of months, executed by tenants in the Office Section for office space expansions during the six (6) months immediately prior to the date upon which such Prevailing Rental Rate is to become effective and payable under the terms of this Lease, where the rates for such expansions were not set in such leases, subject to reasonable adjustments for comparable space on more desirable, or less desirable, floors or areas of the Property. If no such comparable space has been leased during such six (6) month period, the rental rates used for purposes of this provision shall be adjusted to the rental rates for comparable leases in comparable Class A mixed use buildings in downtown Chicago, subject to the foregoing adjustments. In all cases, such rates shall be determined without regard to any free rent periods, improvement allowances, take-over lease obligations, or other economic incentives; however, any such economic incentives generally provided by Landlord in such comparable expansion leases shall also be provided to Tenant. In addition, if such comparable expansion leases include base years, stop levels or other provisions respecting taxes or operating expenses, or include any other economic provisions, such as but not limited to consumer price index provisions, utility reimbursements or fixed rent increases, the same shall be included in the expansion terms provided to Tenant.

2.2 DELIVERY OF SPACE. If Tenant shall exercise the Option Expansion, Landlord does not guarantee that the Option Expansion Space will be available on the Expansion Date for the lease thereof for any reason beyond Landlord's reasonable

7

control, including but not limited to hold over by existing tenants thereof. In such event, Rent with respect to the Option Expansion Space shall be abated until Landlord legally delivers the same to Tenant, as Tenant's sole recourse. Tenant's exercise of the Option Expansion shall not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in the Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default. The Option Expansion shall, at Landlord's election, be null and void, if Tenant has received a notice of default which has not been cured within the time period provided therefor under the Lease on the date Tenant exercises its rights hereunder or on the Expansion Date. If the Lease or Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant shall exercise the Option Expansion, then immediately upon such termination the right to lease the Option Expansion Space herein granted shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void. Such right is personal to Tenant. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall a sublessee, or an assignee of less than the entire Lease or an assignee for a period which is less than the entire Term, have any right to exercise the Option Expansion granted herein. Tenant agrees that time in giving notices hereunder is of the essence of this provision.

2.3 TERMS. The Option Expansion Space shall be leased in its then existing, "as-is" condition and otherwise on the terms and conditions of this Lease, except (l) the rentable area of the Premises shall be increased by the rentable area of the Option Expansion Space, (2) Tenant's Pro Rata Share shall be increased to reflect the addition of the Option Expansion Space to the Premises, (3) the Base Rent due under this Lease shall be increased by an amount equal to the product of (x) the rentable square feet of the Option Expansion Space and (y) the Prevailing Rental Rate applicable to the Option Expansion Space, and (4) Tenant shall commence paying Rent for the Option Expansion Space as of the Expansion Date.

2.4 AMENDMENT TO LEASE. If Tenant timely exercises the Option Expansion as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease confirming the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to the Option Expansion Space, provided that the execution of such an amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of Tenant's election to lease the Option Expansion Space.

3. NO BROKER. Tenant represents that Tenant has dealt only with Insignia ESG as broker, agent or finder in connection with this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other broker, agent or finder with whom Tenant has dealt for any commission or fee alleged to be due in connection with its participation in the procurement of Tenant or the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment. Landlord shall be responsible for any commission or fee which may be payable to Insignia ESG up to an amount not to exceed $36,000.00. Landlord represents that Landlord has dealt only with Insignia ESG as broker, agent or finder in connection with this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from all damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other broker, agent or finder with whom Landlord has dealt for any commission or fee alleged to be due in connection with its participation in the procurement of Tenant or the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment. This paragraph is not intended to create any third party beneficiary

8

rights, including but not limited to any rights in favor of Insignia ESG. Landlord acknowledges that it is responsible for the payment of the commission of USI Real Estate Brokerage Services, Inc. which is due and payable in connection with the GMAC Lease.

4. WHOLE AGREEMENT. This Amendment sets forth the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. As amended herein, the Lease between the parties shall remain in full force and effect. In case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the latter provisions shall govern and control. Except as expressly amended herein, the original terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

5. NOT AN OFFER. Neither party shall be bound by this Amendment until Landlord and Tenant both have executed and delivered the same to our other party.

6. CAPITALIZED TERMS. All Capitalized Terms defined herein shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Lease.

7. TRUST CLAUSE. It is expressly understood and agreed that this Amendment is executed on behalf of LaSalle Bank National Association, not personally but as Trustee as aforesaid, in the exercise of the power and authority conferred upon and invested in it as such Trustee, and under the direction of the beneficiaries of that certain Trust Agreement specified above. It is further expressly understood and agreed that LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee as aforesaid, has no right or power whatsoever to manage, control or operate said real estate in any way or to any extent and is not entitled to collect or receive for any purpose, directly or indirectly, the rents, issues, profits or proceeds of said real estate or any lease or sale or any mortgage or any disposition thereof. Nothing in this Amendment contained shall be construed as creating any personal liability or personal responsibility of the Trustee or any of the beneficiaries of the Trust, and, in particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there shall be no personal liability to pay any indebtedness accruing hereunder or to perform any covenant, either expressly or impliedly herein contained, or to keep, preserve or sequester any property of said Trust or for said Trustee to continue as said Trustee; and that so far as the parties herein are concerned, the owner of any indebtedness or liability accruing hereunder shall look solely to the Trust estate from time to time subject to the provisions of said Trust Agreement for payment thereof, Tenant hereby expressly waiving and releasing said personal liability and personal responsibility on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

9

IN WITNSSS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the year and date above first written.

LANDLORD:

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
As Trustee aforesaid and not personally

By: /s/ Kathleen E. Shields
    -----------------------------------
Print Name: Kathleen E. Shields
            ---------------------------
Title: Trust Officer
       --------------------------------

TENANT:

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation

By: [Illegible]

Print Name: [Illegible]
Title: Senior Vice President

10

EXHIBIT A

10TH FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE

[FLOOR PLAN]


EXHIBIT B

11TH FLOOR TEMPORARY SPACE

[FLOOR PLAN]


Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Standard Parking Corporation

Effective January 1, 2004

          Corporate Entities                                          Jurisdiction

Atrium Parking, Inc.                                             Delaware
H & T Investment Group, Inc.                                     Ohio
Hawaii Parking Maintenance, Inc.                                 Hawaii
S & J Parking Company                                            Illinois
Standard Auto Park, Inc.                                         Illinois
Standard Parking Corporation IL                                  Delaware
Standard Parking of Canada Ltd.                                  Ontario Quebec, Canada
Tower Parking, Inc.                                              Delaware
U-Park Enterprises Ltd.                                          British Columbia, Canada
Virginia Parking Service, Inc.                                   Delaware
374452 B.C. Limited d/b/a Select Valet Parking                   British Columbia Canada





          LLCs and Partnerships                                       Jurisdiction

APCOA LaSalle Parking Company, LLC                               Louisiana
APCOA/Bradley Parking Company, LLC                               Connecticut


Exhibit 23.1

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated March 7, 2003, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 33-xxxxx) and related Prospectus of Standard Parking Corporation for the registration of xx,xxx,xxx shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 10, 2004